VWCCatalogCover 11-12_VWCCatalogCover 2007-08 FINAL 8/4/11 9:56 AM Page 1 V IRGINIA W ESLEYAN CATALOG C OLLEGE 2012

2011-2012 2011

757.455.3208 • 800.737.8684 1584 Wesleyan Drive, Norfolk/Virginia Beach, Virginia www.vwc.edu

BRING A SPARK • LIGHT A FIRE BRING A SPARK • LIGHT A FIRE VWC Catalog IFC/Calendar 2011-12 9/1/11 9:34 AM Page 1

Correspondence Directory CALENDAR 2011–2012 2011 2012 Inquiries are welcome. You may write or call the College. JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL S MTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS S MTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 1 12345 12345 12 1234567 1234 123 1234567 2345678 6789101112 6789101112 3456789 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Mailing address: Web site: www.vwc.edu 9101112131415 13141516171819 13141516171819 10111213141516 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Virginia Wesleyan College 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 30 31 1584 Wesleyan Drive MAY MAY Norfolk, VA 23502-5599 JUNE JULY JUNE JULY AUGUST AUGUST S MTWTFS SM S M T W T F S S M T W TWTFS SMTWT TF S S M TW T F S Telephone for general information: 757.455.3200 (switchboard 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.) FS S M TW T F S SM T W T F S 1234567 12345 1234 12 1234567 12 123456 1234 General matters concerning the College: President, 757.455.3215 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 78 91011 3 4 5 6 7 78 9 8 91011121314 89 7 8 910111213 56 7 8 91011 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 131415 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 Academic Affairs Financial Aid 141516 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 141516 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1516 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 121314 15 16 17 18 Dean of the College Director of Financial Aid 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 202122 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 212223 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 212223 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 757.455.3210 757.455.3345 2223 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 192021 22 23 24 25 e-mail: [email protected] 272829 30 31 24 25 26 27 Admissions Fall Spring Dean of Admission Information Systems Semester Semester 757.455.3208/1.800.737.8684 Director of Computer Services 2011 2012 e-mail: [email protected] 757.455.3114 e-mail: [email protected] Orientation for Freshmen ______June 24, July 11 Residence Halls open for Winter Session _Jan. 3 Adult Studies Program Faculty Workshop______Aug. 24 Winter Session ______Jan. 4-26 Director of the Adult Studies Program News, Publications New students arrive ______Aug. 24 Faculty Workshop______Jan. 26 757.455.3263 and Campus Events August Orientation for Freshmen ______Aug. 24 New students arrive ______Jan. 27 e-mail: [email protected] College Communications Freshman Honor Convocation ______Aug. 26 New Student Orientation ______Jan. 27 Alumni Relations 757.455.3366 Residence Halls open for Residence Halls open for e-mail: [email protected] returning students, 10 a.m. ______Aug. 27 returning students, 10 a.m. ______Jan. 28 Director of Alumni Relations Day and ASP classes begin ______Aug. 29 Day and ASP classes begin ______Jan. 30 Student Affairs 757.455.3298 Labor Day holiday (no classes/labs) ____Sept. 5 ASP weekend classes begin ______Feb. 3-4 e-mail: [email protected] Vice President for Student Affairs Fall Convocation ______Sept. 6 VWC Day ______Feb. 11 Athletics and Dean of Enrollment Services Director of Athletics 757.455.3273 Catalog 757.455.3303 Dean of Students 757.455.3354 Business Affairs Transcripts and Records Vice President for Business Affairs 2011-2012 757.455.3310 Registrar 757.455.3358 e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected]

Virginia Wesleyan College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award the degrees of bachelor of arts and of bachelor of science. Inquiries to the Commission on Colleges 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 or telephone 404.679.4500 should relate ASP weekend classes begin ______Sept. 9, 10 Wesleyan Scholarship Days______TBA only to the accreditation status of Virginia Wesleyan and not to general admission information. Homecoming/Family Weekend ______Oct. 7-9 VWC Day ______Mar. 3 Columbus Visit Event______Oct. 10 Spring Break ______Mar. 17-25 Non-discrimination Policy *Fall break ______Oct. 13-14 Residence Halls open for Virginia Wesleyan College admits students of any race, religion, color, creed, gender, national and ethnic origin age, marital Progress Reports available (WebAdvisor)_Oct. 19 returning students, 10 a.m. ______Mar. 25 status, covered veteran status, handicap, sexual orientation, or any other legally protected status to all the rights, privileges, Last day to drop courses without Classes resume ______Mar. 26 programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the College. It does not discriminate on the an automatic “WF”______Oct. 28 Progress Reports available (WebAdvisor)__Mar. 28 basis of race, religion, color, creed, gender, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, covered veteran status, handicap, Advising weeks for spring registration___Oct. 31-Nov. 11 Last day to drop courses sexual orientation, or any other legally protected status in administration of its educational policies, admission policies, * Evening classes meet Thursday. without automatic “WF” ______Apr. 5 scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other College-administered programs. ** Monday laboratories meet at the discretion of Easter Sunday/Monday holiday ______Apr. 8-9 the instructor. Only Monday evening classes meet Advising weeks for fall registration ______Apr. 10-20 this week. VWC Day ______Apr. 14 Advance registration for 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:36 AM Page 2

2 CONTENTS 3

If you ask Virginia Wesleyan students why they came here, most CONTENTS would say that they were attracted to the warm and intimate campus community featuring small classes, a dynamic faculty, a rigorous College Profile ...... 6 Mission Statement ...... 6 liberal arts curriculum, and a focus on character as a central element Four-Year Graduation Guarantee ...... 6 in academic preparation. Others would point out that, because the Your Rights and Responsibilities ...... 7 college is located in one of the nation’s most vibrant and historic Admission ...... 12 metropolitan areas, it offers a wide array of possibilities for students Financial Information ...... 18 Financial Aid ...... 19 to pursue internships and to practice volunteerism and civic Plan of Study ...... 24 engagement. The Educational Program ...... 24 One current student told me that what he loves most about The General Studies Program ...... 26 Virginia Wesleyan is that it’s always changing in ways that make it Graduation Requirements ...... 26 Major Programs ...... 32 better. He specifically mentioned the new curriculum. Over the past Academic Regulations and Information ...... 33 four years, our faculty have reviewed and revised every major and Academic Standing ...... 38 every course in order to make the educational experience—inside Program Enhancement ...... 39 and outside the classroom—more engaging, more exciting, and, Study Abroad ...... 41 ROTC ...... 42 ultimately, more relevant to the career aspirations of our students. The Adult Studies Program ...... 43 With this catalog, the college launches the new, “enhanced” Center for Sacred Music ...... 48 curriculum. The new course structure is sometimes called the “4 x 4” Center for the Study of Religious Freedom ...... 50 because students typically take four 4-semester hour courses each Careers ...... 52 Programs and Courses ...... 56 semester. Academic Skills Development ...... 56 You will find this book to be an excellent guide to Virginia Wesleyan’s academic programs. So please read American Studies ...... 56 it carefully and refer to it often. But don’t stop there. Especially if you are a new student, please take advantage Art/Art History ...... 57 of this campus’s open doors to ask questions, to make friends, and to create opportunities. You will find that Biology ...... 60 Business ...... 65 there are lots of people ready to assist you. The Center for the Study of Religious Freedom ...... 70 Whether you are a new or returning student, I urge you to become an active campus citizen: get involved Chemistry ...... 70 in a club, perform with a drama or musical group, play a sport, and attend cultural events. My one word of Classics ...... 73 advice to all students is this: Associate! A first-rate faculty and personal attention are Communication ...... 76 Virginia Wesleyan College trademarks that Comprehensive Liberal Studies ...... 80 To each student, I ask that you please introduce yourself to me. I am eager to get to know you, to hear how Earth and Environmental Sciences ...... 81 you are faring, and to help you make your time here academically and personally enriching. Make the most of have earned the liberal arts institution a Education/Special Education/ your experience here. Virginia Wesleyan not only will prepare you for a career; it will prepare you for life. Work national reputation for excellence. Alternative Certification for Teachers ...... 85 hard and expect much of yourself. Dream big dreams and let Virginia Wesleyan put you on the path to their English ...... 91 Environmental Studies ...... 99 realization. To begin, all you need is a spark. First-Year Experience ...... 100 Foreign Languages and Literatures ...... 101 Geography ...... 107 Health and Human Services/Social Work ...... 108 Dr. Timothy G. O’Rourke History ...... 112 Humanities ...... 118 Vice President for Academic Affairs and Information Systems ...... 70 Kenneth R. Perry Dean of the College Interdisciplinary Studies ...... 118 International Studies ...... 120 Mathematics/Computer Science ...... 122 Music ...... 129 Philosophy ...... 132 Physical Science ...... 135 Physics ...... 136 Political Science ...... 136 PORTfolio ...... 142 Professional Development Series ...... 143 Psychology ...... 144 Recreation and Leisure Studies ...... 148 Religious Studies ...... 155 Social Sciences ...... 158 This catalog is published by Virginia Wesleyan College and contains information concerning campus life, Sociology/Criminal Justice ...... 159 academic policies, program and course offerings, and career preparation. Students are expected to Theatre ...... 165 Women’s and Gender Studies ...... 167 familiarize themselves with the academic policies contained in the catalog. Failure to do so does not excuse Campus Life ...... 170 students from the requirements and regulations described herein. Directory ...... 176 Board of Trustees ...... 176 Disclaimer: The catalog is offered as a guide, not as a contract. It is not intended to and does not contain Faculty ...... 177 Administrative Staff ...... 182 all policies and regulations that relate to students. The college reserves the right to make alterations in Index ...... 188 programs, course offerings, policies, and fees without prior notice. Calendar 2011-2012 ...... IBC College Profile 001-053 VWC Catalog001-053 12 Front 9/1/11 9:36 Page AM 4 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:36 AM Page 6

6 COLLEGE PROFILE COLLEGE PROFILE 7

student. All financial obligations to the college must community. Established at a time when baby COLLEGE PROFILE be met prior to the release of a transcript. boomers were coming of age for higher education, the A transcript of work completed at any high school college received full accreditation in its first year of or at any college other than Virginia Wesleyan eligibility, enjoyed steady enrollment gains, and irginia Wesleyan College has been selected academic community agree to maintain academic College must be obtained directly from that attained membership in the Virginia Foundation for Vas a 2012 Best College in the Southeast by honesty. The purpose of the honor code at Virginia institution. Independent Colleges. The Princeton Review. Wesleyan is to foster an environment of learning Rooted in the liberal arts tradition as well as its based upon trustworthiness and willingness to assume Student Rights and Responsibilities: Methodist heritage, Virginia Wesleyan is focused on Mission Statement personal responsibility for honorable behavior. Family Educational Rights and providing a broad academic foundation while Responsibility for safeguarding honor and trust cultivating engaged citizens. A meaningful liberal arts The mission of Virginia Wesleyan College is to belongs to the entire academic community; therefore, Privacy Act of 1974 engage students of diverse ages, religions, ethnic education includes the search for humane, social and students need to assume responsibility for honorable All educational records of students enrolled at the origins, and backgrounds in a rigorous liberal arts scientific principles which, after thorough behavior in themselves and others. Acts of academic college are maintained in accordance with the education that will prepare them to meet the examination, provide the basis for understanding dishonesty, which include cheating, plagiarism, lying, provisions of the Family Educational Rights and challenges of life and career in a complex and rapidly oneself, society, and the world. A cross-disciplinary theft, and falsifying data, are violations of the honor Privacy Act of 1974 as Amended. The Act was changing world. In this endeavor, the college employs approach allows students to build knowledge and code. Once students become members of the college designed to protect the privacy of educational records, a wide range of approaches to teaching and learning explore their interests in the classroom and beyond. community and are presumed to understand the to establish the right of students to inspect and review and provides opportunities to connect the study of An enhanced new curricular model for 2011-12 will nature of such violations, they are responsible for their educational records, and to provide guidelines the liberal arts with practical learning experiences on prepare students for the future with expanded avoiding them and for the consequences if they do for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data campus, in the Hampton Roads region, and opportunities to learn by doing, to connect theory to not. through informal and formal hearings. throughout the world. In accord with our United practice, and to link the classroom to the world. The honor code offers guidelines for academic Student consent is required for the release of Methodist heritage, Virginia Wesleyan aspires to be a Wesleyan is a small school by design. Through conduct and disciplinary procedures for infractions of records covered by the Act to outside parties (i.e., supportive community that is committed to social individualized attention and active mentoring, the code. For a complete statement of the honor code, prospective employers), except for those agencies responsibility, ethical conduct, higher learning, and students develop invaluable relationships and support see the Student Handbook distributed through the entitled to access under the provisions of the Act (i.e., religious freedom. networks while being encouraged to grow into Dean of Students Office. college personnel with a legitimate educational independent thinkers and leaders who are optimally Four-Year Graduation Guarantee interest, federal education and auditing officials, and prepared for graduate study and the challenges of a Faculty Advisory System requests related to the application for or receipt of rapidly changing workplace. Living and learning Virginia Wesleyan College guarantees that all The mission of the advising system at Virginia financial assistance). communities on campus help students connect with students wishing to graduate in four years will be Wesleyan College is to foster the growth of strong Any other access must have written authorization each other and with faculty in substantive ways. provided necessary courses as required by the college relationships between students and faculty, enabling from the student, with the exception of certain Finally, Virginia Wesleyan is defined by its unique in their chosen field of study. Any required courses student success through intentional connections with “directory information,” which includes the name, location in southeastern Virginia. The college is just needed beyond four years will be provided to the people, academic programs, and processes of the address, and telephone number of the student, e-mail minutes from the Atlantic Ocean and set apart on a student tuition-free. college. This endeavor should lead to successful address, major field of study, dates of attendance, beautiful wooded campus, yet squarely in the middle Entering freshmen wishing to participate in the academic planning, retention, and professional degrees, awards and honors received (including of the state’s most populous metropolitan region. graduation guarantee program must complete the growth, as students pursue life and career goals dates), photographic view or electronic images, and Hampton Roads is home to a host of business, guarantee application form upon entry to the college following a timely graduation. the most recent previous educational agency or governmental, and cultural institutions, as well as rich and officially declare a major before beginning their Prior to arrival on campus, each freshman is institution attended. historical and natural resources that offer tremendous fall semester classes at the start of the junior year. All assigned a faculty advisor. Entering students meet opportunities for students and alumni. participating students must be qualified to begin with their advisors to work out a schedule of classes Proud of Our Past, Focused on college-level courses, have their class schedule prior to registration. Returning students also meet Our Future: Virginia Wesleyan The Liberal Arts and Careers approved by their official advisor, and register for with their advisors prior to registration. College Celebrates 50 Years While liberal arts colleges have traditionally classes during early registration each semester. They Prior to graduation, a full-time faculty member in Chartered in 1961, Virginia Wesleyan College first prepared students for careers in the professions of must also meet any program GPA and course, test, the student’s major department will certify that the opened its doors to students in 1966 with support teaching, law, business, the ministry, health and grade requirements as stipulated in the catalog or student has completed requirements for the major. from the United Methodist Church. The 2011-12 professions, and the fine arts, Virginia Wesleyan departmental policy. Therefore, upon declaring a major, students must academic year marks the college’s 50th anniversary. believes that the liberal arts also provide a proper Students must successfully complete an average secure as an academic advisor a full-time faculty Numerous events and special tributes throughout the starting place for numerous other professions. The course load of 16 hours each semester (32 hours per member in their major field. year will honor this important milestone, as does the ability to move upward and laterally in the world of year) and remain in good standing at the college. Any Advisors will make every attempt to give effective recent publication of the commemorative book, work frequently depends on the capacity to analyze, course failed or repeated will void the guarantee, and guidance to students in academic matters and to refer Wisdom Lights the Way: Virginia Wesleyan College’s synthesize, make appropriate value judgments, draw any late change in major options may void the students to those qualified to help them in other First Half-Century (Donning Company Publishers) conclusions, and communicate results. The guarantee. Students who are interested in details matters, but the final responsibility for meeting all by college archivist Dr. Stephen Mansfield. The book development of such skills and dispositions is at the about the program should contact the Admissions academic requirements for a selected program rests is available in the Scribner Bookstore on campus. very heart of liberal education. Office. with the student. Virginia Wesleyan began in 1959 as an idea in the The college offers approximately 34 majors, The Honor Code mind of Methodist minister Joseph S. Johnston. which relate to various careers or to graduate study. Transcripts Within two years, the school had a name, a charter, These are described later in this catalog. Virginia Wesleyan College is committed to values Transcripts are provided by the Registrar’s Office and an expanding body of supporters within the of citizenship and social responsibility fundamental to and are issued only upon the written request of the Methodist establishment and the regional business a community of scholars. People who join this 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:36 AM Page 8

8 COLLEGE PROFILE COLLEGE PROFILE 9

The Faculty Marlins Go Green ■ Fine Arts Building (1966) with the Edward ■ Jane P. Batten Student Center (2002) At the heart of the educational experience are the Virginia Wesleyan College joins the ranks of D. Hofheimer Theatre (1981) is home for the features Cunningham Gymnasium, a multi-activity persons who teach. Virginia Wesleyan has, by design, outstanding universities and colleges nationwide that college’s fine arts offerings in art, music, and theatre. athletic center; the Scribner Bookstore, a 39-foot recruited faculty members whose primary interest and are leading the “green” movement through their own In this complex are the art studios, music studios and climbing wall, an NCAA regulation pool, an indoor commitment is to classroom teaching. In addition, special programs and initiatives. Under the leadership practice rooms, acting studios, and a multi-media jogging track, and a convocation center that serves as faculty are engaged in scholarly and artistic activities of President William T. (Billy) Greer, Virginia room. The Edward D. Hofheimer Theatre is a the home court for the men’s and women’s basketball and community service. Members of the faculty have Wesleyan has made sustainability a campus-wide versatile facility that serves as a setting for theatrical teams. Many student services and athletic offices are earned degrees from over 140 colleges and priority. The President’s Environmental Issues instruction as well as performance. housed in the Batten Center, as well as universities, both in the U.S. and abroad. The Council works with student leaders, faculty and staff ■ Communications laboratory space, Recreation and Henry Clay Hofheimer II Library (1969) is Leisure Studies faculty offices and Dean of Students. richness of this educational experience is felt in their to implement a variety of green programs. Virginia an attractive building that sits at the center of the influence at Virginia Wesleyan. Wesleyan has been nationally recognized for “green” campus. The building houses a variety of academic ■ Women of Wesleyan Greenhouse (1974) efforts in The Princeton Review’s Guide to 311 Green and information resources and services to support the provides a laboratory for courses in botany and The Library Colleges: 2011 Edition. Sustainability is a way of life college’s liberal arts mission. It also houses the college contains numerous unusual plants. Hofheimer Library is at the heart of the Virginia on the Virginia Wesleyan campus. archives, as well as a student art exhibit gallery. The ■ Wesleyan campus. Located centrally—only a minute’s well-equipped computer lab and a variety of study, Frank E. Brown Campanile (1975) is a campus walk from classrooms, dorms, fitness and dining Physical Facilities instruction, and work spaces combine to make it a landmark that symbolizes the institution’s Christian facilities alike—it provides the highest quality Virginia Wesleyan’s buildings, all constructed versatile setting where students are free to engage in heritage and its dedication to the continuous search resources and services to meet the research and since 1966, are situated in the midst of expansive scholarly learning and research, collaboration, for truth. information needs of students, faculty, and staff. conversation, reading or just relaxing. lawns, numerous athletic fields, and pleasant ■ Monumental Chapel (1975) is the site of a In today’s wired society, proficiency in research woodlands. The long-range plan calls for four villages ■ S. Frank and Wilma Williamson Blocker variety of lectures, campus and community meetings, and information seeking is essential in meeting surrounding a central academic core. The following Hall houses the Science (1970) and Humanities and worship services. The Monumental Chapel and expectations that arise in the course of work, family, complexes and buildings, with completion dates Centers (1988), which have science laboratories, Frank E. Brown Bell Tower are included in the and citizenship obligations. Helping students develop noted, now house the college’s academic, classrooms, the Blocker Auditorium, and faculty Council of Independent Colleges’ Historic Campus lifelong learning skills is an integral part of the administrative, and residential functions. offices. The auditorium in this building is the setting Architecture Project. academic mission of the college. ■ for numerous campus events. Academic resources include an extensive print and Jerry G. Bray, Jr. Village (1966) ■ Everett Tennis Center (2011), built on the e-book collection, online access to scholarly journals Residence Halls: ■ Robert F. and Sara M. Boyd Campus Dining foundation of the Penzold Tennis Center, contains and research databases, individual and collaborative Louise W. Eggleston Hall Center (1991) and related facilities house the eight courts including two championship courts and study spaces, a computer lab, a seminar room, a Abel E. and Clara Eaton Kellam Hall college dining hall and the private dining areas known two lighted grandstand courts. The Center features technology classroom, and a friendly, helpful staff. Margarette Hanes Old Hall as the Shafer Room and the Princess Anne Room. spectator-friendly fencing, an upgraded lighting Advanced research is also supported through Paul Howard Rose Hall The college’s collection of memorabilia and paintings system on the grandstand courts, a welcome gazebo, a interlibrary loan services and cooperative agreements Academic Buildings: related to the life and ministry of 18th-century viewing stand, a brick façade entrance and ample with higher educational institutions both in and Birdsong Hall Anglican cleric John Wesley is on display in this seating for fans. outside of the Hampton Roads area. Peter D. Pruden Hall facility. Adjacent to the dining center are the business In addition to its important role in the academic Aubrey L. Eggleston Commons office and campus post office. ■ Trinder Soccer-Lacrosse Center (1996) with program, the newly renovated library’s 24/7 study Foster Field (1996) is the home of the college’s ■ space, student art gallery, and Marlin Movies ■ Academic Village II Lambuth M. Clarke Hall (1998) reflects the soccer and lacrosse programs. The center includes collection make it a popular destination for students Residence Halls: college’s commitment to providing state of the art locker rooms, restrooms, an athletic training room, a to pursue recreational activities, including reading, East Dormitory (1990): teaching technologies. Teaching spaces, including a concession stand, and a press box. Foster Field has relaxing, checking e-mail, or just meeting up with J. Franklin Little Hall (1990) tiered classroom, are equipped with computers, bleacher seating for 1,000 spectators. Lights were friends. Alison J. and Ella W. Parsons Hall (1990) document cameras, and interfacing capabilities. The added to the facility in 2003. Walter Clarke Gum Hall (1970) building also contains the Adult Studies Office, the The Setting Joseph S. Johnston Hall (1990): Learning/Writing Center, the Registrar’s Office, the ■ Maintenance Building (1993) houses the Landmark Hall Center for the Study of Religious Freedom, a physical plant operations and storage facilities for the The setting of the college complements its dual 24-hour computer laboratory, and faculty offices. college. commitment to the development of the intellect and William Travis Smithdeal Hall (1970) Academic Buildings (1990): to involvement in society. Nestled on a 300-acre ■ Katherine B. and Mills E. Godwin, Jr. Hall Charles and Bertha Mast Graybeal Hall campus in the heart of Virginia’s largest metropolitan (1999) accommodates many of the college’s Guy C. and Ora Goodwin Roop Hall area, the college is physically insulated from the bustle administrative offices, including the offices of the Floyd E. Kellam, Jr. Social Science Center of the city traffic, and yet the vast resources of this President, Enrollment Services, Admissions, Alumni (2002) metropolitan area are easily accessible. Regardless of Relations, College Communications, Development, their major, students are only a few minutes away ■ Joan and Macon Brock Village (1993) and Financial Aid. from a living laboratory. The Norfolk/Virginia Beach area is one of the fastest growing urban centers on the Residence Halls: Atlantic coast. The college offers many opportunities North Hall for students to bring the theoretical and the practical South Hall together in this rich environment. Harry I. and Elizabeth W. Teagle Hall Apartments and Townhouses (2005) Admission 001-053 VWC Catalog001-053 12 Front 9/1/11 9:36 Page AM 10 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:36 AM Page 12

12 ADMISSION ADMISSION 13

4. An official record of scores on the Scholastic ADMISSION Assessment Test (SAT) or the American College Testing Program (ACT). Applicants are responsible for arranging to take these tests and irginia Wesleyan College seeks to enroll information on Saturday open houses and other for requesting that results be sent to Virginia Vqualified students from diverse social, special events for prospective students. Wesleyan. The CEEB code for Virginia religious, racial, economic, and geographic Wesleyan is 5867. The ACT code is 4429. backgrounds. Admission is based solely on the Admission Requirements 5. Students with a high school grade point average applicant’s academic and personal qualifications. The for Freshmen of 3.5 or above or an especially strong college college does not discriminate on the basis of race, preparatory curriculum may apply without religion, handicap, sex, nationality, or ethnic origin. Public and Private High School Students submitting standardized test scores. These The Admissions Committee believes that high students must indicate on the application form Admissions Calendar school students who have taken a strong academic that they wish to be considered “test optional.” High school students are encouraged to apply in program of at least 16 solid academic units are most 6. Students whose first language is not English the fall of their senior year for admission the likely to succeed in meeting the requirements of should submit scores for the Test of English as a following fall. Transfer students may apply during Virginia Wesleyan’s curriculum. The program should Foreign Language (TOEFL) (see section on either the fall or spring semesters for admission the include at least four academic courses each year. international students below). following semester. Although the college employs a Because course offerings vary among high schools, the rolling admissions process, March 1 is the preferred committee does not attempt to specify all courses, but Admission Requirements application deadline for fall admission. December 1 is recommends that the following 12 units be included for Transfer Students as a minimum: the preferred deadline for spring admission. The For admission by transfer from another regionally college continues to accept applications after those English 4 Foreign Language 2 (in one language) accredited institution, students must submit the deadlines if space is available. following materials: The Admissions Committee begins to review Algebra 2 Geometry 1 1. A completed application form and a $40 non- completed applications from high school students in refundable application fee. October. All applicants can expect to receive History 1 Science 2 2. Applicants who have not yet completed 12 admissions notification within three weeks after all semester hours of college work must submit an their required materials have been received. All high Additional units should be chosen from areas of study similar to those above. The committee looks official high school transcript and an official school applicants accepted for admission are expected college transcript, including SAT or ACT scores. concept. Students may not transfer more than 64 to complete their senior year of high school work with favor on Virginia’s advanced studies diploma and semester hours from two-year institutions. A 2.5 on comparable programs offered in other states. Generally, students transferring to Virginia satisfactorily. All new students are required to submit Wesleyan present a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or cumulative grade point average is required for a completed medical form to the Health Services Applicants whose high school program is somewhat admission to the Professional Education Program for irregular may be considered for admission; however, higher. Office before registering for classes. 3. Applicants who have successfully completed 12 teacher preparation and certification. Application materials are available from the their records should demonstrate high achievement and aptitude. Such students may be admitted or more semester hours of college work must Admissions Office. Prospective students may visit the submit a high school diploma or GED International Students college’s home page at www.vwc.edu, e-mail the office provisionally at the discretion of the Admissions Committee. (necessary for receipt of federal financial Virginia Wesleyan encourages freshman and at [email protected], call the office at 1-800-737- assistance) and an official college transcript. transfer applications from qualified international 8684 or 757-455-3208, or write to the Admissions Homeschooled Students 4. Students whose first language is not English students. Applicants who are not residents of the Office, Virginia Wesleyan College, 1584 Wesleyan should submit scores for the Test of English as a United States are considered on the basis of their Drive, Norfolk/Virginia Beach, VA 23502-5599. The Virginia Wesleyan welcomes qualified home- Foreign Language (TOEFL) (see section on performance in their country’s educational system in office is open from 8:30 a.m. until 4:30 p.m. on schooled students who have completed a four-year international students below). high school and at any colleges or universities they weekdays during the academic year and until 4 p.m. secondary school program with strong preparation in Two-year degrees earned from the Virginia have attended. International students should submit in the summer. English, foreign language, algebra, geometry, history, Community College System are accepted in their applications by June 1 for fall semester and by and science. Additional coursework should be chosen fulfillment of a significant portion of Virginia November 1 for spring semester. Applications should Campus Visits from areas of study similar to these. In some cases, the Wesleyan’s general studies requirements. Community include all of the materials listed above for other Although a personal interview is not specifically Admissions Committee may request a syllabus as part college courses that fit Virginia Wesleyan’s general freshmen or transfer students. International students required, interested students are encouraged to visit of a student transcript to aid in its decisions. studies and other graduation requirements are whose first language is not English must also submit the campus for a tour and presentation and to talk carefully evaluated to provide maximum transfer the following: with an admissions counselor. Interested students Application Materials Required credit. 1. A TOEFL score of at least 550 on the written should contact the Admissions Office to schedule a for All Freshman Applicants A student’s transcript of coursework taken at test or 80 on the Internet-based exam. (Past time that is convenient to meet with an admissions 1. A completed application and a $40 non- another college should demonstrate a high quality of scores of 213 for the computer-based test are still counselor. Tours are regularly scheduled Monday refundable application fee. work. Credit awarded must be equivalent to courses accepted.) through Friday at 10 a.m. and 2 p.m., and on 2. An official high school transcript or comparable offered at Virginia Wesleyan or logical extensions of 2. A transcript of grades from high school reported Saturdays at 11 a.m. Prospective students may sign up home school documentation. such courses. No credit is transferable for work below in English. for a campus visit online or simply by calling the 3. A recommendation from a guidance counselor a grade of C (2.0) or for failing grades earned under a 3. A recommendation from a high school official, Admissions Office at one of the numbers above. or other school official. system of evaluation equivalent to the pass/fail written in English. Individual tours may be scheduled throughout the year as well. The college website provides current 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:36 AM Page 14

14 ADMISSION ADMISSION 15

Immigration laws require that all international an AP exam and an IB exam in the same subject. (See Advanced Placement Credits • College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) students be prepared to assume financial chart on the following page for minimum scores.) MIN. SEM. responsibility for their educational and living AP EXAM SCORE VWC EQUIVALENT COURSE(S) HRS. College-Level Examination expenses. Students must submit a financial affidavit Art History 4 ARTH 231 Ancient & Medieval Art History 4 before an I-20 can be issued. Program (CLEP) ARTH 232 Renaissance to 20th-Century Art 4 International students who have outstanding Entering students may apply for credit in academic records and have taken the SAT exam may Biology 4 BIO 131 Principles of Biology I 4 disciplines in which they have taken CLEP apply to the Admissions Office for an academic or 5 BIO 131, 132 Principles of Biology I, II 8 examinations and achieved sufficiently high scores. leadership scholarship. Scholarships are awarded Calculus AB 4 MATH 171 Calculus I 4 Current students must receive prior approval before based on the TOEFL score, the SAT scores, the high Calculus BC 4 MATH 171, 172 Calculus I, II 8 taking CLEP examinations for credit. They may school transcript, and a scholarship essay. receive credit for scores on the general examinations Chemistry 4 CHEM 120 Introductory Chemistry 4 and on the subject examinations in areas applicable 5 CHEM 120 Introductory Chemistry, Veterans to Virginia Wesleyan’s curriculum. Specific CHEM Elective 8 Virginia Wesleyan is fully approved by the information can be obtained from the Registrar’s Economics: Macro 3 MBE 201 Intro to Macroeconomics 4 Commonwealth of Virginia to offer college work to home page (www.vwc.edu/academics/registrar). Economics: Micro 3 MBE 202 Intro to Microeconomics 4 applicants who qualify for veterans’ benefits. Veterans English Language and Composition 4 ENG 105 College Writing 4 with a high school diploma or its equivalent are International Baccalaureate 5 ENG 105, ENG Elective 8 assured admission as veterans. Those who have Virginia Wesleyan grants advanced placement English Literature and Composition 4 ENG 105 College Writing 4 attended another college may be admitted as transfer and/or credit for a score of 5 or higher on the Higher 5 ENG 105, ENG Elective 8 students. Veterans who have received specialized Level examinations in the International Baccalaureate training through military service should present their Environmental Science 4 ENVS 106 Humans & the Environment 3 (IB) program. The table below lists courses that have credentials for review when they apply for admission European History 4 HIST Elective 4 been reviewed and approved for credit by the college’s to determine whether the training qualifies for French Language 4 FR Elective 4 various academic departments. Additional IB courses college credit. 5 FR Elective 8 not listed here may be reviewed as necessary. No French Literature 4 FR Elective 4 credit is awarded for Subsidiary Level examinations. Special Students Credit is not awarded for both an IB exam and an AP 5 FR Elective 8 Residents of the community who take classes at exam in the same subject. German Language 4 GER Elective 4 Virginia Wesleyan but are not candidates for a degree 5 GER Elective 8 are classified as special students. Tuition and fees for Government and Politics: Comparative 3 POLS Elective 4 special students who are taking the classes for Government and Politics: POLS 112 Introduction to 3 MIN. VWC EQUIVALENT SEM. United States American Government 4 academic credit are the same as fees for regular IB EXAM students. Special students seeking to transfer credit to SCORE COURSE(S) HRS. Human Geography 3 GEOG 112 Cultural Geography 4 another institution may be required to submit Biology 5 BIO 131 4 Latin Literature 4 LATN Elective 4 academic credentials or certification of good standing 6 BIO 131, 132 8 5 LATN Elective 8 at the current institution. A special student who is Chemistry 5 CHEM 120 4 auditing a class will receive a reduced tuition rate. Latin: Vergil 4 LATN Elective 4 6 CHEM 120, Elective 8 Admission is offered to outstanding high school 5 LATN Elective 8 students who demonstrate readiness to enroll in Computer 5 CS 112 4 Music Theory 3 MUS 225 Intermediate Musicianship I 4 college-level classes. Interested students should Science 6 CS 112, 212 8 Physics B 4 PHYS Elective 4 contact the Admissions Office for an interview. Due English A1 5 ENG Elective 4 5 PHYS Elective 8 to federal financial aid regulations, special students 6 ENG Elective 8 Physics C 4* PHYS 221 University Physics I 4 who do not have a high school diploma or equivalent History: 5* PHYS 221, 222 University Physics I, II 8 5 HIST Elective 4 cannot be considered for federal financial assistance. Americas *with 4 or 5 in Calculus AB or BC Special students may apply in advance but must Psychology 4 PSY 101 4 wait to register until other students have registered. A History: 5 HIST Elective 4 5 PSY 101, 102 8 special student who decides to become a degree- Europe Spanish Language 4 SPAN Elective 4 seeking student must reapply for admission as a Mathematics 5 MATH 171 4 regular student. 6 MATH 171, 172 8 5 SPAN Elective 8 Spanish Literature 4 SPAN Elective 4 Physics C 4* PHYS 221 4 5 SPAN Elective 8 Credit for Prior 5* PHYS 221, 222 8 Learning Experiences *With 5 in Statistics 4 MATH 210 Elementary Statistics 4 mathematics (HL) Studio Art: 2-D Design 4 ART 105 Intro to Studio Art 4 Advanced Placement Studio Art: 3-D Design 4 ART 206 Painting I 4 Theory of C or PHIL 101 4 Virginia Wesleyan grants course credit for Knowledge higher Studio Art: Drawing 3 ART 205 Drawing I 4 Advanced Placement Exams of the College Entrance U.S. History 4 HIST Elective 4 Visual Arts 5 ART 105 4 Examination Board. Credit is not awarded for both World History 4 HIST Elective 4 Financial Information 001-053 VWC Catalog001-053 12 Front 9/1/11 9:36 Page AM 16 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 18

18 FINANCIAL INFORMATION FINANCIAL INFORMATION 19

The schedule for payment is as follows: date divided by the total days in the payment period FINANCIAL INFORMATION or term. (Any break of five days or more is not Resident Student (double room) counted as part of the days in the term.) This March 30 (deposit) $ 300 percentage is also the percentage of earned aid. Tuition and Fees semester hour. A student may take more than 18 July 31 18,783 Funds are returned to the appropriate federal irginia Wesleyan College holds tuition hours only with the permission of the faculty advisor November 30 18,583 program based on the percentage of unearned aid and other expenses to the minimum and the Dean of the College; a student with such Commuter Student using the following formula: V permission may take up to 20 hours in either the fall Aid to be returned = (100% of the aid that could necessary for providing quality education and March 30 (deposit) $ 300 or spring semester of a given academic year without be disbursed minus the percentage of earned aid) maintaining a fiscally responsible operation. Tuition July 31 14,789 incurring additional tuition beyond the full-time multiplied by the total amount of aid that could have and fees paid by students do not cover the actual cost November 30 14,589 of their education. Grants and gifts received by the charge. A student who is enrolled for more than 20 been disbursed during the payment period or term. college through the generosity of the United hours at the conclusion of the add/drop period of a New students who have not completed their If a student earned less aid than was disbursed, the Methodist Church, foundations, friends, and others given semester will incur a $1,216 charge for each financial arrangements will be delayed in being institution would be required to return a portion of help to reduce the difference between income and hour in excess of 20. A student who exceeds 38 hours processed for registration. Continuing students who the funds, and the student would be required to costs. Basic tuition and fees for students entering the during a given academic year (fall and spring have not taken care of their financial arrangements as return a portion of the funds. When Title IV funds college for the academic year 2011-2012 are as semesters, Winter Session) will incur a $1,216 charge noted above will have their advance registration are returned, the student borrower may owe a debit follows: for each hour beyond the limit. schedules deleted. balance to the institution. If a student earned more aid than was disbursed to Occasional Fees: Students who enroll in certain Tuition $ 29,178 Refund Policy: Because the college must make him/her, the institution would owe the student a courses are charged a materials fee as listed for each Double Room financial commitments for the entire year, tuition and post-withdrawal disbursement, which must be paid course. Those who enroll in applied music courses and Meals* $ 7,988 room deposits are non-refundable. No refund, rebate within 120 days of the student’s withdrawal. incur additional charges for private lessons. In cases Damage Deposit $ 150 or reduction of fees is made because of late entrance The institution must return the amount of Title where damage to college property occurs, the Student Activity Fee $ 200 or withdrawal from courses. Students who withdraw IV funds for which it is responsible no later than 45 student(s) involved are charged a fee to cover repairs Technology Fee $ 300 from the college completely may receive a partial days after the date of the determination of the date of or replacement. *Cost of rooms in East, Johnson, Village III, apartments, refund as follows: 90% during the first week of the student’s withdrawal. townhouses and singles is higher. classes, 50% the second week, and 25% the third Payment of Tuition and Fees Refunds are allocated in the following order: (New freshmen and transfer students may estimate the week. After the third week of classes, there is no • Unsubsidized Direct Stafford Loans (other The college bills students each semester for cost of attendance by accessing the Marlin Cost refund. than PLUS loans) tuition, room, and meals. Charges for the fall Calculator online at http://ww2.vwc.edu/admissions.) • Subsidized Direct Stafford Loans semester are due and payable no later than July 31, Administrative Withdrawal for Non-Atten- • Federal Perkins Loans 2011. Charges for the spring semester are due and dance: Students who register for a semester of Tuition for Part-time Enrollment and Course • Direct PLUS Loans payable no later than November 30, 2011. coursework but do not attend class sessions of any of Overloads: Tuition for students enrolled for fewer • Federal Pell Grants for which a return of Miscellaneous charges are due in full when billed. their courses during the first two full weeks of the than 12 semester hours in a semester is $1,216 per funds is required semester are withdrawn from the college • Federal Supplemental Opportunity Grants administratively and notified of that action by a letter for which a return of funds is required sent to both home and campus addresses. Those • Other Title IV assistance for which a return students are responsible for 50% of tuition and room of funds is required (e.g., LEAP). charges. This policy does not apply to students who attend some but not all of their courses. They remain Financial Aid enrolled in the college and receive grades in courses Virginia Wesleyan believes that no student should that they did not attend but did not formally drop. be denied the opportunity to attend because of Students are responsible for all tuition and fees limited financial resources. The Financial Aid staff is charged for those courses. available to counsel with students and their families regarding financial assistance. Students who withdraw from or stop Students who demonstrate financial need may attending classes for which they are qualify for grants, low-interest loans, and the work- registered: The Financial Aid Office is required by study program. To be considered for financial aid, federal statute to recalculate federal Title IV financial students must submit the Free Application for Federal aid eligibility for students who withdraw, drop out, Student Aid (FAFSA), which is available from the are dismissed, or take a leave of absence prior to Financial Aid Office, from the high school guidance completing 60% of a payment period or term. counselor, or online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Financial If a student leaves the institution prior to aid is granted on an annual basis, and each student’s completing 60% of a payment period or term, the need is re-evaluated each year. First preference is given Financial Aid Office recalculates eligibility for Title to applicants who meet the March 1 priority mailing IV funds. Recalculation is based on the percentage of deadline. earned aid using the following Federal Return of Title Virginia Wesleyan also offers academic IV funds formula: scholarships, without regard to need, to entering Percentage of payment period or term completed freshmen and transfer students with outstanding = the number of days completed up to the withdrawal academic records. 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 20

20 FINANCIAL INFORMATION FINANCIAL INFORMATION 21

Aid Programs: VWC Award Full-Time Students Total enrollment at all institutions is limited to six Federal Pell Grant Application — VWC Admission Application • Full-time students receiving financial aid are years of equivalent full-time enrollment. Previous Amount — $555-$5,550 grant (Amount Filing deadline — March 15 allowed six academic years (an academic year enrollment is assessed only on the hours transferred subject to change based on Eligibility — No need requirement; based is two semesters plus one summer) to for credit to Virginia Wesleyan. federal funding.) on academic achievement, complete the bachelor’s degree. Eligibility — Demonstrated need SAT scores, GPA • Full-time students must successfully complete Probation Federal Supplemental Educational Transfer Scholarships a minimum of 22 semester hours in any single At the end of each semester, all students receiving Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) Application — VWC Admission Application academic year (fall, Winter Session, spring, financial aid are evaluated for satisfactory academic Amount — $1,000-$2,000 grant Amount — Varies and summer). progress. Any student who is not maintaining (Amount subject to change Eligibility — No need requirement; based • Full-time students must also maintain an satisfactory progress is mailed a warning letter and is based on federal funding.) on academic achievement acceptable grade point average as follows: a placed on probation for the following semester. Eligibility — Demonstrated need Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship student classified as a freshman must have a Federal Work-Study (FWS) Application — VWC Admission Application minimum cumulative GPA of 1.6; a Suspension of Aid Amount — $1,500 award Amount — Varies sophomore, 1.8; a junior, 2.0; and a senior, A student who is not making satisfactory Eligibility — Demonstrated need Eligibility — Member of Phi Theta Kappa, 2.0. academic progress at the end of a probationary Federal Perkins Loan 3.0 GPA, and at least 24 A student whose cumulative grade point average is semester receives a letter indicating termination of Amount — $1,000-$2,000 loan transferable semester hours. below the minimum is considered to be making financial aid for the following semester. The student Eligibility — Demonstrated need Number of scholarships satisfactory progress if he or she has earned the may use the summer session or the next semester Federal Direct Stafford Student Loan Programs awarded varies each year. required number of semester hours and maintained a without aid to regain eligibility for financial aid for Amount — $200-$7,500 ($2,000 Amount of scholarship award grade point average of 2.0 for the immediate past the following semester. must be unsubsidized) varies with GPA and semester semester. Eligibility — Demonstrated need hours completed. Appeals Virginia Tuition Assistance Grant (VTAG) Christian Service Cancelable Loan Part-Time Students Application — VTAG application Application — Christian Service Agreement/ Students who believe extenuating circumstances Part-time students receiving financial aid are from Virginia Wesleyan Promissory note led to their unsatisfactory progress may appeal their expected to progress at proportionately the same rate Amount — $2,700 (2011-2012) Amount — Up to half tuition for eight suspension of aid by writing a letter of appeal to the as full-time students. They are limited to 12 academic (Amount subject to change) semesters. Financial Aid Committee, c/o the Financial Aid years of aid eligibility. Eligibility — No need requirement; Eligibility — No need requirement; Office. The letter must explain why the student was Must be a Virginia resident Virginia Conference of the unable to meet the minimum standards and outline a College Scholarship Assistance Program (CSAP) United Methodist Church; Transfer Students plan for achieving those standards in the future. The Amount — $1,000-$2,000 grant intend to prepare for full-time The satisfactory progress of transfer students Financial Aid Committee will review the case and Eligibility — Demonstrated need; must be Christian service; full-time receiving financial aid is based on a student’s class notify the student of its decision in a timely manner. a Virginia resident enrollment in day program. status at the time of enrollment at Virginia Wesleyan. Sons/Daughters and Spouses of Clergy Application — VWC Admission Application VWC Merit Scholarships: Amount — Up to half-tuition grant for Wesleyan Scholars eight semesters Application — Wesleyan Scholar Eligibility — No need requirement; Competition dependent sons and daughters Filing deadline — January 1 as well as spouses of Virginia Amount — Up to full tuition and fees for United Methodist clergy; full- four years time enrollment in day Eligibility — No need requirement; based program. on academic credentials, essays, and interviews Satisfactory Academic Progress Presidential Scholarship Standard for Financial Aid Eligibility Application — VWC Admission Application All continuing students must be making Filing deadline — March 15 satisfactory academic progress to be considered for Eligibility — No need requirement; based financial aid, which includes Pell Grants, on academic achievement, Supplemental Grants, Federal Work Study, Perkins SAT scores, GPA Loans, Stafford Loans, and PLUS Loans; as well as Academic Dean Scholarship institutional funds such as faculty and staff tuition Application — VWC Admission Application remissions, ministers’ dependent grants, Christian Filing deadline — March 15 Service loans, need-based grants, etc. Eligibility — No need requirement; based on academic achievement, SAT scores, GPA Plan of Study 001-053 VWC Catalog001-053 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 Page AM 22 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 24

24 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 25

sciences. Students carrying the normal course load of Additional Baccalaureate Degree PLAN OF STUDY 16 semester hours can expect to graduate after eight Students may earn a maximum of one B.A. and semesters. The specific requirements for graduation one B.S. at Virginia Wesleyan by fulfilling the are described in this section of the catalog. The requirements for each degree, either separately or following majors and degrees are offered: concurrently. Students who have completed one The Educational The Division of Humanities degree and wish to complete a second degree must Majors and Degrees BA BS Program Art/Art History earn a minimum of 32 additional semester hours Classics American Studies X beyond the first degree. These 32 hours must be in traditionally graded courses. At least 24 of the 32 irginia Wesleyan College endeavors to Communication Art X hours must be at the 300/400 level, and at least 20 provide students with a sound liberal arts English V Biology XX must be in the major field. The grade point average education that prepares them for effective living. French Business X for the second degree is separate from the grade point Such an education must have qualities of breadth, German average for the initial degree unless completed depth, and flexibility. History Chemistry X concurrently. Today’s society requires educated specialists in Journalism Classical Studies X A student pursuing two degrees concurrently at many areas; however, the times also demand broadly Latin Communication X Virginia Wesleyan must earn a minimum of 160 educated individuals who understand their disciplines Music semester hours. in the context of the society and in relation to the Philosophy Comprehensive Liberal Studies X A degree may not be earned by combining partial future. As a society we need liberally educated adults Religious Studies Computer Science XX requirements for a B.A. with partial requirements for who possess the breadth of understanding and insight Spanish Criminal Justice X a B.S., nor may a second degree be awarded with a to meet the needs of a rapidly changing world and to Theatre Earth and Environmental Sciences X X major in the same academic field as the first degree. respond creatively to lifelong opportunities for Graduation requirements and limitations, in addition personal enrichment. The college’s general studies English X The Division of Natural Sciences to specific requirements for the major and minor, are program speaks particularly to this need for breadth. and Mathematics Environmental Studies X the same for B.A. and B.S. degrees and may serve to A liberally educated person has also experienced Biology French Studies X fulfill the requirements of both degrees. the discipline of mastering a particular field of Chemistry Once a baccalaureate degree has been awarded, knowledge. Virginia Wesleyan’s curriculum unites German Studies X Computer Science the GPA for the degree is frozen. Subsequent breadth with depth by combining general studies Health and Human Services/ Earth and Environmental Sciences coursework and grades are not calculated into the with intensified studies in a major field chosen by the Social Work X Environmental Studies initial GPA for the degree. Coursework completed as end of the sophomore year. Mathematics Hispanic Studies X part of the initial degree may be repeated, but the Finally, a strong liberal arts program has flexibility. Physical Science subsequent grade does not replace the initial grade. It allows students to choose courses that add to the History X Physics All courses and grades from Virginia Wesleyan are breadth provided by the general studies program and History and Social Sciences X included in the academic record, and grades earned in the depth provided by the major. Approximately one- Individualized X courses for both degrees are calculated into the overall third of the courses students take at Virginia The Division of Social Sciences International Studies X Virginia Wesleyan GPA. Coursework that repeats Wesleyan are electives. Students also find that they American Studies credit applied toward an initial degree does not count have many choices in selecting courses to fulfill the Latin X Business toward the 32 additional hours in residence that are general studies requirements. They work closely with Education/Special Education Mathematics XX required for a subsequent degree. their faculty advisors to develop personal educational Geography Music X All requirements in effect at the time of goals and to select courses that will enable them to Health and Human Services/Social Work graduation must be satisfied. All holders of a attain those goals. Philosophy X History bachelor’s degree are subject to the academic Political Science X Political Science requirements and regulations for seniors. Such Divisional Structure Psychology Psychology X students are eligible for scholastic awards and Virginia Wesleyan’s academic program is Recreation and Leisure Studies Recreation and Leisure Studies X recognition including Dean’s List, Honorable administered through the Division of Humanities, Sociology and Criminal Justice Religious Studies X Mention List, and honor societies. Candidates for the Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, While the primary responsibility for getting fully Latin honors must earn a minimum of 60 semester and the Division of Social Sciences. The divisional involved in the academic program rests with the Social Sciences Divisional X hours at Virginia Wesleyan. structure affords opportunities for interdisciplinary student, the interchange that takes place between Sociology X If in the judgment of the faculty in the major area, communication and action not normally afforded by students and faculty is a very important part of the Theatre X the earlier work of a student does not adequately a departmental structure. The following disciplines learning process. Because the campus is small, and cover more recent advances or needs in the field, are included in each of the divisions: because of their interest in students, faculty members Theatre and English X the student may be required to repeat certain courses are generally accessible and ready to assist. Women’s and Gender Studies X or otherwise make up the deficiency. These requirements should be established at an early date. The Baccalaureate Degree They must have the approval of the division chair in the major and be kept on file in the Registrar’s Office. The liberal arts program at Virginia Wesleyan College offers a bachelor of arts degree and a bachelor of science degree with numerous options for majors in the humanities, natural sciences, and social 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 26

26 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 27

3. Foreign Language Proficiency “Frames of Reference” below.) Students must critical reflection on the performance, accuracy, Graduation (up to 12 semester hours, satisfy their Q and L requirements with applicability, and soundness of conclusions depending on placement) different courses. based on data or mathematical models. Requirements Foreign Language Proficiency: All students All Q courses have a mathematics First-Year Experience must demonstrate proficiency in a language Frames of Reference and the placement prerequisite. The math placement Freshmen and transfer students with fewer than other than English, equivalent to the minimal Senior Integrative Experience codes indicate levels of mathematics 12 semester hours must complete FYE 101, First-Year passing grade on the exit examination in the (28 semester hours) preparation for incoming students. A student’s Experience. This course, which is paired with a 213 course. For modern languages this level is application file, transcripts, and SAT or ACT 1. Aesthetic Understanding (A) 4-semester hour course chosen by the student from defined in the American Council on the scores form the basis for placement. The levels (4 semester hours) the college’s offerings for freshmen, is designed to Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) are coded by letters: H, A, B, C, D. Students Courses bearing the Aesthetic Under- help students engage and succeed both academically proficiency guidelines as the Intermediate-Mid may challenge their placements by contacting standing (A) designation explore visual art, and socially in Virginia Wesleyan’s academic level for speaking, listening, reading and the Mathematics Department coordinator. music, theatre, and/or film. These courses offer community. Led by a faculty mentor, a small, close- writing. For Latin, this level is defined by the Students who receive a placement level of students the opportunity to understand our knit group of new students engage in an array of advanced progress indicators of the American D must take Math 005, which does not satisfy cultural heritage as expressed in works of activities and exercises that invite them to explore the Philological Association’s Standard for Classical the Q requirement. Students who successfully artistic expression created by others and/or to liberal arts, connect to the campus community, and Learning. complete 005 are expected to enroll in a course create these kinds of works themselves. develop the personal resourcefulness that leads to Entering students may demonstrate that does satisfy the requirement; Math 104 is Students study the creative process itself to success in college. proficiency by presenting a score of at least 600 suggested. Students who receive a placement on the CEEB Foreign Language Achievement understand and evaluate works intended to level of C must take Math 104, which does The Program of General Studies test or a 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement provoke an aesthetic response. satisfy the Q requirement. exam. (Eight semester hours are awarded for a Goals: Students who receive a placement level of B, The General Studies curriculum at Virginia score of 5, and four semester hours for a score • To become acquainted with major achieve- A, or H may enroll in courses that bear their Wesleyan is designed to enable students to gain basic of 4.) Students who score below 600 on the ments in the arts. placement level as a minimum prerequisite. For verbal and quantitative competencies, to ask and CEEB Achievement test, below a 4 on the • To explore the cultural and historical context instance, students with A placement may take address complex questions from multiple Advanced Placement exam, or below the of artistic achievements. B placement courses. Placement levels are listed perspectives, and to acquire the skills of critical minimal level on the college’s own placement • To learn techniques for critical analysis and in the prerequisite section for each Q course. thinking, creative expression, and innovation needed exam are placed in a foreign language course of appreciation of works of art. Students who receive a placement level of H to be lifelong learners. The program requires 45 to 57 their choice at the level determined by the • To acquire an appropriate vocabulary with should consult with a member of the semester hours of study. foreign languages and literatures faculty. They which to articulate this knowledge. Mathematics Department regarding upper- must take the necessary coursework to attain • In classes focusing on creative expression, to level work. Competencies the required level of proficiency. learn the techniques, discipline, and value of Goals: (17-29 semester hours) Transfer students may demonstrate foreign creating works intended to evoke an aesthetic • To study varied approaches to quantitative response. 1. English Composition language proficiency either through course- methods and the critical analysis of data (4 semester hours) work completed at Virginia Wesleyan or by 2. Historical Perspectives (H) and/or mathematical models. Students fulfill this requirement by transferring equivalent coursework from (4 semester hours) • To understand the applicability of quan- completing English 105, College Writing, another college or university. Students who Courses bearing the Historical Perspectives titative reasoning to real world situations by during their first year at the college. They learn transfer in 64 or more semester hours of (H) designation focus on how societies change using authentic numerical data whenever how to write papers for a variety of rhetorical coursework must successfully complete only over time, including how politics, values, possible. purposes. They develop strong editing and two semesters of foreign language. Additional beliefs, ideas, cultures, and individuals, interact • To recognize the limits of quantitative proofreading skills and practice citing sources information is provided in the General Studies with and reflect specific historical contexts. methods in particular contexts. accurately using the MLA system. Some section of this catalog. Foreign language This emphasis on historical context excludes • To read, construct, interpret, and evaluate students may be required to take English 001, requirements for Adult Studies Program (ASP) courses that are focused on a specific discipline tables, graphs, charts, data, and/or Writing Review, before taking English 105. To students are outlined in that program’s section (i.e., the history of history). mathematical models. of the catalog. satisfy the requirement, students must pass the Goals: 4. Institutional and Cultural Systems (S) The foreign languages and literatures faculty course with a grade of C or higher. • To demonstrate understanding of how (4 semester hours) urges students needing to take a language to societies change over time. Courses bearing the Institutional and 2. Writing Program (W) enroll immediately in the designated course. If (8 semester hours) • To learn how to interpret and evaluate Cultural Systems (S) designation focus on they choose not to enroll immediately, they primary materials in their historical contexts All students must successfully complete two human society and its attempts to attain goals must begin their language study within three and from later historical perspectives. courses designated as Writing Intensive (W). valued collectively. Special emphasis is placed semesters of entrance. • To cultivate independent arguments about They may choose these courses from among the on developing a better and more critical historical developments based on the study college’s 300/400-level offerings. These courses 4. Laboratory Science (L) understanding of the institutions and cultural of primary material. are intended to help upperclassmen continue to (4 semester hours) systems that play an increasingly significant develop their writing skills and learn about the All students must successfully complete a 3. Quantitative Perspectives (Q) role in contemporary life. conventions of academic and professional Laboratory Science (L) course offered in the (4 semester hours) Goals: writing in their fields of interest. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Courses bearing the Quantitative Perspec- • To explore different ways of defining society, Some laboratory courses may also carry a tives (Q) designation focus on the analysis of including learning to recognize various types Quantitative Perspective (Q) designation. (See data or models. These courses emphasize of social phenomena and distinguishing types of social organization. 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 28

28 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 29

• To examine different types of social goals, • To understand both the logical and the COURSES SATISFYING GENERAL STUDIES REQUIREMENTS their sources, and the institutions and personal and social consequences of moral Courses are subject to change. processes that implement them. stands. • To understand, apply, and integrate Faith Perspectives: Such courses are designed to Laboratory Science (L) analytical perspectives from diverse fields of prepare students to recognize how faith Complete one from the following list: inquiry in the analysis of society and social perspectives and religious heritages shape institutions. worldviews; to enable students to analyze, BIO 100 BIO 320 BIO 420 CHEM 345 EES 300 compare, and interpret historical religious BIO 131 BIO 332 BIO 482 CHEM 347 EES 330 5. Literary Textual Analysis (T) traditions; and to help students recognize the BIO 132 BIO 354 CHEM 120 CHEM 450 EES 450 (4 semester hours) implications of those traditions for individuals BIO 150 BIO 355 CHEM 200 CHEM 480 PHSC 100 200-level courses bearing the Literary and societies. BIO 221 BIO 371 CHEM 210 EES 131 PHYS 141 Textual Analysis (T) designation are designed Goals: BIO 222 BIO 372 CHEM 221 EES 133 PHYS 142 primarily to help students to refine their • To identify the worldview and value systems BIO 300 BIO 373 CHEM 222 EES 200 PHYS 221 writing and literary analytical skills. These of various faith perspectives. BIO 311 BIO 380 CHEM 270 EES 210 PHYS 222 courses emphasize the thoughtful production • To recognize how faith perspectives shape BIO 316 BIO 384 CHEM 330 EES 270 of written work; the interpretation of worldviews, actions, and interactions with rhetorical, symbolic and figurative language; society. Writing Intensive (W) and the meaning of implicit argumentation. • To develop conceptual tools and analytical Complete two from the following list: Goals: skills for understanding and criticizing faith ∑ • To present interpretive arguments in clear, ARTH 333 ENG 314 FR 335 MBE 324 REC 342 and value experiences in a rational way. well-organized essays. ARTH 352 ENG 318 GER 307 MBE 333 SOC 308 ∑ • To develop writing skills using more 7. Senior Integrative Experience (I) CHEM 330 ENG 319 GER 340 MBE 373 SOC 311 advanced compositional techniques than (4 semester hours) CLAS 450 ENG 333 HHSSW 307 MBE 400 SOC 319 were used in English 105. The Senior Integrative Experience is CJ 393 ENG 336 HHSSW 401 MBE 406 SOC 480 ∑ • To understand the literary mode of textual designed as a capstone experience for the CJ 420 ENG 346 HIST 314 PHIL 332 SPAN 307 analysis, which includes the use of symbolic General Studies Program. Courses bearing the COMM 411 ENG 347 HIST 319 PHIL 337 SPAN 317 and figurative use of language, intertextual Senior Integrative Experience (I) designation EDUC 321 ENG 357 HIST 347 POLS 348 TH 336 reference, and metaphor, and how such a are designed to help students understand how ENG 301 ENG 410 HIST 360 POLS 373 TH 346 mode builds upon more fundamental textual the above six Frames of Reference are ENG 302 ENG 472 HIST 460 PSY 480 TH 347 analytical skills. interconnected across the liberal arts ENG 303 ENG 489 INST 470 REC 308 WGS 219 ∑ • To understand how to read literary texts that curriculum. Because solutions to complex ENVS 306 ENVS 306 INST 482 REC 311 WGS 319 use implicit arguments, the role that world problems require a mature, holistic, and ENG 311 ENVS 410 MBE 301 REC 340 figurative language plays in the creation of interdisciplinary approach, students must such implicit arguments, and how such texts include in their thinking the insights and FRAMES OF REFERENCE serve as models for students’ own methods offered by various modes of Aesthetic Understanding (A) compositional skills. knowledge across the spectrum of the liberal Complete one from the following list: arts. The Senior Integrative Experience 6. Ethical Values and Faith Perspectives (V) ART 105 ART 307 GER 340 MUS 252 SPAN 329 therefore draws upon the knowledge and (4 semester hours) ART 204 ART 350 HUM 231 MUS 253 SPAN 370 perspectives of different subject areas while Courses bearing the Ethical Values and Faith ART 205 ARTH 201 MUS 100 MUS 350 TH 100 synthesizing these diverse approaches to Perspectives (V) designation explore one of two ART 206 CLAS 370 MUS 101 MUS 351 TH 101 learning into a coherent worldview. possible areas of knowledge or a combination ART 207 ENG 232 MUS 201 MUS 352 TH 210 Goals: of both. ART 208 GER 240 MUS 250 MUS 353 TH 220 • To review the differing methods and Ethical Values: Such courses are designed to ART 209 GER 244 MUS 251 SPAN 270 TH 375 perspectives that characterize each of the prepare students to analyze moral and ethical ART 213 Frames of Reference categories. problems, propose solutions, and make • To reflect on the interconnectedness of those responsible decisions. or complete a total of four semester hours from the following list: methods and perspectives. Goals: • To demonstrate understanding of that APMU 111 APMU 161 APMU 251 APMU 342 APMU 441 • To identify moral and ethical issues. interconnectedness through a major project APMU 121 APMU 162 APMU 252 APMU 351 APMU 442 • To develop analytical skills for dealing with or group of assignments. APMU 122 APMU 211 APMU 261 APMU 352 APMU 451 these issues. APMU 131 APMU 221 APMU 262 APMU 361 APMU 452 APMU 132 APMU 222 APMU 321 APMU 362 APMU 461 APMU 141 APMU 231 APMU 322 APMU 421 APMU 462 APMU 142 APMU 232 APMU 331 APMU 422 APMU 151 APMU 241 APMU 332 APMU 431 APMU 152 APMU 242 APMU 341 APMU 432 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 30

30 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 31

Historical Perspectives (H) Majors speaking skills and to assess their competency in oral Complete one from the following list: Each student must successfully complete at least communication. ARTH 231 GER 317 HIST 306 HIST 317 HIST 380 one of the five types of majors offered by the college. Foreign Language Proficiency: All students must ARTH 232 GER 344 HIST 313 HIST 328 HIST 417 The student should choose a major and designate a demonstrate proficiency in a language other than ARTH 351 HIST 219 HIST 314 HIST 347 HIST 418 major advisor by the end of the sophomore year. English. Details about satisfying the language CLAS 209 HIST 220 HIST 316 HIST 348 PHIL 332 Forms for completing this process are available on the proficiency requirement may be found in the CLAS 210 HIST 250 Registrar’s home page or in the Registrar’s Office. “Program of General Studies” section of the catalog. Students may change majors at any time by filing a Quantitative Perspectives (Q) new declaration. The declaration of a comprehensive Computer Literacy: All entering students should Complete one from the following list: liberal studies, divisional, interdisciplinary, or have basic computer skills, including e-mail, word individualized major must be filed at least three processing, and accessing information on the CS 110 MATH 104 MATH 136 MATH 172 POLS 265 semesters before a student’s anticipated graduation, Internet. In addition, students graduating from CS 112 MATH 135 MATH 171 MATH 210 summer not counting as a semester. Virginia Wesleyan must meet discipline-specific HHSSW 450 The student’s major advisor or committee must standards of computer literacy established for their certify that the student has successfully completed all major programs. Institutional and Cultural Systems (S) the requirements for the major prior to graduation. A Application for Graduation Complete one from the following list: student may not present more than 64 semester hours Degrees are conferred in May, August, and in any one discipline or more than 88 semester hours AMST 200 HIST 346 POLS 111 POLS 348 SOC 311 December. Each candidate for a degree is required to in any two disciplines to fulfill graduation BIO 285 HIST 433 POLS 112 POLS 373 SOC 351 file an Application for Graduation according to the requirements (see “Limitation on Course Credits”). CJ 348 INST 202 POLS 202 REC 101 SPAN 355 following schedule: COMM 101 MBE 333 POLS 210 SOC 100 SPAN 365 Degree Received December May August** ENVS 106 MBE 373 POLS 302 SOC 219 WGS 219 Other Graduation Requirements Total Semester Hours: Students must complete at Apply for GEOG 112 POLS 103 POLS 335 SOC 251 Graduation on 9/15 of the 9/15 of the 9/15 of the HHSSW 201 least 128 semester hours of academic coursework, WebAdvisor by: same year previous year previous year two-thirds of which must be traditionally graded. Completion of Literary Textual Analysis (T) Grade Point Average: Students must have at least all Graduation End of fall End of spring 8/15 semester semester Complete one from the following list: a 2.0 (C) grade point average in the major and at least Requirements a 2.0 cumulative average. The comprehensive liberal ENG 216 ENG 258 ENG 265 ENG 289 Date of Degree studies and the history and social sciences majors Conferral: December May August ENG 250 ENG 259 ENG 286 TH 250 require a 2.5 average. The individualized major requires a 2.7 average. Date of May of the Previous or Commencement following May following Ethical Values and Faith Perspectives (V) Residence Requirement: Students eligible to Exercises: year May** Complete one from the following list: graduate with 120 semester hours must complete their last 30 semester hours and at least 15 semester **See Two-Course Rule for August Candidates. CLAS 105 HHSSW 361 PHIL 215 RELST 113 RELST 250 hours in their major area in residence at Virginia The Application for Graduation can be found on CSRF 232 PHIL 101 PHIL 304 RELST 116 RELST 336 Wesleyan. Students required to complete 128 WebAdvisor. ENVS 304 PHIL 102 PHIL 328 RELST 157 RELST 341 semester hours to graduate must complete their last GER 205 PHIL 105 PHIL 337 RELST 217 RELST 361 32 hours and at least 16 semester hours in their major Commencement Exercises: Students are eligible HHSSW 307 PHIL 110 POLS 203 RELST 232 SOC 336 area in residence at Virginia Wesleyan. and expected to participate in the first May commencement exercises held after they have First-Year Experience: Freshmen and transfer completed all graduation requirements. Potential Senior Integrative Experience (I) students with fewer than 12 semester hours must December graduates are also encouraged to attend Complete one from the following list: complete FYE 101 First-Year Experience. This course, the December reception held for them. ART 450 ENG 472 HIST 425 INST 482 REC 408 which is paired with a 4 semester hour course chosen by the student from the college’s offerings for Two-Course Rule for August Candidates: At BIO 460 ENVS 410 HIST 451 MBE 406 RELST 461 the end of the spring semester, if a potential graduate CLAS 450 GER 444 HUM 431 MBE 417 RELST 463 freshmen, is designed to help students engage and succeed both academically and socially in Virginia has at most two courses to complete, the student may COMM 411 HHSSW 410 INST 470 PSY 477 TH 410 obtain permission from the Registrar’s Office to ENG 410 HHSSW 475 Wesleyan’s academics community. Led by a faculty mentor, a small, close-knit group of new students participate in May commencement exercises. To engage in an array of activities and exercises that secure such permission, a student must: invite them to explore the liberal arts, connect to the • have submitted an Application for Graduation campus community, and develop the personal by the mandated deadline the previous resourcefulness that leads to success in college. September; • have at most two courses remaining to Oral Communication Proficiency: All students complete all graduation requirements; must demonstrate the ability to speak well in the • have at least a 2.0 overall grade point average; English language. Each academic major has an approved plan to help students develop effective 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 32

32 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 33

• have at least a 2.0 grade point average in a Regulations Governing the Review and Approval of Students interested in pursuing an inter- traditional major, or at least a 2.5 in a Education Programs in Virginia. A 2.5 GPA in the disciplinary major should consult the designated Academic Regulations comprehensive liberal studies, or history and major is required for graduation and recommen- faculty coordinator or the Dean of the College. They social sciences major, or at least a 2.7 in an dation for licensure. Students seeking licensure with must file a Declaration of Major form with the and Information individualized major; and an endorsement in elementary or special education Registrar’s Office at least three semesters before • enroll in Virginia Wesleyan’s summer sessions must also complete the 48 to 51 hours of professional graduation, summer not counting as a semester. Classification of Students: to complete the remaining graduation education coursework outlined in the Education Details for specific programs are found in the requirements. section of this catalog. alphabetical listing of majors and courses in “Design Academic classification of students For purposes of determining two courses, the Your Future—Courses and Programs” section of this is determined by semester hours earned following applies: an internship is considered one The Departmental Major catalog. toward a degree: course, regardless of the number of semester hours it A departmental major consists of at least 24 Semester Hours Earned Class carries; a science course together with a co-requisite semester hours. No more than 42 semester hours may The Individualized Studies Major 0-23 Freshman lab is considered one course. be required in one department, although at least 20 A student who has discovered a well-defined 24-53 Sophomore If the student receives permission to participate in problem area or theme that cannot be addressed semester hours must be in the major discipline. At 54-84 and Declaration the commencement, special notice will be made of through Virginia Wesleyan’s established major least 18 semester hours of the total must be at the of Major filed Junior the student’s status as an August candidate, and the 300/400 level. programs may develop an individualized major. degree will be conferred in August upon successful The following departmental majors are offered at Because this type of study requires considerable 85+ Senior completion of the remaining courses. Honors status Virginia Wesleyan: Art, Biology, Chemistry, initiative and imagination, students pursuing this will not be determined until all summer coursework Communication, Computer Science, Criminal option must demonstrate preparedness by having Minors: In addition to a major program, students is completed. Justice, Earth and Environmental Sciences, English, completed at least 32 credit hours of college work have the option of completing one or more minors. A student who has participated in the May French Studies, German Studies, Hispanic Studies, with an overall GPA of at least 2.7. At least 16 This choice must be approved by a full-time faculty commencement exercises as an August candidate may History, Latin, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy, semester hours must have been completed in member of the department in which the minor will not participate in a later commencement. If a student Political Science, Psychology, Religious Studies, residence. be completed, who will certify that the student has has not completed all degree requirements by August Sociology, Theatre, and Theatre and English. Eligible students must identify an advisory board completed the requirements for the minor prior to 15, the degree will be conferred at the next conferral Specific requirements for each of these major consisting of a faculty sponsor and two additional graduation. No more than 8 semester hours taken to date—December, May, or August—following programs may be found in the “Design Your faculty members. The members of the advisory board fulfill requirements for a student’s major (or majors) successful completion of all degree requirements. Future—Programs and Courses” section of this must be familiar with the student’s academic work or may also be used to fulfill requirements for a minor. catalog. have expertise in the proposed area of study. In A course used to fulfill requirements for a minor may consultation with these faculty, the student will be used to fulfill a General Studies requirement. Major Programs The Social Sciences Divisional Major develop a comprehensive academic plan of study, to Students with Advanced Placement credit should include coursework in at least two different consult the specific department to determine whether The Social Sciences Divisional Major (SSDM) is Each student is required to choose a major field of departments/programs. The major must reflect those semester hours can be included as part of the designed for students with a natural curiosity in concentration and to complete requirements as between 40 and 48 semester hours of approved minor. Application for Minor forms are due in the several fields of study across the spectrum of the social indicated below. coursework, with at least 20 hours at the 300/400 Registrar’s Office by March 1 for May or August sciences. The major consists of 48 semester hours and There are five types of majors: the comprehensive level, including a senior thesis or capstone project. graduation and by October 1 for December has an area of concentration and two enrichment liberal studies, departmental, the divisional, the No more than two courses may count toward both graduation. areas, one of which must be drawn from the interdisciplinary, and the individualized major. the major and general studies requirements. The requirements for a minor shall consist of a disciplines of history, political science, psychology or The proposal must be completed and submitted minimum of 20 semester hours and a maximum of sociology. Comprehensive Liberal to the office of the Dean of the College for approval 28 semester hours (traditionally graded). Twelve When formally declaring this major, a student Studies Major before the student has completed 54 semester hours, hours must be at the 200 level or above, and at least must file a Declaration of Major form with the which is typically before the end of the student’s 8 of those hours must be at the 300 level or above. A The Comprehensive Liberal Studies Major (CLS) Registrar’s Office at least two semesters before sophomore year. In unusual cases where a student can minimum of 12 hours must be taken in residence at offers an opportunity to design a unique program of graduation, summer not counting as a semester. show progress already made toward the proposed VWC. A 2.0 GPA (C) average is required for all study based upon the interdisciplinary nature of the Details about this major may be found in the “Design major, the student may submit a proposal during the courses taken in the minor field. Students may not liberal arts. Students and faculty advisors create Your Future—Programs and Courses” section of this subsequent semester, but in no cases after the student complete a minor in the same area(s) as their individual CLS majors by choosing courses that have catalog. a unifying focus or theme. Interested students should has completed 80 or more semester hours. The major(s). The requirements for each minor are listed review the detailed guidelines that appear on pages 80 Interdisciplinary Major deadline for the proposal is April 15 for a spring in the appropriate section of this catalog that deals and 81 of the catalog. semester submission and November 15 for a fall with that discipline. Students may choose one of nine interdisciplinary Students seeking teacher licensure with semester submission. If the proposal is approved and Summary of course and majors: American Studies, Business, Classical Studies, endorsement in Elementary Education (preK-6) or completed, the student’s transcript will describe the credit requirements for minors: Environmental Studies, Health and Human Services/ major as “Individualized Studies.” The application Special Education: General Curriculum (K-12) • A minimum of five courses (20 hours) Social Work, International Studies, Recreation and form for the Individualized Major can be found complete a major that reflects the interdisciplinary • A maximum of seven courses (28 hours) and interdependent nature of the liberal arts. The Leisure Studies, History and Social Sciences, and through the Registrar’s home page. Women’s and Gender Studies. • Two courses may overlap with other major(s) 55-60-semester hour Comprehensive Liberal Studies or minor(s). major allows licensure candidates in the above areas to As its name implies, an interdisciplinary major cuts across departmental lines and brings together • Three courses at the 200 level or above, at least pursue studies in the college’s three academic two of which are at the 300 level or above. divisions while meeting the competencies of teachers related courses in various disciplines. Each recommended in the Virginia Board of Education’s interdisciplinary major supports a variety of career interests. 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 34

34 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 35

Virginia Wesleyan offers the following minors: • The maximum academic credit load for a of illness from the Health Services director or from a D- Work meets minimum student on academic probation is 14 semester physician. They may request written confirmation of requirements for credit 0.67 Yes Minors hours. other significant reasons for absence from the Dean of F Failure 0.00 Yes • Any student with a cumulative grade point Students. American Studies WF Withdrew while failing 0.00 Yes average of less than 2.0 is limited to 14 semester Art (see Studio Art) Early Alert System: The college has established the W Withdrew 0.00 No Art History hours. Early Alert System to identify students experiencing WP Withdrew while passing 0.00 No Biology • The maximum academic credit load for a academic difficulty and to provide appropriate student with a cumulative grade point average Satisfactory work in Business counseling, tutorial, and advising services to enable S Chemistry between 2.00 and 2.49 is 16 semester hours. such students to succeed in their coursework. The pass/fail course 0.00 No Classical Studies • The maximum academic credit load for a Unsatisfactory work in purpose of the system is to help every student achieve U Communication student with a cumulative grade point average success, and the reporting and record keeping are pass/fail course 0.00 No of 2.5 or above is 18 semester hours. Computer Science strictly non-punitive. Withdrew with • All semester hours of “Incomplete” from the Criminal Justice When a student fails to attend class, struggles to WU unsatisfactory previous term (counting summer and Winter Earth and Environmental Sciences complete assignments, performs poorly on work in pass/fail course 0.00 No Session as a term) are considered part of the English examinations or papers, or otherwise encounters Satisfactory work in student’s academic load. Z Environmental Studies problems in coping with academic life, a faculty or audited course 0.00 No French Studies staff member who has direct knowledge of the Adding and Dropping Courses: Students may Unsatisfactory work in German Studies student’s situation may file an online report to the UZ add or drop a course, or change a section of a course audited course 0.00 No Hispanic Studies through WebAdvisor or by completing a Course director of Early Alert, who then links the student to History Selection form at the Registrar’s Office. Students appropriate campus personnel who can address the Work that the Latin wishing to add a course after the first week of classes student’s needs. instructor considers Marine Science must have the approval of the professor. The added The Early Alert System notifies affected course I justifiably incomplete Mathematics course will increase the total hours in a student’s instructors, counselors, faculty advisors, coaches, and (See “Incomplete” in Music course load even though the student may have support staff of the record of institutional this section). 0.00 No Philosophy dropped another course (see “Withdrawal from intervention on a need-to-know basis. Sharing of Political Science Course”). Early Alert information beyond those faculty and staff Pass/Fail Grades: Some courses are offered only on Psychology Dropping a course after the first week of classes with a direct interest in an individual student’s case is a pass/fail basis and are so noted in the class schedule Religious Studies does not reduce the total number of semester hours subject to the federal Family Educational Rights and for a given semester. Students also have the option in Sociology charged for the semester. Drops after the first week of Privacy Act (FERPA). a given semester of electing to take one traditionally Studio Art graded course on a pass/fail basis, provided that the classes and prior to the automatic “WF” period (see Grading System: Virginia Wesleyan College uses a Theatre Academic Calendar) result in a grade of W, WP, WF course is not needed to fulfill general college Women’s and Gender Studies 4.0 grading system. The table below lists the letter requirements, or any part of the student’s major or or WU, as determined by the professor. From the grades that professors use, the meaning of each letter beginning of the automatic “WF” period until the minor program, or a repeat of a course originally Other Academic Policies grade, and the number of quality points that each taken as a traditionally graded course. Also, the course last day of classes for the semester, a drop will result grade represents. Quality points are used to determine Registration: By the beginning of each semester, in an automatic WF or WU. Exceptions to this policy may not be used to fulfill the requirements for a student’s grade point average (GPA). The procedure graduation with honors. To place a course on students are required to formally register for classes. may be made for students who withdraw from the for calculating a GPA is described below, under Currently enrolled students should register during college for reasons of documented illness. pass/fail, a student must obtain the advisor’s signature “Grade Point Averages.” on a Pass/Fail form and return the form to the advance registration for maximum opportunities to Auditing Courses: Students may audit a course by obtain a satisfactory class schedule. Late registration Registrar’s Office before the end of the third week of choosing this option at the time of registration and Grading System the fall or spring semester or before the end of the first extends through the first five days of the fall or spring with the written permission of the instructor, the semester. Students should refer to the Registrar’s Quality Used to week of a summer session. student’s advisor, and the Dean of the College. The Letter Points per Calculate home page for registration information and for details The following limitations apply: In any given fee for auditing courses is the same as for other Grade Meaning Sem. Hr. GPA? semester, students may not enroll for more than one- concerning course offerings, procedures, and courses. Exceptional quality work requirements. H third of their academic load in pass/fail courses except Informal arrangements for auditing are sometimes in an honors course 4.00 Yes on the written recommendation of their advisor and Course Loads: A full-time student is one who possible with the permission of the faculty member, A Excellent work 4.00 Yes the approval of the Dean of the College. No more carries at least 12 semester hours per semester. A but in such instances, the course does not appear as A- 3.67 Yes than one-third of a student’s total hours offered for part of the student’s permanent record. student who carries fewer than 12 semester hours is B+ 3.33 Yes graduation may consist of courses graded on a classified as a part-time student. The following pass/fail basis. Class Attendance Policy: The college expects Good work, definitely restrictions are placed on the maximum course load a B Pass/fail grading may not be chosen for any students to attend all class meetings of courses in above average 3.00 Yes student may carry in a given semester; exceptions to which they are enrolled. Each professor sets an honors seminar or for any course challenged for the B- 2.67 Yes these policies may be made only with the written attendance policy and includes it in the course H grade. endorsement of the student’s faculty advisor and the C+ 2.33 Yes syllabus. Professors best understand the Incomplete: approval of the Dean of the College: An Incomplete is given at the responsibilities of individual students in their courses; C Average work 2.00 Yes discretion of the professor when circumstances • Freshmen and first-semester transfer students thus they have sole authority over course attendance C- 1.67 Yes are counseled by their advisors according to beyond the control of the student prevent the policies as they evaluate all excuses for absence and D+ 1.33 Yes completion of course requirements. their past record as to whether they should decide whether to permit students to make up work D Below average work 1.00 Yes Incomplete work must be made up during the limit their registration to four or five courses missed. Professors may request written confirmation during their first semester at Virginia Wesleyan. ensuing term, with summer counting as a term, so 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 36

36 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 37

that a letter grade can be turned in to the Registrar no When a student repeats a course, all previous grades of each semester. Students with grades in need of Two traditionally graded later than the last day of classes. Otherwise, a grade of for that course remain on the transcript, but only the improvement should consult their professors and courses of 3 or more Incomplete is recorded as a grade of F. Any exception most recent grade is used in computing the grade advisors for suggestions. Final grades may be viewed semester hours each at to this policy requires the approval of the Dean of the point average. and/or printed directly from WebAdvisor. the 300/400 level from Six sem. hrs. College prior to the stated deadline. Grade Point Averages: A student’s major and Dean’s List: Students who achieve a grade point two different divisions Grade Changes: A request for a grade change must cumulative grade point averages are computed on average of 3.5 or above during a given semester are cum laude • Cumulative GPA be submitted by the faculty member to the Dean of work taken at Virginia Wesleyan, exclusive of pass/fail named to the Dean’s List for that semester. Students of at least 3.40 the College for approval. Any change of grade from a courses. Coursework taken on a cross-registration with an average of 3.25-3.49 are named to the reassessment must be made within 12 months of the basis is also included in the Virginia Wesleyan grade Honorable Mention List. To qualify for these honors, magna cum laude • Cumulative GPA issuance of a grade. point average, again exclusive of pass/fail courses. students must have full-time status, have taken at of at least 3.60 A student’s grade point average is calculated by least 9 semester hours of traditionally graded courses, • Recommendation Course Grade Appeal Process: A student who dividing the total number of quality points earned at and have no grades of F or Incomplete for the of department or believes that he or she has received an unjust course Virginia Wesleyan by the total number of semester semester. division grade may appeal the grade. The burden of proof of hours attempted at Virginia Wesleyan, including injustice rests with the student. A student pursuing an Course Limitations: Students may have more than summa cum laude • Cumulative GPA failures and withdrawal failures. Courses in which the appeal must follow these steps: one major listed on their transcripts, but may present of at least 3.80 mark was WP or W and courses taken on a pass/fail • First, the student must review the course no more than 64 semester hours in any one discipline, • Entitled to magna basis, are not included when computing the grade syllabus for the grading policy and calculate a and no more than 88 semester hours in any two cum laude point average. In the case of repeated courses, only legitimate grade, based on all tests, papers, and disciplines in fulfillment of graduation requirements. • Six semester hours the semester hours and the grade points from the other work graded by the faculty member A student who wishes to take more than 64 semester of independent most recent attempt are used in the computation. during the semester. hours in one discipline or 88 semester hours in any research at the The following examples demonstrate the • If the student still believes the grade is in error, two disciplines must take additional hours beyond 300/400 level procedure for computing a grade point average: then no later than the end of the second week the 128 semester hours required for graduation. with high 1. A student who completes 16 semester hours of the subsequent semester, summer not competence with 12 semester hours of C and 4 semester Graduating with Honors: To be considered for counting as a semester, the student must confer as certified by hours of S has earned 24 quality points for the any category of graduation with honors, students directly with the faculty member who assigned the faculty C’s and no quality points for the S. To find the must fulfill all institutional requirements described in the grade, bringing to the meeting all graded supervisor(s) student’s average, divide 24 quality points the catalog under which they are to graduate and work that was required for the course. • Faculty vote earned by the 12 semester hours of traditionally meet the requirements for graduation honors as listed • If after this meeting the student is still not graded work attempted to find the grade point in the table below. For a student whose major draws satisfied with the faculty member’s decision, *Grades in transferred courses may not be used to raise average of 2.0. on a single discipline, the average is computed by then no later than the end of the fifth week of the Virginia Wesleyan GPA required for honors. 2. A student who completes 16 semester hours including all courses that appear on the transcript the same semester, the student must prepare with 4 semester hours of B, 4 of C+, 4 of C-, 4 bearing the rubric of the major discipline and that the The independent research requirements for and send to the Dean of the College a written of D, and 4 of F has earned 12 quality points catalog designates as suitable for fulfillment of a summa cum laude honors may be satisfied by appeal with all supporting evidence. At the for the B, 9.32 for the C+, 6.68 for the C-, 4 major in the discipline. For a student who is majoring completing one of the following: same time, the student must send copies of all for the D, and 0 for the F, for a total of 32 in a program that draws on more than one discipline, • Independent research at the 300/400 level (see materials to the faculty member. After quality points. Divide the 32 quality points by the average is computed by including all courses that, “Program Enhancement”) consultation with both the student and the the 16 semester hours to find the grade point according to a list provided to the Registrar by the • Courses at the 400 level such as senior projects, faculty member, the Dean of the College, if she average of 2.00. student’s advisor, constitute the major program for senior theses, or original research projects or he believes the case so warrants, calls A semester’s grade point average is computed that student. requiring independent research together the members of the department in under these rules by considering only courses • An alternate independent project devoted which the course was taken. This process is undertaken in a given semester. The cumulative grade Each of the following requirements must be primarily to independent research. intended to ensure fairness and to ensure that point average of all work taken at Virginia Wesleyan satisfied to graduate with Latin honors: Courses such as BIO 489, CHEM 489, CJ 480, all supporting materials are seen by neutral is simply computed by considering all traditionally CS 489, EES 489, HIST 360, 460, INST 482, parties. After this consultation with the Dean Semester hours completed graded courses undertaken. A cumulative grade point MATH 489, MUS 480, PSY 480, SOC 480, SOSCI of the College and the other members of the at Virginia Wesleyan 60 average cannot be computed by averaging semester 351, and certain others may be used to satisfy the department, the faculty member makes the grade point averages. Degree hours completed independent research requirement. The independent final determination. (minimum) 120 work need not be “original” except to the student, Final Examinations: Final examinations are given Repeating a Course: Students will ordinarily be and it can be primarily expository in nature; however, in most courses during the final examination period Minimum GPA in major permitted only once to repeat a course for which they the student should demonstrate that he/she at the end of each term. Any student who has three courses, including transfer have been charged quality points, and then only if the understands the methods of independent research examinations scheduled for three successive exam courses* 3.0 original grade was below a C (2.0). However, students and can use them to produce a significant paper or periods should discuss a possible schedule adjustment with a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or above Minimum cumulative project. Faculty supervisors of such projects must with the faculty members involved. may take for a third time a course not previously GPA, including transfer apply in writing to the appropriate division chairman passed if they obtain the written recommendation of Midterm and Final Grade Reports: The college courses* 3.4 for approval of the project, and evaluation must be their advisor and the approval of the Dean of the provides mid-semester progress reports for students similar to the method used for independent research. College, who will consult with any professor who has with comments for students with midterm grades of The student must submit two final copies of each previously taught the course, or with the coordinator C- or below. These may be viewed on WebAdvisor on project intended to satisfy the independent research of the department in which the course was taught. the college’s home page beginning in the eighth week requirements for highest distinction, one to be 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 38

38 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 39

marked and graded by the project evaluators, and the A student who has been academically dismissed following the suspension. However, with the prior • A student who returns to the college after an other copy, bearing the signatures of its evaluators, to may apply for readmission once, and only after approval of the Dean of the College, a suspended absence of at least ten consecutive fall and remain unmarked and placed in the college library meeting the criteria as outlined in the Selective student may take one or more courses at another spring semesters may submit a request to the for public examination for a period of not less than Retention Policy. institution for transfer credit at Virginia Wesleyan; a Dean of the College for academic clemency. one month during the following semester, excluding student granted approval to do so must submit an • A student must request academic clemency at summer. Academic Standing official transcript of all such coursework taken at the the time of first readmission following his or To qualify for any category of graduation honors, Selective Retention Policy: Except under other institution as one condition of readmission to her return to the college. If clemency is granted, students with transfer credit must achieve the extraordinary circumstances as determined by the the college. previous coursework with a grade below 2.0 requisite grade point average when calculated for all Committee on Academic Standing, the following After being out of college for two terms, summer (C) is not used to satisfy any graduation courses counted toward graduation and for all courses policy governs the academic status of students with counting as a term, a suspended student may apply to requirement, nor is it calculated in the taken at Virginia Wesleyan. regard to academic probation, dismissal, and the Committee on Academic Standing, through the cumulative GPA or hours earned. Honors status of August candidates for suspension. Dean of Admissions, for readmission. If the student is • Academic clemency is granted only once, and graduation is determined after all summer A cumulative grade point average of 2.0 (C) is readmitted, the conditions are established by the once granted may not be rescinded. It is coursework is completed. required for good academic standing at Virginia Committee on Academic Standing at the time of available only to degree-seeking students and readmission and communicated to the student in applies only to previous coursework with grades Name Changes: Accuracy in record keeping is of Wesleyan. When a student’s GPA falls below 2.0, the writing by the Dean of Admissions. Once suspended, below 2.0 (C). the utmost importance in the Registrar’s Office as student’s academic status varies according to his or students who do not meet the conditions of their final • Students readmitted under this provision must the staff strives to protect the privacy of students’ her academic classification. In any case, probationary probation will be dismissed from the college. satisfy the requirements listed in the catalog academic records. Students with name changes status always requires the student to schedule special Students who have been dismissed by the that is current at the time of readmission. should notify the office at once by bringing an conferences with his advisor, with an academic Committee on Academic Standing for five years or • All coursework and forgiven grades remain on original birth certificate, marriage certificate, or court counselor, and in some cases, with the Dean of the more may apply for readmission. Conditions for the academic transcript, but a statement of order. Name changes affect only the last name; College. readmission include submitting a statement, along academic clemency is entered after each whereas the first and middle names given at birth A freshman student who does not achieve at least with relevant supporting documentation, of academic semester for which grades are forgiven. remain the same, except in cases of a court-ordered a 1.6 after undertaking the equivalent of one semester and/or work-related accomplishments since last being • A student who has been granted academic change. of full-time academic work is automatically placed on academic probation. All freshmen must have at least a enrolled at the college. The material is intended to clemency is not precluded from graduating Non-Resident Credit: While a student is enrolled 1.6 cumulative average after undertaking the offer evidence that the student has grown in maturity, with honors. at Virginia Wesleyan, no credit is awarded for courses equivalent of two semesters of full-time academic ability to handle responsibility, and commitment to taken at another college unless the student obtains work. Freshmen who do not achieve this standard are achievement such that he or she should be able to permission from the Registrar’s Office prior to eligible for suspension or dismissal. experience academic success if permitted to begin Program registering for such courses. Any student whose cumulative average is below their studies again at Virginia Wesleyan. If readmitted, the student is given the option of Catalog of Entry: Students who have left the 1.8 after undertaking the equivalent of three Enhancement Academic Clemency. college for a time, have not earned additional credit, semesters of full-time academic work is automatically Under the college’s selective retention policy, “the The Honors and Scholars Program and have been readmitted to Virginia Wesleyan may placed on academic probation. All students must have equivalent of one semester of full-time academic choose to satisfy either the requirements listed in the at least a 2.0 cumulative average after undertaking the In 1985, Virginia Wesleyan initiated an exciting work” is defined as a minimum of 12 semester hours; catalog that was current at the time they first enrolled equivalent of four semesters of full-time academic new honors program called Wesleyan Scholars, which two semesters, 24 semester hours; three semesters, 36 in the college or the requirements that are in effect at work. Those who do not achieve this standard are was expanded in 1995 to include a broader range of semester hours; four semesters, 48 semester hours. the time of their application for graduation. Students eligible for suspension or dismissal. academic achievers. High school seniors who have The maximum course load for a student on who have left the college and earned additional credit At any time after undertaking the equivalent of established academically superior records are invited academic probation is 14 semester hours. Any student prior to readmission to Virginia Wesleyan must five semesters of full-time academic work, any student to join the program upon their enrollment at Virginia with a cumulative grade point average of less than 2.0 satisfy the requirements listed in the catalog at the is automatically placed on probation if the student’s Wesleyan. Current students with a GPA of 3.4 or is also limited to 14 semester hours. time of their application for graduation. cumulative grade point average falls below 2.0. Such higher may apply for membership into the program. a student who is on probation is expected to raise his Each student is responsible for being aware of his Honors and Scholars students attempting either Withdrawal and Readmission to the College: or her cumulative average to at least 2.0 by the end of or her own academic standing relative to the college Wesleyan Honors or Presidential Honors participate A student who wishes voluntarily to withdraw from the next semester of full-time academic work, or the policy and is entitled to appeal the decision of the in academically challenging honors courses, enriching the college during a given term is not considered student is eligible for suspension or dismissal. Academic Standing Committee. Letters of appeal co-curricular experiences, and community service. officially withdrawn until he or she notifies the If, at the end of any given semester, the cumulative should be directed to the committee chairperson Inquiries about the Honors and Scholars Program Registrar in writing of this intention and completes grade point average of a sophomore, junior, or senior located in the Registrar’s Office. may be addressed to the Director of Honors and an official withdrawal form. Assigned grades of W, falls below 1.6, the student is eligible for suspension Scholars. WP or WF are determined by the date of withdrawal or dismissal. Academic Clemency and the discretion of the professor. Any course Any student who fails more than half of the Virginia Wesleyan College recognizes that some Honors Coursework registrations for the semester following the semester hours in his or her academic load in any students may, for a variety of reasons, develop The college offers special honors courses and withdrawal are deleted. If a student fails to register for semester after completion of two or more semesters is academic records that do not reflect their true honors sections of existing courses, which are consecutive semesters by the last date for late subject to suspension for two terms or dismissal. abilities. Students who leave the college with poor available to students in the Honors and Scholars registration, he or she is assumed to have withdrawn Transfer students fall within this policy according records may wish to request academic clemency upon Program. Students may also opt to challenge a course from the college. to the total number of college semesters attempted. their return. To encourage students to try again after for Honors credit by submitting a proposal to the A student who withdraws and desires to return to As a general rule, a suspended student may not an unsuccessful experience, the college is prepared to Honors and Scholars Committee for review. The the college must reapply to the Admissions Office for receive transfer credit for any coursework taken at extend academic clemency based on the following proposal must specify how the petitioning student consideration by the Committee on Academic another institution during the two terms immediately policies: Standing. 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 40

40 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 41

will surpass both qualitatively and quantitatively the Experiential Learning Study Abroad these courses, many of which involve field trips, travel requirements normally expected in the course. Virginia Wesleyan offers both externship and Students who have demonstrated maturity and components, and pedagogical innovations, reflect an Wesleyan Scholars are required to complete six internship experiences to provide students established a strong academic record are encouraged experimental, experiential quality while maintaining honors courses, and Presidential scholars three, from opportunities to obtain practical knowledge in the to consider the advantages of international study for a the same rigorous academic standards as other at least two different academic divisions. The world beyond the campus. These experiences may semester. This opportunity is not limited to students courses. The courses offered vary from year to year. intention of Honors courses is for the scholar to go help students translate classroom theory into practice, in internationally oriented degree programs. College- Many courses, including those with special travel or beyond what is expected of the students in the regular refine their knowledge and skills, contribute to an level credit earned abroad may be applied toward experiential components, are taught only in Winter course in both the level of engagement and organization on a professional level, test career Virginia Wesleyan’s degree requirements as long as the Session (see the list below). performance. In order for an Honors course to count possibilities, and enhance their marketability for student has obtained prior approval from the Office In addition to 4-semester hour courses, Winter toward the total number of Honors courses required future employment and/or graduate studies. of International and Intercultural Programs and the Session also provides opportunities for supplemental to graduate with Presidential or Wesleyan Honors, a Externships are structured work experiences that Registrar. 1-semester hour and non-credit workshops and student must earn a B or higher in the Honors course. allow students to observe and gain exposure to a work experiences. Hence, while students are not required to Plan of Study: Students may choose to study in one Honors courses are notated on the student transcript area of interest. Designed primarily for freshmen and take any Winter Session courses, those who do may of several countries for a semester as an exchange or with HNRS. sophomores, these experiences may confirm an register for up to five semester hours in a given year visiting student. Students enroll directly from Honors courses are traditionally graded, and academic major, allow self-assessment of skills and toward graduation. Virginia Wesleyan and may enjoy special privileges students may not elect to take an Honors course on a suitability for a profession, and provide training that Full-time status for day students continues to be a during their stay. The college has exchange programs pass/fail basis. Extraordinary work can be rewarded leads to internships or job opportunities. Externships minimum of 12 semester hours per semester, without with the University of Madero (UMAD) in Puebla, with the grade of “H.” If awarded, the grade of H will may have prerequisites set by the sponsoring regard to Winter Session credits. Mexico; Humboldt Universitat in Berlin, Germany; appear on the student’s academic transcript, though it organization. Although they are recorded on the Beyond a fee of $225, day students enrolled full- Kansai Gaidai University in Osaka, Japan; and a will count toward the GPA as if it were an A. student’s transcript, they do not yield semester hours time during both fall and spring semesters are not partnership with John Cabot University in Rome, towards meeting graduation requirements. To have an charged additional tuition for Winter Session courses, Italy. Interested students may seek assistance from the The PORTfolio Program externship recorded on the transcript, a student must as long as they enroll in no more than 38 hours across Office of International and Intercultural Programs in Virginia Wesleyan believes that a liberal arts arrange the externship through Career Services before the academic year and no more than 20 in one choosing the right program, financial planning, education is the best preparation for life, especially for beginning it and complete at least 30 hours of semester. (Please note that exceeding 18 hours in any transfer of credit, and having support while abroad. citizenship, careers, and professions. However, it approved work at a participating institution. semester requires the approval of the faculty advisor Students applying to study abroad must usually seems that too many students view their college Internships are learning experiences that integrate and Dean of the College.) If students are charged for have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0, or the experience as bifurcated into “sets of classes”—courses students’ academic preparation and skills with exceeding 20 hours during the fall semester, the minimum as required by the host university, and in their major, courses in general studies, and elective professional work experience. There are two types of additional hours for which they are charged in the fall recommendation of their advisor, the Registrar, and courses—and “everything else”—learning outside the internships. semester will not count toward the 38-hour total. the Office of International and Intercultural classroom through co-curricular activities, career Academic internships are taken for course credit. Where they apply, lab and material fees, as well as any Programs. Application deadline is March 1 for the fall development fieldwork, or volunteer experiences. The They are designed for students to undertake travel expenses, are additional. semester and October 15 for the spring semester. PORTfolio program is a unique four-year experience significant responsibilities and to reflect on their Resident students wishing to live on campus College-level credit earned abroad is applicable that seeks to fully integrate liberal and experiential mission and daily activities by completing journals, during Winter Session must be enrolled in a credit- toward Virginia Wesleyan degree requirements as learning by consciously relating the two. papers, or other assignments, which are submitted to bearing course. They are not assessed an additional long as the student has obtained prior approval from PORTfolio brings the liberal arts to life for a faculty member. These internships are often room charge for Winter Session. They are, however, the Registrar. Students may transfer a maximum of 18 selected students by allowing them to pursue their accompanied by a seminar or other academic required to purchase a three-week meal plan. semester hours per semester from a study abroad college education while using the Chesapeake Bay, component. They are designed primarily for juniors Winter Session policy and course information is program. Grades earned abroad are not included in the cities of Hampton Roads, and the world as their and seniors moving toward completion of a major. To available on the college’s website. Students register for the student’s grade point average. classroom. Complementing a student’s major, complete an academic internship, students must meet Winter Session in the fall. Students should also consider faculty-led PORTfolio offers an integrated program of team- the prerequisites specified by the academic The following list identifies special courses taught international travel programs during the winter and taught seminars, co-curricular activities, and department that offers the internship, register for the in Winter Session. Complete descriptions of all summer sessions. These programs range from 1-3 experiential learning opportunities that connect the internship course as listed in the catalog, and fulfill courses can be found under the individual weeks and support a broad range of interests and best of a liberal arts education with real-world the academic and work requirements specified by the department headings. majors. experiences. Students in the program develop an course. The minimum standard for academic electronic portfolio that helps them connect the internships is 130 hours of work experience for 4 Winter Session Courses lessons of the classroom to the world beyond the semester hours. Winter Session ART 204 Digital Art I (4) campus and link field experiences to their formal Non-academic internships allow qualified Winter Session is a seventeen-day, credit-bearing ART 207 Representation of Space (4) term of intensive, engaged learning that complements education. Freshmen are admitted to the program students to undertake meaningful responsibilities ART 350 Topics in Studio Art (4) based on their academic, service, and leadership with sponsoring organizations. They are not recorded and strengthens Virginia Wesleyan’s academic experience, and on their potential. Students may on the transcript and do not provide semester hours program. Scheduled in January, it provides BIO 460 Zymurgy: Science of apply for PORTfolio at the same time they apply to towards graduation requirements, but they may opportunities for students and faculty to focus on a Fermentation (4) the college. provide valuable experience for later life. single academic subject without the usual distractions CJ 250 Topics in Criminal Justice (4) Inquiries about the PORTfolio Program may be Career Services maintains information on both from other courses and commitments. A Winter COMM 320 Experimental Film & Video (4) addressed to the Admissions Office. academic and non-academic internships. Session course provides in seventeen days the contact EES 250 Field Exp in Earth & hours and academic workload that in a regular Environmental Sciences (2) semester would be distributed across fifteen weeks; it ENG 105 College Writing (4) does so, however, in ways not available or not as effectively pursued in conventional semesters. Hence, ENG 232 Literature into Film (4) 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 42

42 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 43

ENG 250 Studies in Literature (4) Academic Resources minimum requirements of the program. To enroll in Transient Registration ENVS 106 Humans & the Environment (4) guided study, a student must have junior status, be in Virginia Wesleyan students may take courses at Support Services: Virginia Wesleyan offers good academic standing, and obtain the approval of GER 205 The Short Prose of Kafka (4) other institutions of higher education and transfer the students several sources of academic support, all free his or her advisor and the faculty member who would credit in. To do so, they must be in good academic GER 244 German Women Filmmakers (4) of charge: peer and professional tutoring, writing direct the study. Then the student must present to the standing, complete an application, and receive the HE 201 Safety & First Aid (4) assistance, study skills workshops, and individual appropriate division a brief written description of the written approval of their advisor and the Registrar HIST 220 The Civil War & academic counseling. Contact persons are Mrs. Fayne proposed program. All proposals for guided study prior to registering for any courses at other Reconstruction (4) Pearson, Director of the Learning Center and must be received and acted upon by the division two institutions. Approved credit is accepted for transfer HIST 250 Topics in History (4) Disabilities Services; Dr. Carol Johnson, Director of weeks prior to the end of the semester preceding the only when the student has earned a grade of C (2.0) the Writing Center; and Ms. Genai Hill, Director of one in which the guided study will be undertaken. HIST 380 Dos Passos’ USA (4) or above. Transfer credit does not affect the student’s Tutoring and Placement Reporting. The program presumes close supervision of the grade point average at Virginia Wesleyan. Complete HIST 425 The Arts Program of the student’s reading or research by the faculty member, information covering the conditions of transient New Deal (4) Accommodations for Students With Special Needs: Virginia Wesleyan recognizes and is sensitive including sessions together at least twice each month. registration is available in the Registrar’s Office. HUM 231/431 A Tale of Two Cities (4) to the needs of students with disabilities and special Students may propose a guided study project to be INST 108 WISE: Wesleyan Info Seeking needs. In keeping with Title 5, Section 504 of the done either on a graded or pass/fail basis. Experimental Courses Experience (2) Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the college provides Independent research provides an opportunity for Occasionally a faculty member or a group of INST 126 Mus & Folk Cult of Southern accommodations on request, when the request is upperclassmen who have demonstrated competence students may want to study a topic not adequately Appalachians (1) based on recent medical or other acceptable in their major field to engage in a program of study covered in the existing curriculum. Anytime a INST 315 Managing Diversity in professional documentation of disabilities. A student’s with minimal faculty supervision. To enroll in department wishes to offer a course that is not in the Organizations (4) decision to use academic support services and to seek independent research, a student must have junior catalog, it may do so with the approval of the INST 470 Dev in Science & accommodation is voluntary. The student is status, a 2.5 cumulative GPA with a 3.0 average in the Educational Programs Commission, upon the Technology (4) responsible for contacting Mrs. Fayne Pearson, major, and obtain the approval of his or her advisor recommendation of the division involved. If, after the Director of the Learning Center and Disabilities and the faculty member who would direct the course is taught, the department decides that it wants INST/PORT 123 Service Learning in Hampton Services, to request accommodation for a Roads (2) research. Then the student must obtain divisional the course placed in the catalog on a permanent basis, handicapping condition or a learning disability. In approval of a written project proposal, following the it then submits such a request to the division. When INST/PORT 124 Service Learning/Civic cases where there is strong evidence of a learning same procedure as that outlined for guided study. At several students decide that they would like to study a Engagement in Hampton disability, the college can arrange for diagnostic the conclusion of a semester of study, the student particular topic and can get a faculty member to Roads (4) testing at the student’s expense. In cases where a presents the results of the research orally before the participate, they may seek approval through following MATH 104 Algebra & its Applications (4) handicap has been documented, appropriate faculty member who directed the research and two the process described above. MATH 210 Elementary Statistics (4) accommodations are made to support the student in other faculty members agreed upon by the student MBE 335 Accounting Information an academic program that fits his/her aptitudes and and the director. The director then determines the Systems (4) skills and, at the same time, adheres to the college’s grade received for the program of research. academic requirements. Adult Studies MBE 350 Supply Chain Management Tutorial coursework enables a student to take a Logistics (4) Guided Study, Independent regular catalog course on an individual basis rather Program than in a classroom format, usually to fill a gap in the PE 106 Basic Pocket Billiards (1) Research,Tutorial Because Virginia Wesleyan is committed to PE 133 Handball/Racquetball (1) student’s plan of study in a semester when the course encouraging learning as a lifelong process, the Adult Virginia Wesleyan offers qualified students the is not being taught to a group of students. Semester Studies Program (ASP) offers evening and weekend PSY 385 Psychology of Eating opportunity to pursue guided study, independent hour credit for a tutorial is the same as for the catalog courses to help meet the educational needs of adults Disorders (4) research, and tutorials. Students who meet the course. age 23 or older whose work, family and community REC 219 Disability in the Media (4) specific requirements of each program may enroll for commitments require scheduling courses outside of REC 348 Maui to Moguls: Travel’s Impact 4 semester hours of guided study or independent Cross-Registration daytime hours. ASP courses take into consideration on Cult & Environment (4) research in a given semester. Students may count a Virginia Wesleyan’s membership in the Virginia the special needs of adult learners while maintaining maximum of 20 semester hours of guided study and RELST 250 Religion & Popular Culture (4) Tidewater Consortium provides students with the academic quality found in all Virginia Wesleyan independent research toward the total required for RELST 265 Extreme Religion (4) opportunities for enriching their educational programs. Courses are offered for those who plan to graduation. Exceptions to this policy may be made programs through a process of cross-registration at complete a degree, as well as for those who wish to SPAN 270 Latin American Music & only by the Dean of the College. other institutions of higher education located in take individual courses for personal enrichment or Dance (4) Students planning to pursue guided study or Hampton Roads. Subject to available space at another career advancement. TH 210 Acting I (4) independent research should obtain a copy of the school, Virginia Wesleyan students may cross-register Adult Studies students may pursue their studies guidelines available online or from the Registrar’s at other member institutions for a course that is not either full-time (at least 12 semester hours per Office. In preparing their proposals, they should state ROTC offered here in a given semester. Students requesting semester) or part-time (fewer than 12 semester hours) their objectives and the means of accomplishing these Virginia Wesleyan offers students the opportunity to cross-register for a course at another school must and either as classified students (i.e., pursuing a objectives clearly and specifically. to enroll in an Army ROTC program through an have the written approval of their advisor and the degree or other designated program) or unclassified extension agreement with the established ROTC unit Guided study credit is available in any discipline in Registrar and be in good academic standing (2.00 students (taking individual courses for credit, but not at Old Dominion University. Courses in this program which a student wishes to pursue a program of guided GPA). Grades earned through cross-registration towards a degree or designated program). Full-time develop a student’s ability to organize, motivate, and reading or research. It does not need to be done in a become part of the student’s grade point average. students must have the approval of their advisor and lead others. Further information on this program may student’s major field if the student meets the Complete information covering the conditions of complete the ASP Full-Time form. be obtained by contacting Virginia Wesleyan’s cross-registration is available in the Registrar’s Office. Admissions Office. 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 44

44 PLAN OF STUDY PLAN OF STUDY 45

Admission Finally, a limited number of scholarships are The professional education courses include schedules. The average part-time student takes one or awarded annually to selected Adult Studies students, foundations of education, human growth and two courses each semester, but students may work To start the application process, applicants must based on financial need and academic achievement. development, curriculum and instructional towards a degree as slowly or as rapidly as they wish. be at least 23 years of age and have graduated from Details about these various forms of financial procedures, reading, special education, computer Part-time students are especially encouraged to enroll high school with a 2.0 GPA, or have a high school assistance may be obtained at the Adult Studies Office skills, classroom management, and successful in the summer sessions. equivalency certification. Transfer students must have or on the program’s home page. Students should classroom experience. The coursework meets the Summer Sessions: For both day and evening at least a cumulative 2.0 GPA in previous college contact the college’s financial aid office for teacher certification requirements detailed in the students, the summer schedule offers a variety of work and be in good financial standing with previous information about federal financial aid eligibility. Licensure Regulations for School Personnel, Virginia courses in sessions of varying lengths. Students may academic institutions. Exceptions are considered for Department of Education. The PRAXIS I and VCLA enroll in any combination of courses and sessions that Virginia Wesleyan graduates who wish to enroll in exams must be passed at the time of application (see Major Programs meet their needs up to a maximum of 12 semester teacher certification programs. the Education Department’s section elsewhere in this Several majors are available through the Adult hours. Students requiring additional coursework catalog for details). The ACT program also provides Transfer Students: Generally, students transferring Studies Program. For detailed information on each of during the summer need the approval of the Dean of coursework for conditionally and provisionally to the Virginia Wesleyan College Adult Studies these programs, see listings in the “Major Programs” the College. Program present a GPA of 2.0 or higher. To assist and “Programs and Courses” sections of this catalog. licensed teachers. prospective students in structuring their program at 1. Business Alternative Forms of Credit. Virginia Wesleyan, the Adult Studies staff issues 2. Social Sciences Divisional with a General Information College Level Examination Program (CLEP): unofficial transcript evaluations. Once students have concentration in criminal justice, history, Degree Requirements: Requirements for com- Virginia Wesleyan participates in the College Level formally applied and been accepted to the program political science, psychology, or sociology pleting a degree in the Adult Studies program are the Examination Program, a national program of credit- and official copies of all college transcripts have been 3. History and Social Sciences with teacher same as those for day students, with one exception. by-examination that offers a student the opportunity received, they receive an official transcript evaluation certification in history and social sciences Regardless of how many semester hours they transfer to obtain recognition for college-level achievement. from the Registrar’s Office. 4. Comprehensive Liberal Studies, Curricular in, ASP students are required to complete only two Any currently enrolled student may earn college Emphasis (preK-6 teacher preparation semesters of one foreign language. Students may Internal Transfer: Sometimes changes in a student’s credit through CLEP in the subject areas as well as in program). This is a major for students seeking fulfill this requirement by having completed two years circumstances or goals make it necessary to transfer five general areas (English composition, mathematics, teacher certification in grades preK-6 as an of a foreign language in high school with a C (2.0) or internally between the day program and the Adult natural sciences, humanities, and social elementary school or special education teacher. higher average. Studies Program. Although the college does not sciences/history). CLEP credit must be earned prior The identified courses meet the teacher permit repeated switching between the two programs, Audit: Adults from the local community may audit to a student’s last 32 semester hours at Virginia competencies required by the Commonwealth a process exists to accommodate this need when Adult Studies courses without record for a fee of $50 Wesleyan. A student may receive a maximum of 32 of Virginia. The PRAXIS I and VCLA exams circumstances warrant. However, students who first per semester hour. Certain courses may be audited semester hours for CLEP (or a combination of must be passed to Virginia standards before enroll in one branch of the college and subsequently only on a space-available basis. Audit registrations CLEP/DANTES) credit. Currently enrolled students enrolling in the professional education change to the other program remain bound by the may not be changed to credit status at a later date. must obtain the Registrar’s approval by applying coursework sequence. Students seeking this foreign language requirement of the program in Students who audit with record are required to pay through WebAdvisor before scheduling a testing certification must also pass the Virginia which they first enrolled unless three full semesters or the current Adult Studies tuition rate and are graded session. Reading Assessment test before they can more elapse between their departure and the semester on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Senior citizens Additional information is available on the student teach. PRAXIS II must be passed for which they seek readmission. Students interested age 62 or over may audit Virginia Wesleyan courses Registrar’s Office home page. before student teaching. in an internal transfer should contact either the on a space-available basis for $50 per course. Admissions Office or the Adult Studies Office. Depending on a student’s current circumstances Military Credit: Virginia Wesleyan follows the and educational background, other majors may be Advising: The Adult Studies Office offers academic guidelines set forth by the American Council on Financial Aid: Basic financial aid information is available on an individual basis. counseling and extended office hours to assist evening Education (ACE) when granting credit for available in the Adult Studies Office. The amount of students with the transition to college life, with a educational experiences in the armed services. Alternative Certification for Teachers (ACT) traditional financial aid available to part-time mid-life career change, or with advancement and Veterans should submit an appropriate transcript Program: This program is designed to prepare students is limited. To qualify, students must career development. (such as SMART, AARTS, etc.). Credit awarded must career changers to teach in one of the following areas: demonstrate financial need and carry at least 6 be equivalent to courses offered at Virginia Wesleyan in elementary school grades preK-6; in the content Class Schedules: The Adult Studies class schedule semester hours per semester. or logical extensions thereof and are subject to review areas of math, earth science, chemistry, biology, accommodates the traditional work day, with classes Because traditional financial assistance is limited, by faculty in the academic field. A student may English, art, foreign language, or history/social that meet in the evening or on alternate weekends and Virginia Wesleyan has developed a unique Adult receive a maximum of 32 semester hours for military studies for grades 6-12; in art or foreign language for some that incorporate modified distance learning. Incentive Grant through which the Adult Studies credit. tuition rate is substantially reduced from the day grades K-12; or in special education. This innovative The program is flexible to accommodate busy program rate. evening program provides the professional knowledge Another form of financial assistance is the college’s necessary for effective classroom teaching. It is Employer Tuition Deferral (ETD) program, which appropriate for individuals who have already earned a enables qualifying participants to defer their payment four-year degree, who possess the general knowledge of tuition until their employer reimburses them at the and the content area knowledge incorporated in end of the semester. traditional teacher education programs, and who have Military tuition assistance and veterans’ benefits demonstrated significant involvement in a career for may be applied toward tuition for Adult Studies at least one year. courses. Center for Sacred Music • Center for the Study of Religious Freedom 001-053 VWC Catalog001-053 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 Page AM 46 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 48

48 CENTER FOR SACRED MUSIC CENTER FOR SACRED MUSIC 49

Past topics have included “Sacred Sounds: The Virginia Wesleyan College Anthem CENTER FOR Cultural Unity and Diversity,” a four-part series; Series: In 2008, the Center for Sacred Music “Then Sings My Soul,” on the four streams of developed a choral anthem series with MorningStar SACRED MUSIC American Protestant hymnody; “Let All the World in Music Publishers of St. Louis, Missouri, entitled Every Corner Sing,” an examination of “service “Music from American Colleges and Universities.” music” used in various world religions; “Here Comes Virginia Wesleyan holds the honor of the premiere the Bride,” wedding ritual and music in various world work in that series: an anthem commissioned from ministry. The course of study includes academic he Center for Sacred Music at Virginia traditions; and “Sing Me To Heaven,” an exploration Texan composer Hal Hopson in celebration of the courses, attendance at symposia, critical observations TWesleyan College educates students for of the music and ceremony used in various cultures 300th anniversary of the birth of Charles Wesley in of area church music programs, and participation in careers in church music ministry and offers for funerals and services of remembrance. 2007. This contribution to American music continues the college’s annual Sacred Music Summer opportunities for all students to broaden their the college’s legacy, joining the VWC Choral Anthem Conference. The program has been recognized by the awareness of the music and ritual that have been part Performance Opportunities: The Wesleyan Series, which the Center developed in 1998 with College Board for its excellence in training church of humankind’s various faith expressions for Festival Chorus is a massed choir of students and Hinshaw Music Publishers of Chapel Hill, North musicians in a liberal arts setting. thousands of years. community singers linking choral musicians with the Carolina. Now in its tenth year, that series includes 11 Three semester-length courses are offered: Sacred finest conductors in the world for worship leadership choral anthems. An additional four anthems that have Music History, Directing Church Choirs, and Psalms, Monumental Moments: The Center and for concert performances. Each summer, the been dedicated to the work of the Center are Hymns, and Spiritual Songs (offered as MUS 310, collaborates with the Chaplain’s Office and the chorus presents two events as part of the Sacred Music published by Choristers Guild Publishing, Augsburg Topics in Sacred Music). These courses are required Department of Religious Studies to offer two special Summer Conference, as well as an annual hymn Press, and Hal Leonard Music Publishers. Through its for the certificate program, but may also be taken to worship services in Monumental Chapel during the festival each fall. various festivals and conferences, the Center supplement other curricula, providing a theoretical academic year. Students lead the service, and the commissions new music that is premiered at Virginia basis of study. Virginia Wesleyan College Choir and/or Wesleyan Sacred Music Summer Conference: The Wesleyan, then made available to the world. Anthems Singers present special music. A faculty member Sacred Music Summer Conference is a non- from this catalog of publications are used by church Sound and Symbol Lecture Series: The serves as guest speaker. In addition, during the Sacred denominational showcase for outstanding instruction and school choruses throughout the country, and Center offers an annual lecture series to foster Music Summer Conference, the Center presents a in the sacred arts. Steeped in the Wesleyan tradition several have been selected for district chorus and all- understanding and to encourage appreciation for service of worship in Monumental Chapel on the of “training minds and warming hearts,” the state repertoire. Virginian Wesleyan joins Duke diversity in the sacred music and ritual of various faith opening evening. This service is open to all. conference offers workshops for students preparing University and St. Olaf College as only the third communities. Offered during the campus co- for church music ministry careers, for those already institution of higher education with a named music curricular hour on occasional Tuesdays and Church Music Certificate Program: The active in the profession, and for music teachers. series. Church Music Certificate Program offers practical Thursdays throughout the academic year, programs An average of 200 people participate each year, are designed to appeal to students in all disciplines. and theoretical career preparation for church music attending workshop sessions in choral conducting, Fall Hymn Festival: Hymns have played a vital congregational singing, organ, handbells, children’s role in worship since the earliest Christians gathered choirs, and all areas of church music ministry. The to worship the risen Christ. Congregational singing event is led by 18 guest faculty and members of the exploded anew with the Protestant Reformation, and college’s music department. The evening worship and the Center’s annual Hymn Festival continues to choral concert choirs provide an unparalleled encourage the great tradition of the people’s song. experience for those who enjoy singing under the Various churches in the Hampton Roads area host the direction of world-renowned conductors. October festival. All are invited to be a part of the congregation or the massed choir that leads the service of singing. 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 50

50 CENTER FOR THE STUDY OF RELIGIOUS FREEDOM CAREERS 51 CENTER FOR THE STUDY OF RELIGIOUS FREEDOM

n the fall of 1996 a diverse group of Since its founding, the Center has sponsored more Isupporters from the college and the larger than 200 public educational events, including community came together to create the Center semester-long symposia on issues of religious for the Study of Religious Freedom at Virginia freedom, lectures by renowned scholars, presentations Wesleyan College. The Center is grounded in the on music and the arts, panel discussions, plays, and college’s United Methodist heritage, which has long films. Center events have been attended by more than recognized religious freedom as a basic human right 10,000 people, including Virginia Wesleyan students, for persons of all faiths. From its beginning, the faculty and staff, and members of the larger Center has been a vehicle for fostering education, community. respectful dialogue, and mutual understanding. Center Library: The Center’s academic resources Mission: The Center’s mission is threefold: include a collection of more than 1,500 books. These materials are available to Virginia Wesleyan students, • Education—to provide Virginia Wesleyan faculty and staff, and other interested users. The students with an informed understanding of Center’s library emphasizes topics related to its religious freedom as a basic human right; mission, including constitutional law, religious • Scholarship—to engage in sustained study of freedom and church-state relations, religion and law, the legal, social, and theological conditions of the role of religion in public and political life, and the global dimensions of religious freedom, including religious freedom; Careers international human rights law. The collection also • Engagement—to combat religious intolerance includes books on many of the world’s religious by constructively engaging our society’s broad traditions, as well as books on theology and religious religious pluralism. studies, philosophy, history, and education. All Center books can be searched on the college library’s Educational Programs: Each year the Center online catalog, and most can be checked out. sponsors several interdisciplinary programs that offer unique opportunities for student enrichment. These ★ ★ ★ ★ ★ programs support the college’s commitment to a rigorous liberal arts education. Courses offered The Center for the Study of Religious Freedom through the Center affirm the value of diverse does not advocate any particular political or religious perspectives and methodologies. Faculty members perspective. Rather, it promotes deeper under- from across the college’s academic divisions standing of religious freedom through academic contribute to the Center’s work by teaching Center- research, interdisciplinary study, informal discussion affiliated courses and participating in Center with students and community members, and programs. interfaith dialogue. We need not be afraid of our religious differences. Instead, we can see them as opportunities for mutual understanding and growth. 001-053 VWC Catalog 12 Front 9/1/11 9:37 AM Page 52

52 CAREERS CAREERS 53

Dental School: Students applying to dental school teaching in church-related colleges, and counseling. A CAREERS are expected to achieve a satisfactory score on the broad program of studies in the liberal arts is required dental school admissions test (DAT) and to complete for admission to the seminaries and graduate schools the following courses: General Biology, two semesters that prepare individuals for these ministries. Students hat kind of job can I get with a major program, seniors may interview with selected Fortune (BIO 131, BIO 132); Introductory and Inorganic interested in these vocations may choose to major in “Win French?” “If I want to be a lawyer, 500 companies. Chemistry, two semesters (CHEM 120, CHEM 200); religious studies or some other area of the humanities what major is appropriate?’’ “What kinds of While Virginia Wesleyan offers a significant Organic Chemistry, two semesters (CHEM 221, or the social sciences. The college chaplain is available careers are available working with children?” “What is number of career preparation possibilities, the CHEM 222); and Physics, two semesters (PHYS 221 as a vocational advisor for students contemplating a the correct admission test for entering a graduate majority of the college’s majors are not intended to and PHYS 222). Some dental schools may also future in the ministry. business school?” These are just a sampling of the provide technical training for specific jobs. Rather, require additional courses in biochemistry, Health and Human Services: The designation kinds of questions students have while in college. The they help students acquire and develop the broad psychology, and English. “human services” covers a broad spectrum of career Career Services Center at Virginia Wesleyan College skills of written and oral communication, research, Schools of Veterinary Medicine: Students possibilities. Virginia Wesleyan’s program in human is devoted to helping students decide on a college critical thinking, and decision making that will applying to veterinary programs are expected to have services provides significant training for students major and career, gain career experience while still a prepare them to succeed in a world of constant gained significant experience working with animals planning careers in direct service, community action, student, search for employment, and/or apply to change. and to have attained a satisfactory score on the the legislative process, or administrative planning. graduate school. Following are some of the programs Graduate Record Examination (GRE). Specific The college offers a well-defined program in each of and services that are offered. course requirements vary among schools, and these areas that culminates in an internship related to INDIVIDUAL APPOINTMENTS: Career coun- Pre-Professional students are expected to contact the schools about a student’s career goals. Students who are interested in seling is available on an individual basis to discuss the their specific requirements prior to submitting an this program should contact Dr. Benjamin Dobrin student’s major, career, job search, and graduate Information application. In general, students should complete the for more information. school concerns. Interest inventories are also available following courses: General Biology, two semesters Law School: Many Virginia Wesleyan students have to help students identify major and career options. Medicine, Dentistry, and Veterinary Medicine: (BIO 131, BIO 132); Introductory and Inorganic Students who wish to pursue careers in these fields Chemistry, two semesters (CHEM 120, CHEM 200); been accepted into law school. No single major is CAREER RESOURCES: A comprehensive website must meet the admissions requirements for the Organic Chemistry, two semesters (CHEM 221, recommended for students interested in pursuing a provides specific self-assessment, occupational, professional school of their choice. Those standards CHEM 222); Biochemistry, one semester, (CHEM legal career. It is important to note, however, that law graduate school, internship, and job search include interest in grades, relevant co-curricular 330); Physics, two semesters (PHYS 221 and PHYS schools emphasize the importance of a broad liberal information. Copies of selected publications are activities and appropriate internships, externships, 222); English, two semesters; Mathematics, two arts education in which the student has excelled. available free of charge. and research. Virginia Wesleyan’s Pre-Professional semesters (college algebra or higher); and Social Students who are interested in the pre-law course of Committee guides students through the application study should contact Dr. William Gibson. WORKSHOPS: Workshops are offered numerous Sciences, two semesters. It is also strongly and interview process. In addition, the student-run recommended that students complete Comparative Environmental Studies: Virginia Wesleyan offers times throughout the year. Topics include choosing a Pre-Professional Club sponsors a variety of activities, major, job search strategies, resume writing, business Anatomy (BIO 372) and Histology (BIO 371). two approaches to environmental studies. Students including seminars by professionals from various may choose the more traditional approach and major and social etiquette, choosing and applying to Allied Health Professions: Students wishing to fields, campus visits and meetings with admissions in biology, chemistry, or general science to prepare for graduate school, and interview skills. Mock enter allied health professions (dental hygiene, officials from pre-professional programs, and student graduate work in ecology, environmental science, or interviews may also be scheduled. pharmacy, nursing, health care management, medical volunteer activities. The club meets at least twice each toxicology. Students interested in this approach technology, occupational therapy, physical therapy, or EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING: Students may semester. Students who have an interest in pursuing a should contact Dr. Garry E. Noe. radiological technology) need to complete at least two prepare for employment after graduation by career in dentistry, medicine, or veterinary medicine Students may also choose the interdisciplinary years—and may want to complete four years—of participating in internships and shadowing are encouraged to consult with Dr. Deirdre Environmental Studies major, whose flexibility and preparatory studies at Virginia Wesleyan before externships while in school. Through these learning Gonsalves-Jackson. breadth of curricular options can meet a diversity of applying to a professional school. Students interested experiences, students gain exposure to fields of student interests and needs in environmental Medical School: Students applying to medical in any of these preparatory programs should contact interest, relevant work skills, and professional education. Students interested in this approach school are expected to have gained broad exposure to Dr. Deirdre Gonsalves-Jackson for a list of required contacts. Career Services advises students on finding should contact Dr. Lawrence D. Hultgren or Dr. the medical profession prior to submitting the courses. and arranging an experience to meet their individual application. They are expected to achieve a Maynard H. Schaus. needs. The office maintains listings. Many major satisfactory score on the medical school admissions Church-Related Vocations: Ministry in today’s areas of study at Virginia Wesleyan offer students test (MCAT) and complete the following courses: world takes many forms: pastoral ministry, religious opportunities to participate in an internship for credit General Biology, two semesters (BIO 131, BIO education, hospital and military chaplaincies, during the junior or senior year. Students should ask 132); Introductory and Inorganic Chemistry, two their major advisors for the criteria for completing a semesters (CHEM 120, CHEM 200); Organic credit-bearing internship. Chemistry, two semesters (CHEM 221, CHEM JOB SEARCH ASSISTANCE: Information 222); and Physics, two semesters (PHYS 221 and about part-time, summer, and full-time job leads and PHYS 222). It is also strongly recommended that internships is provided to students through job fairs, students complete the following courses: Anatomy networking events, listings of current openings on the and Physiology (BIO 221 and BIO 222); Career Services Center website, and employment Comparative Anatomy (BIO 372); Histology (BIO activities on campus. Virginia Wesleyan is an active 371); Biochemistry (CHEM 330); and Ethics and participant in Career 15, sponsored by the Virginia Health Care (PHIL 221/321). Foundation for Independent Colleges. Through this Programs and Courses 054-168 VWC Catalog054-168 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 Page 54 AM 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 56

56 PROGRAMS AND COURSES ART/ART HISTORY 57

Major Requirements: American Studies experiences, values, and ideals. Investigates the myths PROGRAMS AND COURSES and cultural narratives that have shaped our COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. definition of what it means to be American, and HRS. general perceptions about American culture. Offered AMST 200 each fall. SPECIAL DESIGNATIONS improvement of study skills techniques in a group or 4 Introduction to American Studies ollege courses are numbered at the 100, on an individual basis through the Learning Center. The college also provides additional assistance to Additional required courses C200, 300, and 400 levels. Traditionally, 16 ANTHROPOLOGY these levels correspond roughly to the freshman, students who need to improve such skills as reading (See Program Director for approved lists) comprehension, vocabulary, note taking, speed sophomore, junior, and senior sequence of class One of the following: (See Sociology) standings. As a rule, courses numbered at 100 and reading, and test-taking techniques. COMM 321 200 levels are introductory and have a broad Theories & Methods in educational utility. Courses numbered at the 300 and ACADEMIC SKILLS Mass Communication 400 levels generally build on previous introductory DEVELOPMENT COURSES (ASD) ENG 311 ART/ART HISTORY offerings and have a more specific educational utility. Theory & Criticism 301 Tutoring (1) HIST 360 4 MS. SHARON SWIFT, Program Coordinator 100 ...... freshman level MR. PHILIP GUILFOYLE 200 ...... sophomore level Upperclassmen with grades no lower than B in Junior Research Seminar DR. JOYCE HOWELL 300 ...... junior level certain courses may participate in tutoring for credit. SOC 345 MR. JOHN RUDEL 400 ...... senior level To earn one semester hour, students fulfill a 30-hour Foundations of Sociology tutoring contract. Tutoring sessions are supervised by SOSCI 3xx Courses which count toward a given General Research Methods for the Social Sciences The Art Department offers courses in studio art Studies requirement can be easily identified by a the Director of Tutoring and approved by the and art history, balancing art production with an instructor of the course tutored. Offered based on WGS 319 capital letter following the course title. Feminist and Gender Theory awareness of related cultural values. The art major A — Aesthetic Understanding need for tutors. consists of core courses in studio art and art history, One additional course from either H — Historical Perspective 4 upper-level electives in a choice of media, and a Category 1 or Category 2* I — Senior Integrative Experience capstone course that involves creating a body of work AMERICAN STUDIES AMST 4xx L — Laboratory Course 4 and exhibiting it. Class work is supported by ongoing American Studies Thesis Q — Quantitative Perspective DR. ERIC M. MAZUR, Program Coordinator art exhibitions in two campus gallery spaces and by S — Institutional and Cultural Systems field trips to local and regional museums and TOTAL 32 T — Literary Textual Analysis The American Studies major invites students to galleries, further enriching the curriculum. Art majors V — Ethical Values and Faith Perspectives explore the rich history and culture of the United may also earn certification for teaching by W — Writing Course States and the concept of “America” for diverse *For a complete listing of courses, please see the supplementing the major with specific education communities within and outside of the United States. program coordinator. courses and in-service teaching. Minors are offered in COURSE OFFERINGS This interdisciplinary major prepares students for Minor Requirements: American Studies both studio art and art history. Students should select While the courses listed in the following pages are careers in law, social service, teaching, journalism, courses for the minor according to their interests or to business, library science, and the making of public strengthen skills needed for art-related careers in generally offered in the scheduling patterns indicated, COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. factors such as staffing or demand result in some policy, as well as for graduate and professional HRS. communications, design, business, recreation, degrees. The flexible academic program allows therapy, arts management, and other creative fields. courses being offered at irregular intervals. AMST 200 students to design an individualized course of study 4 Introduction to American Studies Major Requirements: Art drawing on a wide variety of disciplines, including One 300/400-level course from history, political science, criminal justice, and 4 ACADEMIC SKILLS the Social Sciences* COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. government; art, film, theatre, journalism, and HRS. DEVELOPMENT literature; education, economics, sociology, religious One 300/400-level course from 4 studies, and others. Virginia Wesleyan is located near the Humanities* ART 204 Some students who have graduated from high Digital Art I school find that they are still lacking in certain skills many of the important places where history was made Electives* 8 OR 4 and continues to be made: Jamestown, Williamsburg, ART 206 which are important for college success. Through the Painting I academic skills development program, Virginia Washington, D.C., and the homes of George TOTAL 20 Wesleyan College offers assistance to students to Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and Robert E. Lee. ART 205 Thus the program offers students an exciting *For a complete listing of courses available in the Drawing I improve their skills in thinking, writing, reading, and OR 4 basic computation. educational experience both in and out of the American Studies minor, please see the program ART 207 A writing lab is available for those who need classroom. coordinator. Representations of Space ART 208 individualized attention for improving their writing 4 capabilities. AMERICAN STUDIES COURSES Photography I The Math Department offers special courses and (AMST) ART 209 tutoring services for students whose computational Sculpture I OR 4 skills need improvement. 200 Introduction to American Studies (4) S ART 213 Tutoring, and/or workshops in any subject are Introduces students to the interdisciplinary field Ceramics I available to students desiring or needing of American studies and exposes them to a variety of See continuation of choices next page approaches to understanding American national 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 58

58 ART/ART HISTORY ART/ART HISTORY 59 Chart continued from previous page ARTH 231 ART COURSES (ART) 209 Sculpture I (4) A experiences. Students must supply a digital camera. 4 Ancient & Medieval Art History Explores the possibilities of sculptural form and Travel may be physically demanding. May be repeated for credit as location varies. Prerequisite: ARTH 232 105 Introduction to Studio Art (4) A three-dimensional problem solving through materials 4 consent. Offered in selected winter and summer Renaissance to 20th Century Art Introduces the basic studio materials and such as cardboard, paper, clay, plaster, wood, wax, etc. Emphasis is placed on understanding three- sessions. Four ART or ARTH electives techniques for making art in a variety of media that 16 dimensional concepts of relief and sculpture-in-the- at the 300/400 level* may include painting, drawing, ceramics, sculpture, 308 Photography II (4) printmaking, crafts, fibers, and/or electronic round through carving, modeling, and constructing. ART 450 4 technology. Includes lectures, demonstrations, studio Studio course. Lab fee. Intermediate exploration of digital photography. Studio Art Seminar participation and production, museum and/or artist Emphasizes aesthetics and the development of 213 Ceramics I (4) A personally meaningful portfolio projects. Topics TOTAL 44 studio visits, and related historical information. Studio course. Lab fee. Offered in selected Winter Structured to provide an introduction to ceramic include digital retouch, printing, and creative Sessions. art production, balanced with ceramic art history, computer techniques with Photoshop. Students must criticism, and aesthetics. Course topics include the supply a digital camera with manual control options. Minor Requirements: Art History 204 Digital Art I (4) A development of techniques for hand-building and Students are responsible for the commercial throwing on the potter’s wheel, clay and glaze development of all prints. Prerequisite: ART 208, Explores the computer as an art-making tool. 225, or consent. Offered each spring. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Includes practice exercises to learn software. Topics preparation, glazing, and kiln firing. Provides HRS. students of all skill levels with a solid foundation in include photo manipulations, the use of color, 309 Sculpture II (4) ARTH 231 ceramics. Studio course. Lab fee. Offered each 4 typestyles, page design, and composition. Students Ancient and Medieval Art History apply these concepts and skills to original, digital semester. A continuation of Sculpture I, with special emphasis on exploring material for sculpture as used ARTH 232 artworks. Studio course. Lab fee. Offered each 4 303 Graphic Design (4) in mobiles, constructions, installations, and Renaissance to 20th Century Art semester. Introduction to the tools, methods, principles and environmental works. Prerequisite: ART 209 or Art history electives at the 300/400 level* 12 205 Drawing I (4) A practice of graphic design. Topics include visual consent. Studio course. Lab fee. communication, the use of type, the importance of TOTAL 20 Acquaints students with the basic concept of 313 Ceramics II (4) drawing with various media, including pencil, visual research, communicating with vendors, clients charcoal, chalk, and pen and ink. Experiences in skill- and audiences, and the efficient use of graphics A continuation of Ceramics I, with special building exercises are emphasized, as well as their software. Students create an entry-level, interview- emphasis on wheel techniques and thrown forms. Minor Requirements: Studio Art practical application. Studio course. Offered each fall. quality portfolio. Prerequisite: ART 101, 204, or Students experiment with clays and glazes and have consent. Lab fee. the opportunity to fire their own works. Prerequisite: COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. 206 Painting I (4) A ART 117 or consent. Studio course. Lab fee. HRS. 304 Digital Art II (4) An examination of basic painting techniques. 319 Studio Art Teaching Assistant (1) ART 205 Students study and experiment with a variety of Explores the computer as a tool for personal Drawing I Allows qualified students to assist art instructors OR 4 painting media, including watercolor, acrylics, and oil expression and production of artworks. Projects ART 206 types on various working-surface materials. Students concentrate on the effective use of composition and in teaching their classes. Pass/fail grading. Painting I use these experiences to create their own pictorial color in original digital works. Topics include Prerequisite: consent. Offered each semester. ART 209 interpretations. Studio course. Offered each fall. intermediate software features, web-based portfolios, Sculpture I and animation. Prerequisite: ART 101, 204, or 350 Topics in Studio Art (4) A OR 4 ART 213 207 Representations of Space (4) A consent. Studio course. Lab fee. Offers the opportunity for focused, in-depth Ceramics study of one studio art medium, including related Uses studio exercises and group critiques of class 305 Drawing II (4) ART 204 projects to explore visual perception and two- aesthetic and historical considerations. Topics may Digital Art I dimensional representation of the world. Students An in-depth exploration of drawing techniques to include: mixed media, jewelry, prints, fibers, OR 4 ART 208 explore traditional drawing techniques and include representational and expressive approaches in installations, environmental art, raku, glass, Photography I photographic imagery to develop a repertoire of various media. This course builds on the tools of blacksmithing, etc. May be repeated for credit as representational drawing from ART 205. topics change. Prerequisite: junior/senior status or Studio art electives at the 300/400 level 8 intellectual, visual, and graphic techniques. Offered in selected Winter Sessions. Prerequisite: ART 205 or consent. consent. Studio course. Lab fee. Offered each semester. TOTAL 20 208 Photography I (4) A 306 Painting II (4) 404 Photo and Digital Art Lab (4) Explores photography as an art form. Topics An in-depth exploration of painting focused on *Students majoring in studio art and wishing also to include the control of basic camera functions, digital realism but also exploring abstraction and mixed An advanced art and design course exploring the complete a minor in art history must fulfill all media, composition, artistic techniques, and laws media approaches. This course builds on concepts digital media of photography and computer graphics. upper-level course requirements for the major with impacting the use of photos. Students must supply a from ART 206. Prerequisite: ART 206 or consent. Technical exercises and projects utilizing both media studio (ART) courses only. Art history (ARTH) digital camera with manual control options. Students prepare students to develop their own projects. Topics 307 Travel Photography (4) A courses that fulfill the requirements for the art are responsible for the commercial development of all include creativity and inspiration, equipment, history minor may not also be used to fulfill the prints. Studio course. Travel to specific regions or foreign countries for identifying audiences, and basic business practices for upper-level requirements for the studio art major. on-location photography. Topics include improving artists. Prerequisites: ART 304, ART 320, or ART photographic skills, experiencing local arts and 303 and consent. Offered each spring. cultures, and creating interpretations of travel 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 60

60 ART/ART HISTORY BIOLOGY 61

409 Sculpture and Ceramics Lab (4) 333 Art of Africa, Asia, integrated laboratory component. In addition to Major Requirements: Biology (B.S.) An advanced studio art course designed for the and the Americas (4) W mastering concepts, students learn to see the student’s continued growth and exploration of three- Surveys the long-lived art traditions of diverse biological sciences as a process of discovery through COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. HRS. dimensional methods and materials. May be repeated global cultures, including Africa, India, China, Japan, the completion of a mandatory experiential learning for additional credit. Prerequisites: ART 117, 209, the Pacific, and Pre-Columbian and Native America. opportunity such as undertaking undergraduate BIO 131 211, 212, 213, 313 or 309. Studio course. Lab fee. Prerequisite: successful completion of ENG 105 with research, completing an internship, studying abroad Principles of Biology I: 4 Offered intermittently. a grade of C or higher. in the natural sciences, or enrolling in a field course at Evolution & Ecology a biological or marine field station. In addition to BIO 132 core biology courses, students are required to 450 Senior Art Seminar (4) I 351 19th-Century Art History (4) H Principles of Biology II: 4 complete additional coursework in other natural Advanced course requiring the development of a A history of European and American art from the Cell Biology & Genetics sciences. Both B.A. and B.S. degrees are offered in studio research project. Students create a thematically era of the French Revolution to the end of the 19th biology. The curriculum for each degree is designed to Ecological and Environmental focused body of artwork for exhibition, an century. The works of major artists, such as David, prepare students for advanced study in the health Biology Concentration explanatory paper, and an oral presentation while Goya, Turner, Manet, Monet, Van Gogh, Munch, 8 sciences and biological research, thereby enabling Two of the following: acquiring professional skills appropriate to arts- etc., are investigated within their historical contexts. motivated individuals to pursue successful careers as BIO 316, 320, 355, 375, 385, or 445 related careers. Prerequisite: consent. Offered each physicians, veterinarians, biologists, environmental spring. 352 20th-Century Art History (4) W Evolutionary and Integrative researchers, policymakers, public health professionals, Biology Concentration A history of artists, works, and movements of ART HISTORY COURSES (ARTH) scientific journalists, and educators. Two of the following: 8 20th century European and American art investigated BIO 300, 332, 354, 370, Major Requirements: Biology (B.A.) within their historical contexts. Prerequisite: 372, 373, 380, 410 201 Music and Art in the successful completion of ENG 105 with a grade of C Molecular, Cellular, and Western World (4) A or higher. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. HRS. Developmental Biology Concentration Explores the traditions of music, painting, BIO 311 The following course(s) are undergoing revision BIO 131 8 sculpture, and architecture of the Western world. Genetics to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, Principles of Biology I: 4 Beginning with the Greeks and continuing through And one of the following: course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and Evolution & Ecology the present, many individual works from important BIO 371, 384, 420 or 482 art periods are introduced. Discussion topics include offering information are subject to change. BIO 132 Experiential Learning how the arts reflect the sociocultural conditions of Principles of Biology II: 4 0-4 BIO 470, 489, internship, or other options their time and place, how media are used, and how 341 American Art (4) Cell Biology & Genetics BIO electives at the 300/400 level 4-8 the elements in each art form contribute to the A history of the visual arts in America from pre- Ecological and Environmental aesthetic response. Identical to MUS 201. colonial to modern times. Particular attention is paid Biology Concentration Total within department 40 8 to the relationship of the visual arts to social and Two of the following: 225 The Photograph (4) ADDITIONAL REQUIRED COURSES political history, and the issue of “American identity” BIO 316, 320, 355, 375, 385, or 445 A history of photography from its invention in in the arts. Evolutionary and Integrative CHEM 120 1839 to the present. The course investigates within 4 Biology Concentration Introductory Chemistry their historical context the major categories of 360 Topics in Art History (4) Two of the following: 8 CHEM 200 photography, such as portraiture, documentation, 4 An in-depth study of some particular period of art BIO 300, 332, 354, 370, Inorganic Chemistry photo-journalism, and art photography. history or some disciplinary aspect or problem. May be 372, 373, 380, or 410 CHEM 221 repeated for credit as topic varies. 4 231 Ancient and Medieval Art History (4) H Molecular, Cellular, and Organic Chemistry I A survey of the visual arts and how they Developmental Biology Concentration CHEM 222 BIO 311 4 functioned in culture, from prehistoric cave paintings BIOLOGY 8 Organic Chemistry II Genetics to the art and architecture of late Medieval Europe. Two of the following: DR. SORAYA M. BARTOL. Program Coordinator One of the following: The course concentrates on the Western tradition of CHEM 210, 330; EES 270, 300; 8 DR. DEIRDRE GONSALVES-JACKSON BIO 371, 384, 420 or 482 painting, sculpture, and architecture. Offered each MATH 171, 172; PHYS 221, 222 DR. PAUL M. RESSLAR fall. Experiential Learning DR. PHILIP ROCK 0-4 BIO 470, 489, internship, or other options TOTAL 64 232 Renaissance to 20th-Century Art (4) H DR. MAYNARD H. SCHAUS DR. VICTOR R. TOWNSEND, JR. BIO electives at the 300/400 level 4-8 A survey of the visual arts and their relationship to Total within department 40 social, cultural, and political history from the The Biology Department offers a diversified Renaissance to the Modern era. Concentrates on the program that examines the life sciences by integrating ADDITIONAL REQUIRED COURSES European tradition of painting, sculpture, and multiple disciplines, including the molecular nature CHEM 120 4 architecture, especially the changing social role of of cellular structure and physiology, the evolutionary Introductory Chemistry artists and the development of modern definitions of mechanisms of biodiversity, and the study of plant CHEM 200 “fine art.” This course is a chronological continuation and animal communities in relationship to the 4 Inorganic Chemistry of ARTH 231, but the latter is not a prerequisite. environment. The curriculum is designed to promote Offered each spring. discovery and problem solving through scientific TOTAL 48 methodology, with most courses featuring an 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 62

62 BIOLOGY BIOLOGY 63

Minor Requirements: Biology 221 Anatomy and Physiology I (4) L 332 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants (4) L 380 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) L An integrated lecture/laboratory experience that Focuses on the classification and identification of A study of the basic mechanisms by which animals COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. examines the anatomy and physiology of humans. the plants of southern Virginia. Includes discussion of function. Emphasizes how both invertebrate and HRS. Includes a survey of the major organs and organ the characteristics of the major families of plants of vertebrate organisms change these basic mechanisms BIO 131 systems of the body from both the histological and North America. Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher to adapt to environmental conditions. Prerequisites: a Principles of Biology I: 4 gross anatomical perspectives. Lecture three hours, in BIO 132 or consent. Lecture three hours, grade of C or higher in BIO 131 or consent. Lecture Evolution and Ecology laboratory three hours each week. $50 lab fee. laboratory three hours each week. Offered spring of three hours, laboratory three hours each week. BIO 132 Offered each fall. even-numbered years. Offered on demand. Principles of Biology II: 4 222 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4) L 354 Marine Invertebrate Evolution (4) L 384 Developmental Biology (4) L Cell Biology and Genetics An integrated lecture/laboratory experience that An introduction to the study of evolutionary Explores the processes by which organisms grow BIO Electives (300 level or higher) examines the anatomy and physiology of humans. processes, with particular attention paid to marine and develop. Emphasizes principles and concepts that BIO 300, 311, 316, 320, 332, 354, 355, 12 Includes a survey of the nervous, endocrine, digestive, invertebrates, especially marine bivalves, because of govern development in model organisms such as sea 371, 372, 373, 375, 380, 384, 385, 410, urinary and reproductive systems from the their rich evolutionary history and well-documented urchins, flatworms, fruit flies, zebra fish, and 420, 445, 460, 475, 482 histological and gross anatomical perspectives. fossil record. Evolution is examined at a variety of chickens. Regeneration of appendages, stem cells, Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours each scales from molecular to ecological. Lecture three cancer, and plants are discussed. Prerequisite: BIO TOTAL 20 week. $50 lab fee. Offered spring on demand. hours, laboratory three hours each week. Prerequisite: 311 or consent. Offered on demand. BIO 131 or BIO 132. $50 lab fee. Offered fall of 285 Plants and Man (4) S even-numbered years on demand. 385 Animal Behavior (4) BIOLOGY COURSES (BIO) Introduces students to the ways in which plants A study of the mechanisms and evolution of have sustained and influenced human cultures. 355 Marine Biology (4) L animal behavior. Topics include genetics and Appropriate for both science and non-science majors. A study of organismal adaptation and community development of behavior, neural and physiological 100 The World of Biology (4) L Offered fall of odd-numbered years. organization in marine and estuarine habitats. A mechanisms of behavior, communication, social An introduction to biology. Provides an overview variety of marine habitats are examined, with the behavior, habitat selection, reproductive behavior, of the study of life, including how biology affects our 300 Plant Morphology (4) L laboratory focusing primarily on local species and and parental investment. Laboratory exercises provide daily lives, including such topics as biodiversity, A morphological and evolutionary study of plants habitat types. Prerequisite: two semesters of general hands-on experiences for many of these concepts. genetic engineering, and problems associated with the from bacteria to flowering plants. Provides a view of biology or BIO 207. Offered each fall. Prerequisites: BIO 131 and 132 or consent. Lecture expanding human population. Designed for non- the structure and modes of reproduction of plants. three hours, laboratory three hours each week. science majors. $50 lab fee. Offered each semester. Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher in BIO 132 or 371 Histology (4) L Offered spring of odd-numbered years. consent. Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours A detailed study of the cells, tissues, and organs 131 Principles of Biology I: each week. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. that comprise the mammalian body. Intended for 410 Evolution (4) Evolution and Ecology (4) L students seeking careers in biology, medicine, or A study of the theories of plant and animal An introduction to the biological sciences. Lecture 311 Genetics (4) L veterinary sciences. Prerequisite: a grade of C or evolution and their leading proponents. Prerequisite: topics include Darwinian evolution, the origin and Principles of heredity as applied to both plants higher in BIO 131 or consent. Lecture three hours, junior/senior status. Offered each fall. diversity of life, functional morphology, and ecology. and animals. Prerequisites: CHEM 105 or 117 and a laboratory three hours each week. Offered on Designed for students intending to pursue a major in grade of C or higher in both BIO 131 and 132 or one demand. 420 Cell and Molecular Biology (4) L biology or EES. $50 lab fee. Offered each fall. year of general biology. Lecture three hours, A study of the structure and function of laboratory three hours each week. Offered each 372 Comparative Anatomy (4) L prokaryotes and eukaryotes at the cellular and 132 Principles of Biology II: semester. A study of the evolution, morphology, and molecular level. Emphasizes the molecular nature of Cell Biology and Genetics (4) L physiology of vertebrates. An intensive laboratory- cellular structure, metabolism, and physiology. Completes the introduction to the biological 316 General Ecology (4) L directed examination of the major organ systems of Prerequisite: grades of C or higher in CHEM 311, sciences for biology and EES majors. Lecture topics A study of plant and animal communities in vertebrates as exemplified by the lamprey, dogfish, 312, 321, and 322. Offered spring of even-numbered include biochemistry, cell structure and processes, cell relation to habitat with emphasis on the effect of the salamander, and cat. Intended for students seeking years. respiration, fermentation, photosynthesis, cell environment on community structure and careers in biology, medicine, or veterinary sciences. division, Mendelian genetics, gene expression, cancer distribution. Prerequisites: BIO 131 and 132, or one Prerequisite: BIO 131 with a grade of C or higher or 460 Zymurgy: The Science biology, and animal physiology. $50 lab fee. Offered year of general biology, or BIO 207. MATH 106 is consent. Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours of Fermentation (4) I each spring. recommended. Lecture three hours, laboratory/field each week. Offered on demand. Introduces the science and art of fermentation and three hours each week. Offered each fall. considers the use of alcohol by human societies. 150 Introduction to Marine Biology (4) L 373 Invertebrate Zoology (4) L Prerequisite: senior status or consent. Offered in An introduction to the organisms and 320 Ornithology (4) L A survey of the invertebrate phyla, emphasizing selected Winter Sessions and spring semesters. communities of marine and estuarine areas. Students A study of birds emphasizing diversity, behavioral the classification, evolution, ecology, morphology, examine the basic physical and ecological processes ecology, and life history. Regular field observations and life histories of these organisms. Includes 470 Internship in the Natural Sciences (2) that are pertinent to marine habitats and the diversity are required and may occur under a variety of weather laboratory examinations of representative groups and An intensive study of a specific field of science of marine organisms and ecosystems. Includes field conditions. Prerequisites: BIO 131 or 207. Lecture field sampling of local invertebrate fauna. through an on-site field experience with hands-on and laboratory identification of local organisms and three hours, laboratory three hours each week. Prerequisite: BIO 131. Lecture three hours, learning opportunities that are relevant to the chosen investigations of local field habitats. Designed for Offered on demand. laboratory three hours each week. Offered on site. Students may enroll for 2 or 4 hours in a given non-science majors. $50 lab fee. Offered each fall. demand. semester. A minimum of 80 hours devoted to the 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 64

64 BIOLOGY BUSINESS 65

internship is expected for 2 semester hours, and a 115 Human Genetics (4) 375 Topics in Tropical Biology (4) Through a firm commitment to the liberal arts, minimum of 160 hours is expected for 4 semester An introduction to the science of genetics. Features an intensive field experience in global perspectives, and ethical decision-making, the hours, but some placements may require more time. Emphasis is placed on human genetics and the genetics neotropical ecosystems (e.g., sea caves, mangrove Management, Business, and Economics Department Students must coordinate their internship placement of organisms that are important to mankind. A course swamps, coral reefs and rainforests). Descriptive field develops leaders committed to creating sustainable with the supervising faculty member at least two for everyone concerned about how our genetic makeup studies of representative plants and animals is social, environmental, and economic value through months prior to placement. Pass/fail grading. affects what we are, what we do, and what we required. Field activities require strenuous exercise effective and responsible business practices. The Prerequisites: junior/senior status and consent. transmit to future generations. Areas such as and considerable hiking. Destinations may include business major combines a practical business Offered each semester and most Winter Sessions (2 evolution, reproduction, different types of inheritance Trinidad, Belize, Costa Rica, U.S. Virgin Islands, or education with a commitment to the Principles of semester hours only). and population genetics are explored. Designed for the the Galapagos Islands. Lab fee. Offered summer on Responsible Management Education (PRME) as non-science major. Offered each spring. demand. developed by the United Nations in support of its 475 Natural and Social History Global Compact, a framework of universally accepted of the Chesapeake Bay (4) 120 Microbes and Man (4) 445 Limnology (4) principles in the areas of human rights, labor, the environment, and anti-corruption. The MBE Provides a comprehensive view of one of the An introductory biology course using microbiology Introduces the study of fresh waters, including Department is firmly committed to the largest and most diverse estuaries in the world. as the unifying concept to explore many of the facets of lake, pond, river, and stream ecosystems. Emphasis is interdisciplinary nature of successful management Students examine the relationships between the the study of life. Topics include: the evolution and placed on physical processes, primary and secondary education; thus the business major integrates its core natural history and the human history, including classification of life, cell structure and metabolism, the productivity, biogeochemical cycling, and food web curriculum with allied coursework in a variety of social and political aspects, use of the bay by various major roles microbes play in ecosystems, molecular interactions across all trophic levels. Offered on disciplines while providing opportunities for career- societies and their impact on and preservation of the genetics, control of microbial growth, biotechnology, demand. based specialization through coursework and bay. Saturday field trips required. Prerequisite: the human immune system, and major viral and internships. It prepares graduates with the skills, junior/senior status. Offered on demand. bacterial diseases of humans. Designed for non- 480 Readings in Biology (1) knowledge, and attitudes necessary to manage biology majors. Offered on demand. 482 Microbiology (4) L An advanced seminar that discusses readings from society’s rapidly changing institutions both efficiently the primary literature on various announced topics in and humanely. Moreover, the interdisciplinary nature Teaches basic microbiological concepts and the 121 Microbes and Man Laboratory (1) biology. May be repeated for credit as topics change. role of microorganisms in various applied areas. of the program provides solid preparation for a wide An introductory biological science lab course Offered on demand. variety of graduate degree programs. Topics include microbial physiology, cell structure, designed to accompany BIO 120. Students have the microbial genetics, pathogenic microorganisms and opportunity to learn a number of basic scientific 484 Microbiology Laboratory (1) Major Requirements: Business disease, and environmental and applied microbiology. techniques including: the correct use of microscopes, Techniques of culturing and identifying micro Students practice aseptic technique, isolation and basic aseptic techniques, how to handle microbial organisms are taught. Procedures include: culturing, COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. identification of bacteria, staining, and determination cultures, basic bacterial identification, cell structure staining, determination of microbial numbers, effect HRS. of microbial numbers. Offered spring of odd- and function, and how to design simple experiments of environmental influences, identification of MBE 201 numbered years. 4 using microorganisms. Designed for non-biology enzymatic reaction, and isolation and identification Introductory Macroeconomics majors. $50 lab fee. Offered on demand. of bacterial cultures. Offered spring of odd-numbered 489 Research in the Natural Sciences (2) MBE 202 years. 4 Offers students the opportunity to conduct 151 Introduction to Marine Introductory Microeconomics original scientific research in an area of interest. Biology Laboratory (1) 485 Seminar in Biology (1) MBE 203 Students work closely with one or more members of 4 An introductory laboratory study of the organisms An advanced seminar on various topics in biology. Accounting I the natural science faculty to develop and conduct a and communities of marine and estuarine areas. The Each student conducts in-depth library research on a research project, then present their findings orally MBE 204 lab includes field and laboratory identification of topic of interest and presents a seminar to the 4 during the semester’s undergraduate research Accounting II local organisms and investigations in a variety of local department. Prerequisite: senior/junior status and a symposium and as a formal research paper. Students field habitats. Designed for non-science majors. $50 major or minor in the natural sciences. Offered each ISP 101 are encouraged to present their findings at a 4 lab fee. Offered each fall. spring. Fundamentals of Information Systems conference. Prerequisite: junior/senior status and a MBE 301 major in the natural sciences, prior approval by the 250 Field Experiences in Biology (4) 4 project advisor, and consent of the instructor. Principles of Management Provides students with an intensive field Students may enroll for 2 or 4 hours in a given BUSINESS experience in particular habitats. Studies are MBE 316 semester. May be repeated for a maximum total of 8 4 conducted to examine the interrelationship between DR. KEVIN M. ADAMS (adjunct) Marketing Principles semester hours. Identical to CHEM 489, CS 489, organisms and their environment within specific DR. ROBERT B. ALBERTSON, Division Chairperson and EES 489. Offered each semester and most MBE 322 habitats. May be repeated for credit as topics change. MS. ELAINE E. DESSOUKI 4 Winter Sessions (2 semester hours only). Financial Management Does not fulfill the Natural Sciences requirement for DR. PAUL L. EWELL Latin Honors. Lab fee. DR. LINDA A. FERGUSON MBE 400 R AVID ARRATY 4 The following course(s) are undergoing revision M . D G. G , Program Coordinator Seminar in Managerial Ethics to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, 280 General Horticulture (4) DR. CHEUL W. K ANG DR. EHSAN S. SALEK Total hours required for core courses 36 course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and A course designed to acquaint students with factors MR. EDWARD L. SHELTON (adjunct) offering information are subject to change. necessary to grow and maintain plants. Ideal for those See continuation of choices next page MR. FREDRICK B. WEISS interested in learning applied skills in botany. Students apply knowledge gained in lecture to projects in the greenhouse. Offered on demand. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 66

66 BUSINESS BUSINESS 67 Chart continued from previous page ADDITIONAL REQUIRED COURSES BUSINESS COURSES (MBE) 204 Accounting II (4) 316 Marketing Principles (4) (See advisor): The second semester of this two-part course Builds upon the analytical and communication 100 Introduction to Economics (4) covers the collection of accounting data to prepare skills gained in lower-level courses. Students gain an Statistics 4 Provides students with a solid foundation in financial reports for management use in planning and understanding of products and services, channels of Environment 4 economic literacy and reasoning. Topics include controlling. Prerequisite: MBE 203. Offered each distribution, pricing strategies, and elements of ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDED scarcity, incentives, and choice; resource allocation; spring. promotion. Prerequisites: MBE 201 and 203. Offered COURSES (See advisor): exchange, competition, and markets; economic each semester. 216 Taxation (4) Introductory Sociology efficiency; investment, production, and income; A study of the tax environment and the codes, 322 Financial Management (4) Introductory Psychology money, interest rates, and GDP; business cycles and governmental policies. Emphasizes active learning regulations, and court decisions as they relate to Students learn how to determine in what assets a Oral Communication and current economic issues and problems. Offered income tax problems of individuals, including tax firm should invest and what sources of funding are Organizations each semester. preparation and tax research. Prerequisite: sophomore appropriate. Topics include mathematical analysis of status or above. Offered each fall. operating and financial leverage, the cost of capital, Total hours required for allied courses 8 101 Introduction to Business (4) management of working capital, and sources of Senior Synthesis A: Course Concentration 301 Principles of Management (4) W A general survey course designed for students who money and capital. Prerequisites: MBE 201, 202, MBE 300/400 elective 4 desire information about commercial activities to A study of the art and science of management in 203, and 204, and MATH 210 (formerly MATH 300/400 level elective 4 build a foundation for more advanced courses, to relation to the functions of planning, organizing, 106). Offered each semester. directing, and controlling. Students learn through MBE 406, 407 or 408 decide on a major, or to complement a major. Offered 4 both in-class and out-of-class group experiences, with 324 Human Resource Management (4) W Senior Seminar each semester. substantial writing about such experiences. A study of the human resource process including Senior Synthesis A: total hours required 12 112 Problem Solving and Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, such issues as recruiting, selection, training, OR Decision Making (2) MBE 201 and 203, and junior status. Offered each performance appraisal, and compensation. Learning Senior Synthesis B: Internship Designed to provide the basic skills of semester. activities include experiental and group exercises, discussions, readings on HRM framework and MBE 414 management and to improve thinking skills regardless 4 303 Financial Accounting Theory I (4) application to cases, analytical issue papers, and oral Internship Exploration & Design of a student’s major. Examines various methods of problem solving and decision making, progressing A study of the theory and application of generally reports. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or MBE 416 higher and MBE 301, or consent. Offered fall of odd- 12 from simple decisions under certainty to complex accepted accounting principles. Emphasizes financial Management Internship decisions under uncertainty. Both quantitative and statement presentation, current assets and liabilities, numbered years. MBE 417 creative methods are used. No prerequisites, but intangible assets, and operational assets. Prerequisites: 4 332 Economic Development (4) Internship Seminar students should have elementary algebra skills and MBE 203 and 204. Offered fall of odd-numbered Senior Synthesis B: total hours required 20 English skills beyond the 105 level. Offered each years. Introduces the student to the major problems and semester. issues in economic development and the economies TOTAL 56-64 304 Financial Accounting Theory II (4) of less developed countries with respect to achieving 201 Introductory Macroeconomics (4) A continuation of MBE 303. Emphasizes social and economic goals. Prerequisites: MBE 201 A study of contemporary economic systems and corporate equity accounts, long-term investments and and 202. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. the analysis necessary to achieve the “economic way of liabilities, cash flows, pension costs, current value Minor Requirements: Business 333 International Business (4) S,W thinking.” Prerequisites: elementary algebra skills accounting, and foreign currency transactions. (MATH 105 or placement level H, A, B) and Prerequisites: MBE 203, 204, and 303. Offered Focuses on the increasing degree of international COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. HRS. sophomore status or above. Offered each fall. spring of even-numbered years. trade and multinational corporations. Analyzes international exchange, marketing, and personnel MBE 101 4 202 Introductory Microeconomics (4) 306 Business Law (4) policies. Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C or Introduction to Business The second semester of this two-part course A study of contract law and the Uniform higher. Offered each fall. MBE 201 enables students to understand and apply the tools of Commercial Code. Prerequisites: MBE 101 or 201 4 335 Accounting Information Systems (4) Introductory Macroeconomics micro-economic analysis to contemporary profit or and junior/senior status. Offered spring of even- MBE 203 non-profit organizations. Prerequisite: MBE 201. numbered years. Students develop a conceptual framework for the 4 Accounting I Offered each spring. development, implementation, and evaluation of an 310 Money, Banking, and accounting information system. Primary topics MBE 301 203 Accounting I (4) Financial Institutions (4) include system understanding and documentation, Principles of Management OR 4 risk analysis, and typical accounting transaction MBE 316 A study of the basic principles and systems of The basics of monetary policy in terms of public cycles. The lab experience provides application of Marketing Principles accounts that underlie financial reporting. Heavy policy. Includes the study of the Federal Reserve emphasis is placed on actual bookkeeping to relate System, commercial bank lending, investments, system concepts to popular software applications. One additional MBE money, and capital markets. Prerequisites: MBE 201 Prerequisite: MBE 203. Offered in selected Winter 300/400 level course concepts. Requires math competency in basic OR 4 and 202. Offered each fall. Sessions. INST 315 addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, percentages, and ratios. Offered each fall. Managing Diversity in Organizations 340 Forensic Accounting (4) TOTAL 20 Identical to CJ 340. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 68

68 BUSINESS BUSINESS 69

345 Managerial Cost Accounting (4) 406 Senior Seminar: 111 Global Commerce (4) 343 Government & Not-for-Profit A study of cost accounting, budget analysis, and Management Strategy (4) S,W Introduces the opportunities and constraints posed Accounting (4) other advanced concepts used by manufacturers and A case-oriented course that explains how and why by the ever-expanding global trade environment. It A study of appropriate accounting for such entities other large businesses or non-profit organizations. a well-conceived, well-executed strategy nearly always provides an overview of the concerns that may impact as governments, colleges, churches, hospitals, charities, Prerequisites: MBE 203 and 204. Offered fall of odd- enhances a company’s long-term performance. the modern manager in many organizations. and clubs. Offered spring of even-numbered years. numbered years. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, Concepts such as multinational trade, trading blocs senior status, MBE 301, 316, 322, 400, and all other such as NAFTA, legal issues involved in international 355 Auditing (4) 348 Marketing Management: Integrated general studies requirements completed at least commerce, as well as the importance of A study of the theory and procedure of public Marketing Communications (4) concurrently. Offered each semester. cultural/regional characteristics are presented. auditing and internal auditing from the standpoint An advanced marketing course in which students Through active involvement and outside-the- of professional ethics, auditors’ legal responsibilities, apply principles learned in earlier marketing and 414 Internship Exploration and Design (4) classroom research, observation, and study, the student detection and control of fraud, client relationships, communication courses through the development of Students find, design, and maximize the is encouraged to examine a wide range of issues as they standards of reporting, and management advisory a marketing plan. Prerequisite: MBE 316 or consent. independent learning experience to be undertaken in relate to global commerce, including transnational services. Offered fall of even-numbered years. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. the spring internship courses, MBE 416 and 417. A transactions, communications, and transportation. major outcome is the negotiation of a learning plan Travel course repeatable for additional credit. 407 Senior Seminar: 350 Supply Chain Management agreement with a sponsoring organization. Prerequisite: a valid passport. Small Business Planning (4) and Logistics (4) Prerequisites: a major in business with a 3.0 or higher By preparing a comprehensive business plan, 246 Personal Financial Planning (4) Provides an understanding of supply chain GPA, all required major and general studies students sharpen their understanding of management, management and logistics processes as they apply to requirements completed at least concurrently, and Introduces the principles of individual financial integrate strategic thinking with operational both service and manufacturing organizations. admission to the internship program. Offered each planning. Topics covered include goal setting and constraints, and explore the role of small business in Special consideration is given to identifying ways in fall. decision making, career planning, saving and the American economy. Emphasis is on synthesizing which the strategic use of supply chain management investing, credit, and insurance. knowlege and skills gained in previous courses. can create competitive advantages for firms. 416 Management Internship (12) Offered intermittently. Prerequisite: MBE 301 or 316. Offered in selected Students implement their work-and-learning 305 International Accounting Theory (4) Winter Sessions. agreement devised in MBE 414 for full-time Concentrates on accounting for firms engaged in 408 Senior Seminar: Comparative placement (16 weeks or a minimum of 600 total international commerce: translation of foreign Economic Systems (4) 373 Conflict Management (4) S,W hours) as a pre-professional in their sponsoring currency financial statements, and for branches, Students engage in an in-depth, integrated study Examines conflict processes within and between organization. They gain practical experience in subsidiaries, mergers, acquisitions, and divestitures of of the development and functioning of the American organizations and alternative approaches to conflict applying previously acquired knowledge and multinational corporations. Offered spring of odd- economic system compared with that of other management, drawing on the contributions of several managerial skills. Students self-evaluate and are numbered years. countries. Offered intermittently. disciplines and experience in organization, evaluated by their organizational supervisor. Pass/fail community, and labor dispute management. grading. Prerequisite: MBE 414; must co-register for 330 History of Economic Thought (4) 490 Independent Study in Management (1-8) Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher. MBE 417. Offered each spring. An introductory course focusing on the Designed to allow students to undertake an Identical to POLS 373. Offered each fall. development of economic thought from Adam Smith experience-based project and/or to do specific reading, 417 Internship Seminar (4) I up to the present. Emphasis is on the correlation research, and report writing on a topic in 389 Field Experience in Management (4) Integrates management theory, especially ethical between successive stages of growth in economic theory. management not covered through the regular Students participate in a NON-PAID internship analysis and action, with general studies knowledge Writers covered include Smith, Ricardo, Malthus, curriculum. To be taken only upon approval of a for at least 100 hours of field work undertaken after while enhancing business skills during a full-time Marx, Marshall, Keynes, Galbraith, and Friedman. supervising professor within the department. they complete a formal work and learning contract. internship. Weekly written and oral reports, two Offered intermittently. Applications must be made no later than the end of All internships are reviewed by the department. major reflection papers, and a strategic management the preceding semester. Offered on demand, but Pass/fail grading. Prerequisites: junior status; a 2.5 simulation enhance learning. Prerequisite: MBE 414; 331 Managerial Economics (4) preferably during the summer. GPA; MBE 301, 316, or 322 preferably taken must co-register for MBE 416. Offered each spring. Emphasizes business applications of micro- concurrently. Offered each spring. economic tools and concepts. Includes analysis of 491 Independent Integrated Study The following course(s) are undergoing revision demand, cost, production functions, and alternative in Management (4) 400 Seminar in Managerial Ethics (4) W to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, pricing theories. Offered intermittently. Has the same design purpose and application A course in which students construct for course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and procedure as MBE 490, but with the further themselves a conceptual framework for examining offering information are subject to change. 334 Economic Modeling and Forecasting (4) requirements that (1) it must be taken for three and making decisions about ethical practices in An applications-oriented course which gives the semester hours, and (2) the enrolled student must managing organizations. Learning activities include 106 Economics and the Environment (4) quantitatively competent student experience in data bring synthesis to the particular area of study (and the self-evaluation exercises, class discussions, readings on Introduces students to the workings of a market collection and analysis with the use of computer process of learning) chosen. This synthesis is a paper ethical frameworks and applying them to cases, economy in order to allow an examination of the statistical programs. A review of basic statistics putting the particular study into the context of analytical issue papers, and oral reports. Prerequisites: economic forces that lead to environmental problems. precedes development of the bivariate regression historical perspective, world-view or paradigm ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, MBE 301, Additionally, harnessing economic forces to both model. Additional topics may include multiple perspective, the technological (empirical) perspective 316, 322, and senior status, or consent. Offered each prevent and solve environmental problems is regression, serial correlation, multicollinearity, and (including communications) and its consequences for semester. examined in the context of current regulatory dummy variables. Offered intermittently. the cultural or institutional system. approaches to dealing with environmental issues. Field trips are conducted in order to demonstrate real- world application of course concepts. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 70

70 BUSINESS CHEMISTRY 71

INFORMATION SYSTEMS CSRF COURSES (CSRF) method in their pursuit to understand the physical ADDITIONAL REQUIRED COURSES: and chemical properties of matter. The Chemistry COURSES (ISP) BIO 132 232 Religion and American Politics (4) V Department provides a learning environment for students to engage in the study of empirical Principles of Biology II: 4 101 Fundamentals of Information Systems (4) Investigates the relationship between religion and principles; to develop analytical and problem-solving Cell Biology & Genetics Introduces students to the fundamental principles politics in the United States, especially the role of skills; to acquire the laboratory skills necessary to MATH 172 4 and practices of utilizing information systems to help traditional religious identities and issues, while design, perform, and evaluate experiments; and to Calculus II organizations achieve their goals and carry out their acknowledging non-traditional religious movements, become skilled at organization, evaluation, and PHYS 221 missions. While the course serves as the introductory ideas, and issues. Emphasizes upcoming elections. 4 presentation of the concepts of chemistry. Students University Physics I course in the Information Systems Program Students are expected to be informed on the current are encouraged to approach the chemical sciences debates in the various national elections which form PHYS 222 curriculum, it is a suitable elective for any student from quantitative, descriptive and historical 4 interested in the subject. Students should have a basis of class discussions and student presentations. perspectives, to experience them within the context of University Physics II working knowledge of internet use and computer Identical to RELST 232. Offered fall of even- the physical and life sciences, and to make TOTAL 64 applications such as word processing, spreadsheets, numbered years. connections to the world around them. presentation graphics, and e-mail. Offered each Chemistry majors gain knowledge of chemical 233 Religious Battles in Court (4) semester. analysis, synthesis, and theory while acquiring Minor Requirements: Chemistry Introduces students to the relationship between competence in laboratory techniques, the use of religion and American law. Students explore the The following course(s) are undergoing revision chemical instrumentation, computer skills, written COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, origins, history, and current legal foundations guiding and oral communication, and effective use of the HRS. disputes over religious freedom, providing the course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and professional literature. CHEM 120 backdrop for discussions of current issues such as 4 offering information are subject to change. Introductory Chemistry abortion, gay marriage, and euthanasia. Identical to Major Requirements: Chemistry (B.S.) 105 Information Systems and RELST 233. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. Additional coursework in Chemistry 16 Computer Applications (4) COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. HRS. TOTAL 20 Students explore current topics in the field of The following course(s) are undergoing revision CHEM 120 computer science/information systems beyond the to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, 4 introductory level covered in CS 100, including course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and Introductory Chemistry offering information are subject to change. CHEM 200 computer networks, effective use of the Internet, and 4 CHEMISTRY COURSES (CHEM) ethical and legal issues related to the use of Inorganic Chemistry 100 Religious Freedom Symposium (1) information technology. Students learn to use the CHEM 210 4 120 Introductory Chemistry (4) L more advanced features of software applications such A non-traditional course that explores in greater Analytical Chemistry as word processing, spreadsheet, database, and depth the themes addressed in the Center’s Symposium An introduction to chemical principles, including CHEM 221 presentation programs. Offered intermittently. series. Students attend the symposium programs, read 4 atomic and molecular structure, states of matter, Organic Chemistry I background materials and participate in discussions chemical reactions, stoichiometry, thermodynamics, CHEM 222 primarily on line. Pass/fail grading. Offered 4 and chemical equilibria. Most of the work is CENTER FOR THE STUDY intermittently. Organic Chemistry II quantitative in nature. Emphasizes development of CHEM 330 problem solving skills. Lecture four hours, laboratory OF RELIGIOUS FREEDOM 4 275 Religious Freedom in America (4) Biochemistry three hours each week. Prerequisites: high school chemistry, CHEM 105 or equivalent or PHSC 100 or (Also see page 50) Examines the historical development and present CHEM 347 4 equivalent and math placement H, A or B, or MATH state of religious freedom in the United States. Topics Physical Chemistry I include Jefferson’s Virginia Statute for Religious 104 or 105 with a grade of C or higher. Offered each DR. PAUL B. RASOR, Director CHEM 348 Freedom, the concepts of Establishment and Free 4 fall. Physical Chemistry II The study of religious freedom is inherently Exercise of religion in the U.S. Constitution, and CHEM 480 200 Inorganic Chemistry (4) L interdisciplinary. It is concerned with the critical First current controversies over the role of religion in 4 Amendment issues of free exercise of religion and American public life. Offered intermittently. Instrumental Methods An integrated lecture and laboratory experience church-state separation, as well as the larger political, Three of the following: introducing the concepts of inorganic chemistry in social and religious contexts within which these issues CHEM 270 light of modern theory. Topics include chemical arise. This means that it draws on a wide range of CHEMISTRY Environmental Chemistry periodicity, bonding, kinetics, descriptive chemistry, disciplines, including history, law, philosophy, CHEM 345 coordination chemistry, oxidation-reduction, DR. JOYCE B. EASTER, Program Coordinator political science, sociology, and religious studies. The Forensic Science Methods electrochemistry, and solid-state structure, as well as DR. MAURY E. HOWARD study of religious freedom at Virginia Wesleyan CHEM 438 techniques for synthesis and characterization of DR. DEBORAH E. OTIS College may be engaged through the many Advanced Biochemistry 12 inorganic compounds. Lecture three hours, educational programs offered by the Center for the laboratory three hours each week. Prerequisite: Chemistry, a vital component of the liberal arts CHEM 450 Study of Religious Freedom as well as through CSRF CHEM 117 with consent or CHEM 120. Offered curriculum, is an integral part of modern life from the Global Environmental Cycles courses. each spring. substances we use like food, fuels, plastics, and CHEM 455 pharmaceuticals to the processes used in important Advanced Chemistry Topics industries such as power plants, medical diagnostics, CHEM 489 and manufacturing. Chemists use the scientific Research in the Natural Sciences 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 72

72 CHEMISTRY CLASSICS 73

210 Analytical Chemistry (4) L hours, laboratory three hours each week. repeated for credit as topics change. Prerequisite: cultures, while using the ancient world to gain wider Applies analytical techniques to inorganic, Prerequisites: successful completion of ENG 105 consent. Offered fall of even-numbered years. perspectives on many elements of modern life that organic, and biochemical systems. The experimental with a grade of C or higher and CHEM 222 or 312. extend all the way back into our common past. methods include volumetric and gravimetric analysis, Offered fall of even-numbered years. 470 Internship in the Natural Sciences (2) Through courses in Latin and Greek languages, chromatographic, and spectroscopic techniques. An intensive study of a specific field of science students attain a more direct experience of the lives of Prerequisite: CHEM 118 or 120. Lecture three hours, 345 Forensic Science Methods (4) L through an on-site field experience with hands-on the ancients in their own living words, while gaining laboratory three hours each week. Offered fall of A comprehensive evaluation of current learning opportunities that are relevant to the chosen valuable understanding of the roots and usage of even-numbered years. developments in research, instrumentation, and site. Students may enroll for 2 or 4 hours in a given English and other modern languages. laboratory technology used to detect, identify, semester. A minimum of 80 hours devoted to the Two major programs are available to students 221 Organic Chemistry I (4) L analyze, and compare evidence generated by criminal internship is expected for 2 semester hours, and a interested in classics. The interdisciplinary major in classical studies offers a general liberal arts experience A comprehensive survey of the chemistry of activity. Prerequisite: CHEM 118 or 120. Lecture minimum of 160 hours is expected for 4 semester with only a small amount of required coursework in carbon compounds, including their structure, three hours, laboratory three hours each week. hours, but some placements may require more time. ancient language. Students seeking a more focused properties, reactions, reaction mechanisms, Offered spring of even-numbered years. Students must coordinate their internship placement program based in language study may elect the major spectroscopy, and stereochemistry, with a focus on with the supervising faculty member at least two in Latin. Students may not major both in classical hydrocarbons, haloalkanes, and alcohols. Introduces 347 Physical Chemistry I (4) L months prior to placement. Pass/fail grading. studies and in Latin, but they may combine the major modern organic laboratory techniques, including A comprehensive survey of the physical-chemical Prerequisites: junior/senior status and consent. in Latin with the minor in classical studies. Students purification methods, organic synthesis, and product behavior of matter, including thermodynamics, Offered each semester and most Winter Sessions (2 planning to attend graduate school in classics or analysis. Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours equilibrium, and electrochemistry. Introduces semester hours only). archaeology, or to teach high school Latin, should each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 118 or 120. Offered electrochemistry, modern laboratory techniques, major in Latin; it is also a useful second major for each fall. including instrumental-based studies of equilibrium, 480 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (4) L electrochemical properties, and mixture analyses. A study of the instrumental methods used in medical or law school. The classical studies major, in 222 Organic Chemistry II (4) L Prerequisites: CHEM 210, MATH 172, and PHYS characterizing chemical systems. Topics include conjunction with an appropriate second major, is 222. Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours each optical methods, electroanalytical methods, atomic appropriate for students interested in graduate study A comprehensive survey of the chemistry of or teaching in fields such as history, art history, or art, carbon compounds, including their structure, week. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. and molecular spectroscopy, and chromatography methods. Examines analytical techniques from an or in careers in museum studies, business, or properties, reactions, reaction mechanisms, government. spectroscopy, and stereochemistry, with a focus on 348 Physical Chemistry II (4) instrumental and chemical point of view. aromatic, amine, and carbonyl compounds. A mathematical treatment of physical-chemical Prerequisites: CHEM 210 and 8 additional semester Major Requirements: Classical Studies Development of organic laboratory skills, including properties and chemical reactions, with emphasis on hours in chemistry. Three lecture hours, three microscale techniques, organic synthesis, product quantum mechanics, spectroscopy, and kinetics. laboratory hours each week. Offered each spring. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. analysis, and spectroscopy. Lecture three hours, Prerequisite: CHEM 347 Offered spring of even- HRS. 489 Research in the Natural Sciences (2) laboratory three hours each week. Prerequisite: numbered years. Language CHEM 221 or 311. Offered each spring. Offers students the opportunity to conduct LATN 213 438 Advanced Biochemistry (4) original scientific research in an area of interest. Intermediate Latin OR 4 270 Environmental Chemistry (4) L A comprehensive study of complex biochemical Students work closely with one or more members of GREK 213 An exploration of the earth system and human processes, with an emphasis on cellular metabolism the natural science faculty to develop and conduct a Intermediate Ancient Greek research project, then present their findings orally perturbations to that system from a chemical and its regulation, cellular signaling, and cellular Civilization, Culture, Tradition during the semester’s undergraduate research perspective. Topics covered include ozone depletion, information transfer. Prerequisite: CHEM 330. Three of the following: symposium and as a formal research paper. Students persistent organic pollutants, wastewater treatment, Offered spring of odd-numbered years. CLAS 105 are encouraged to present their findings at a and toxicity of environmental contaminants. Classical Mythology 450 Global Environmental Cycles (4) L conference. Prerequisite: junior/senior status and a Laboratory exercises give students experience in CLAS 120 major in the natural sciences, prior approval by the environmental sampling and analysis. Prerequisites: Explores the connections among the atmosphere, Introduction to Classical Archaeology project advisor, and consent of the instructor. CHEM 117 and 118. Lecture three hours, laboratory hydrosphere, lithosphere, and biosphere through CLAS 209 Students may enroll for 2 or 4 hours in a given three hours each week. Identical to EES 270. Offered exploration of global cycling of nutrients and Greek History semester. May be repeated for a maximum total of 8 fall of odd-numbered years. pollutants. Students investigate these biogeochemical CLAS 210 semester hours. Identical to BIO 489, CS 489, EES 12 cycles through analysis of primary research articles, Roman History 489, and MATH 489. Offered each semester and 305 Teaching Experience (1) field measurements, chemical analysis, and a self- CLAS 263 most Winter Sessions (2 semester hours only). Qualified students assist chemistry faculty in designed research project. Prerequisites: junior/senior World Literature I teaching chemistry courses and laboratories. May be status and a major in the natural sciences. Lecture ARTH 231 repeated for credit, but students may apply no more three hours, laboratory three hours each week. CLASSICS Ancient & Medieval Art History than 4 semester hours toward graduation. Identical to EES 450. Offered spring of odd- RELST 217 Prerequisite: consent. Offered each semester. numbered years. DR. BENJAMIN S. HALLER, Program Coordinator The Old Testament World RELST 218 330 Biochemistry (4) L,W 455 Advanced Chemistry Topics (4) The Classics Department offers students the The New Testament World A survey of the chemistry within biological A focused, in-depth study of a selected topic in opportunity to explore the Greek and Roman roots of See continuation of choices next page systems, including the structure and function of chemistry. Taught as a seminar, with an emphasis on European and American cultural heritage. By taking biomolecules, molecular components of cells, interpreting data and critical analysis of primary courses in classical civilization, students understand enzymes, and cellular metabolism. Lecture three literature, and may involve laboratory work. May be the richness and diversity of Greek and Roman 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 74

74 CLASSICS CLASSICS 75 Chart continued from previous page Synthesis and Specialization‡ Two of the following: Minor Requirements: Latin historically faced and the changes that occurred in Four of the following: CLAS 105 women’s status according to place and time. CLAS 330 Introduction to Classical Mythology COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. HRS. Classical Epic & the Epic Tradition CLAS 120 370 The Ancient World in the Cinema (4) A Three courses in Latin (at least two at Studies how ancient Greece and Rome continue CLAS 350 Classical Archaeology 12 Women in the Ancient World CLAS 263 8 300/400 level) to interest and influence us through the modern medium of cinema. Includes readings of selected CLAS 370 World Literature I Two courses from either Latin or Greek classical texts and comparisons with modern screen The Ancient World in Cinema LATN 213 or courses in art history, religious studies, treatments. Attention is given both to modern CLAS 356 Intermediate Latin philosophy as approved by the department 8 cinematic adaptations of ancient literary works and to VWC in Greece GREK 213 coordinator. (One course must be at epic “historical” spectacles. Examines directorial CLAS 360 16 Intermediate Greek the 300/400 level.) Classical Virginia Language, Translation, Rhetoric, creativity, audience expectation, historical accuracy, LATN 305* Textual Analysis, and Etymology TOTAL 20 and modern myth-making. Topics in Latin Prose (both repeated with a different topic.) 450 Senior Seminar in Classics (4) I,W LATN 306* LATN 305 12 Topics in Latin Poetry Topics in Latin Prose Offers students the opportunity to do sustained RELST 303 LATN 306 CLASSICS COURSES (CLAS) research on a chosen topic and to present the results Saints & Heretics: Christian History I Topics in Latin Poetry in a substantial (20-30 page) piece of work. Upon PHIL 332 completion of the project, students present their work Synthesis and Specialization‡ 105 Classical Mythology (4) V Ancient Greek Philosophy in a public oral defense. Prerequisites: successful One of the following: 4 Explores methods of interpreting myths in their completion of ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher CLAS 450 CLAS 330, 350, 356, 360, 370, 4 original contexts and affirms the continued relevance and senior status, with a major in Classical Studies or Senior Seminar in Classics RELST 303, PHIL 332, LATN 471 of mythology in modern society. Readings include Latin. Offered annually as needed. CLAS 450 Homer, Hesiod, Sappho, Aeschylus, Sophocles, TOTAL 36 4 Senior Seminar in Classics Euripides, Plato, Aristotle, Virgil, and Ovid. Offered each fall. The following course(s) are undergoing revision TOTAL 32 to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, * If taken only once, LATN 305 or 306 may count 209 Greek History (4) H course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and either toward the language component or the offering information are subject to change. Uses readings in primary sources to portray life in civilization component, but not both. When a ‡ Other appropriate 300/400-level courses in related student’s previous language experience and career ancient Greece for its own intrinsic interest and for its 120 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (4) areas such as art history may also be counted toward relevance to today’s world. Special attention is given goals make it appropriate, the language requirement these four credits, subject to the approval of the Introduces students to the methods common to for the major in classical studies may be waived by to the first writers of history and to the development Classics Program Coordinator. of Athenian democracy. both old and new world archaeology. This is followed the program coordinator, or the LATN 111-112 or by an introduction and interpretation of the material Students interested in graduate school are strongly GREK 121-122 sequence counted as sufficient. In remains of the ancient Greek world, with particular encouraged to undertake more iterations of these 210 Roman History (4) H these circumstances the additional 4 hours needed emphasis on the Athenian Agora. Offered on demand. to reach the minimum of 36 hours required for the courses. Those considering graduate school in classics, Uses wide-ranging sources from history, literature, major must be taken from other courses under the archaeology, or a related discipline should take GREK and archaeology to explore Roman civilization from 263 World Literature 1 (4) CLAS, LATN, or GREK rubrics, or from 121, 122, and some Greek at the 300 level. its earliest beginnings, through the period of A survey of major literary works ranging appropriate courses in related disciplines approved Republican expansion and transition into a vast Minor Requirements: Classical Studies chronologically from Ancient Near Eastern Epic to the by the Classics Program Coordinator. When empire, concluding with the Empire’s ultimate (Latin or Greek) European Middle Ages. Part I of the class will offered, intermediate-level biblical Hebrew may decline and dissolution. Special attention is given to Roman historiography and to the political changes emphasize the close reading of ancient literature also be used to fulfill the language requirement. SEM. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE from Republic to Empire. within its immediate cultural context and the analysis ‡ Other appropriate 300/400-level courses in related HRS. of this literature in well-argued papers. Offered when disciplines such as art history may also be counted Three courses designated LATN or 330 Classical Epic and the Epic Tradition (4) circumstances permit. toward these 16 hours, subject to the approval of GREK. These courses must be from the A study of epic works from the ancient the Classics Program Coordinator. same language, although courses from the 264 World Literature II (4) Mediterranean and other cultures. Potential topics other language, Hebrew, or other ancient Major Requirements: Latin 12 include Roman epic, Ancient epic, J.R.R. Tolkien and A survey of major works in world literature from languages offered intermittently at VWC the epic tradition, and the oral-traditional epic. May the Renaissance to the present day, with an emphasis may be counted toward the total credits on texts outside the British and American traditions. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. be repeated for credit if topics vary. HRS. for the minor. At least two of the three Particular attention is given to texts that put courses must be at the 300 level. themselves in dialogue with Ancient Near Eastern Civilization, Culture, Tradition 350 Women in the Ancient World (4) and Classical Greek and Roman literary traditions. CLAS 209 Three other courses in classics, Latin, Examines gender roles and sexual identities in Offered when circumstances permit. Greek History OR 4 or related areas at the 300/400 level 12 ancient Greece and Rome through readings in CLAS 210 and approved by the program coordinator. primary sources supplemented by current scholarship. Roman History Explores contrasts between representations of women TOTAL 24 in Classical literature and the limitations they 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 76

76 CLASSICS COMMUNICATION 77

GREEK COURSES (GREK) aesthetics and culture. Focuses on translation and strong emphasis on the ethical aspects of gathering 210 Audio Production Workshop (1) reading skills rather than speaking/listening skills. and reporting news. A wide variety of internship Introduces students to fundamental aspects of a 121 Beginning Ancient Greek I (4) May be used toward fulfillment of the language opportunities are available to communication majors. variety of audio applications, including field requirement. Prerequisite: LATN 112 or equivalent. recording, studio recording, and multitrack An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and Offered each year. Major Requirements: Communication vocabulary of ancient Greek. Completion of the year- production. Offered each spring. long sequence prepares students to read connected SEM. 305 Topics in Latin Prose (4) COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE 221 Understanding Film (4) passages in ancient texts such as the dialogues of Plato HRS. Reading and translation from one or more Latin or the New Testament; emphasis on Attic Greek or COMM 101 A survey of film as an artistic and cultural prose authors arranged by author (e.g., Apuleius) or 4 Koine dialects varies according to the instructor and Introduction to Media Studies medium. The course explores film historically and interest of the class. Does not count toward the by topic or genre (e.g., the Roman novel, Arthurian aesthetically, considering aspects of film technology, JOUR 201 foreign language requirement. Offered on demand. legends, etc.). May be repeated for credit as the topic 4 style, narrative, genre, and ideology. Emphasis is varies. Prerequisite: LATN 213 or placement. Offered Introduction to Journalism placed on historically important films, filmmakers, 122 Beginning Ancient Greek II (4) on demand. COMM 221 and film movements, but contemporary trends are 4 Understanding Film also addressed. Offered each spring. An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and 306 Topics in Latin Poetry (4) vocabulary of ancient Greek. Completion of the year- COMM 321 222 Public Speaking (4) long sequence prepares students to read connected Reading and translation from one or more Latin Theories & Methods in 4 passages in ancient texts such as the dialogues of Plato poets, arranged by author (e.g., Virgil) or by topic or Mass Communication An individualized introduction to the theory and genre (e.g., lyric, epic). May be repeated for credit as or the New Testament; emphasis on Attic Greek or COMM 411 practice of informative and persuasive speech the topic varies. Prerequisite: LATN 213 or 4 Koine dialects varies according to the instructor and Senior Seminar in Communication Studies communication. Extemporaneous speaking is interest of the class. Does not count toward the placement. LATN 305 is not a prerequisite. Offered explored in depth while impromptu and group on demand. COMM 481 foreign language requirement. Offered on demand. 4 communication are also examined. The Internship in Communication communication model is stressed, including sender, 213 Intermediate Ancient Greek (4) The following course(s) are undergoing revision Five of the following: receiver, message (verbal and non-verbal) channel, to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, COMM 250, 300, 312, 320, 325, 326, noise, and feedback. Offered each semester. Begins with a thorough review of basic Greek 20 grammar as covered in GREK 121-122. Students course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and 327, 333, 335, 336, 350; JOUR 210, 250 Digital Filmmaking I (4) then undertake extended readings in an ancient offering information are subject to change. 328, 333, 397, 435 Greek text such as the New Testament or the Introduces students to the techniques and 471 Practicum in the Teaching of Latin (4) TOTAL 44 Dialogues of Plato. Emphasizes translation and traditions of fictional narrative film making. reading skills rather than speaking/listening skills. A workshop setting introducing advanced students Emphasis is placed on principles of visual storytelling Prerequisite: GREK 122 with a grade of C or higher of Latin to current teaching methods in Latin and conventions of continuity and composition, or placement. Offered on demand. language. Students serve as assistants in Elementary Minor Requirements: Communication videography, lighting, editing, and production Latin while meeting regularly with the instructor to management. Students also learn the fundamentals of LATIN COURSES (LATN) gain hands-on experience in the practical aspects of COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. screenwriting. Offered each semester. teaching Latin. Offered on demand. HRS. 300 Media Law and Ethics (4) 111 Beginning Latin I (4) COMM 101 4 Examines the legal principles and regulatory Introduces the elements of the language of the Introduction to Media Studies COMMUNICATION structures, primarily in the areas of First Amendment Ancient Romans: vocabulary, syntax, and grammar. JOUR 201 4 law and copyright, governing print and electronic Students learn how to translate sentences and short DR. KATHY MERLOCK JACKSON, Introduction to Journalism media. Additional discussion concerns ethical stories. Focuses on translation and reading skills. Program Coordinator One course in communication or standards and potential ethical dilemmas faced by Offered each year. DR. TERRENCE LINDVALL 4 journalism at any level working media professionals. Prerequisite: COMM DR. STUART C. MINNIS Three courses in communication or 101 or 211 and junior/senior status. Offered fall of 112 Beginning Latin II (4) DR. LISA L. PAYNE 12 journalism at the 300/400 level odd-numbered years. Introduces the elements of the language of the The Communication Department offers courses Ancient Romans: vocabulary, syntax, and grammar. TOTAL 24 312 The Art of Animation (4) Students learn how to translate sentences and short and opportunities for individual work in the areas of An in-depth look at the history of animation as a stories. Focuses on translation and reading kills. film, journalism, and digital media. The department developing art form. The course also looks at Prerequisite: LATN 111. May be used toward stresses the artistic and humanistic bases of its animation as a reflection of culture and as a business. fulfillment of the language requirement. Offered each disciplines, as well as professional and career interests. COMMUNICATION COURSES Prerequisite: COMM 101 (formerly 211) or consent. year. The communications industry is one of the fastest growing industries in today’s world. Students who (COMM) Offered intermittently. 213 Intermediate Latin (4) major in communication might expect to find career opportunities in radio, television, film, newspapers, 101 Introduction to Media Studies (4) S 320 Experimental Film and Video (4) Introduces students to advanced grammar as they magazines, digital media, advertising, public Introduces students to the role played by mass Explores the history and theory of experimental read a real Latin text such as the poems of Catullus or relations, teaching, and related fields. Courses in media in culture. Media institutions and technologies film and video through lecture, discussion, reading, the speeches of Cicero. The primary goal is to gain journalism are designed to introduce students to the are examined in terms of their histories, economic and screenings and through creative action. Students facility in reading Latin, but the course also field and offer opportunities to gain experience in and legal characteristics, and contemporary social produce their own avant-garde videos as they learn introduces students to ancient Roman literary reporting, writing, design, and editing. There is a influence. Offered each semester. the form’s aesthetic heritage and contemporary developments. Offered in selected Winter Sessions. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 78

78 COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATION 79

321 Theories and Methods in Mass receive and appropriate both manifest and latent travel course in southern California. Prerequisite: work. Each student learns to develop a beat and make Communication (4) religious meanings. Prerequisite: 3 semester hours in three semester hours of communication, preferably a use of sources. Emphasis is placed on skepticism. An overview of the theories and research methods communication, English, history, philosophy, or film history course. Prerequisite: JOUR 201. Offered spring of odd- that characterize the study of mass communication. religious studies. Identical to RELST 335. Offered numbered years. Students use theory as a lens for conducting their own fall of even-numbered years. 345 Intercultural Communication (4) studies using surveys, experiments, field research, Students develop a number of intercultural 328 Public Relations (4) content analysis, and qualitative techniques. 411 Senior Seminar in competencies that are useful both in professional and Identical to COMM 328. Prerequisites: COMM 101 and junior/senior status. Communication Studies (4) I,W private settings, and are essential for global Offered each semester. In-depth investigation into the art, history, understanding and tolerance. Offered intermittently. The following course(s) are undergoing revision culture, and ethics of various media through the lens to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, 325 Organizational Communication (4) of a particular topic. For example, students may 350 Advanced Video Production (4) course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and Examines all forms of communication in any explore the construct of celebrity or friendship as Students expand their knowledge of video offering information are subject to change. profit or non-profit organization. Combines theory formulated, manufactured, and disseminated through production techniques into a more sophisticated and and practice to understand intended and unintended mediated channels. Prerequisites: successful technical realm. The four main disciplines 200 News and Documentary Video (4) messages. Topics include culture, networking, impact completion of ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, (videography, lighting, editing, and audio) are Introduces students to the techniques, traditions, of technology, medium and channel, and rhetorical COMM 101 (formerly 211), and COMM 321 covered in significant depth using professional-grade and legal aspects of nonfiction video production. purpose. Offered each spring. (formerly 323/324). Offered fall of odd-numbered equipment. Students demonstrate their mastery Emphasis is on completion of two short projects (a years. through a group of exercises and a main production news feature and a short documentary) and mastery 326 Persuasion and the Media (4) assignment. Offered each fall. 481 Internship in Communication (4) of basic technical principles of videography, location An examination of the methods and techniques lighting, and nonlinear editing. Offered each spring. that advertisers use to persuade audiences. A significant, practical learning experience for the JOURNALISM COURSES (JOUR) Prerequisite: COMM 101 (formerly 211). Offered student of communication and, as such, a required 303 Design and Editing (4) each fall. component of the program of studies. Students may 201 Introduction to Journalism (4) An exploration of design and editing concepts in complete one or two internships as part of the major. An introduction to the study of newsgathering, contemporary journalism, with attention to 328 Public Relations (4) All internships must be approved by the program communicating clearly through visuals and words. coordinator. Offered each semester. reporting, and writing across multiple media An introduction to the public relations and platforms, including ethical, legal, and stylistic Through numerous exercises and class discussions, advertising profession with an emphasis on writing. concerns. Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C or students learn about content, typographical details, Students examine the role of public relations and The following course(s) are undergoing revision higher. Offered each semester. headline writing, and photojournalism. Course fee. advertising in a free society and the demands and to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, Offered each fall. constraints, including ethical ones, placed upon course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and 210 Journalism Workshop (4) offering information are subject to change. 310 Critical Writing in Journalism (4) them. They write background or briefing papers, A practical workshop in which students press releases, informational and persuasive copy, and Introduces students to evaluative writing in the 327 Children and the Media (4) contribute to The Marlin Chronicle, Virginia find promotable elements in products and services. Wesleyan’s student newspaper, as writers, designers, arts, with emphasis on fiction and film. Students Identical to JOUR 328. Offered each semester. A study of children as a media audience with a and photographers. Students are encouraged to study and review a number of exemplary works as particular focus on contemporary digital media. discover and develop a specialty. Prerequisite: JOUR well as some of their own selection. Offered fall of odd- 333 Special Topics in Media Studies (4) Attention is given to both prosocial and antisocial 201 or consent. Offered each semester. numbered years. An investigation of selected themes, genres, effects of the media. Offered spring of even-numbered directors, periods, or topics in mass media and years. 385 Editors in the Workshop (1) 330 Historical Methods for Journalists (4) cultural studies. Sample topics include “American Offers students an introduction to historical 334 Genres in Mass Media (4) An opportunity for editors of The Marlin Silent Film,” “The Movies of 1939,” “The Films of Chronicle to superintend the professional research methods. Provides journalists with basic the Coen Brothers,” “Women and Film,” “The A course in types of popular fiction/television/film performance of their sections. Editors run weekly historical research skills. Students learn how to Documentary Tradition,” and “The Western.” entertainment such as the western, the hard-boiled budget meetings; make assignments; encourage, conduct primary research in archives and libraries, Prerequisite: COMM 101 or consent. May be detective story, the romance and the science fantasy assist, and evaluate staff; and produce a responsible, evaluate secondary sources, engage changing historical repeated if the topic is different. that serve as distorted mirrors of American culture. As quality publication. Offered each semester. interpretations, interview historical subjects, and values change, so do the popular forms that promote write authoritative historical articles aimed at 335 Christian Theology and Film (4) them. Students evaluate two or more genres, showing 397 Feature Writing (4) popular and scholarly audiences. Offered spring of Explores how the fields of theology and film how they reveal modern thinking in mythic and even-numbered years. cultural terms. Offered intermittently. Students pursue the principles of researching, studies cross-fertilize each other, with special interviewing, and writing several different kinds of attention given to the ways in which film functions as 335 Creative Nonfiction (4) 336 Filmmaking on Hollywood, feature stories, including editorials, columns, and religious discourse. Students investigate the historical A course in personal journalism, encouraging In Hollywood (4) lifestyle pieces. Special topics include sports, travel, evolution of film as a means of communicating food and humor. Prerequisite: JOUR 201 or consent. students to participate in the lives of their subjects and theological doctrines or themes through its narrative Investigates the historical and cultural contexts of the events they cover. Each student writes several patterns and analyze how religious and secular films the Hollywood film industry, exploring key cinematic 435 Advanced Newswriting (4) stories requiring a fly-on-the-wall or a participatory can be constructed as cultural texts that advise not texts that represent Hollywood to itself (e.g. “Singing An advanced course in the collection and approach. Included are readings from top practitioners only how one should live, but what one should in the Rain,” “The Player,” etc.) and examining how reporting of news in which students are expected to of the form. Offered spring of even-numbered years. believe. Emphasizes the sermonic nature of film, this genre of films has constructed a mythic place and demonstrate independence and initiative in their various hermeneutics of film, and how audiences mindset called Hollywood. This course is taught as a 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 80

80 COMMUNICATION EARTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 81

337 Great Works in Journalism (4) • At least one lab science course must be included POLS 335 4 A reading course of major works demonstrating as part of the major. COMPREHENSIVE American Government • English and foreign language courses serving to that effective journalistic writing can also be art. LIBERAL STUDIES— MBE 100 satisfy VWC’s core general studies requirements 4 Students analyze substance, style and structure in Introduction to Economics book-length nonfiction by Twain, London, Capote, are excluded, but courses satisfying general CURRICULAR EMPHASIS studies Frames of Reference, Writing (other than NATURAL SCIENCES & and others. Offered intermittently. DR. CLAY DREES, Program Coordinator core English courses), Quantitative, Textual MATHEMATICS DIVISION 343 Online Journalism (4) Analysis, Lab Science and SIE requirements may Students seeking teacher licensure with PHSC 100 be included. 4 Offers a critical survey of new media, particularly endorsement in Elementary Education (preK-6) or Introduction to Physical Science • A 2.5 grade point average in the courses in the context of journalism. Special attention is paid Special Education: General Curriculum (K-12) BIO 100 comprising the CLS is required for graduation. 4 to the search for a new style of narrative - one that complete a major that reflects the interdisciplinary World of Biology When formally declaring this major, the student could take advantage of the use of text, hypertext, and interdependent nature of the liberal arts. The must file a Declaration of Major form with the Office One of the following: photos, images in motion, audio and databases. The Comprehensive Liberal Studies major allows licensure 4 of the Registrar at least two semesters before EES 130, 131, 132, 133 course enables students to understand the complex candidates in the above areas to pursue studies in the graduation, summer not counting as a semester. In MATH 210 interactions between the Internet and society and college’s three academic divisions while meeting the 4 addition, a contract outlining the plan of study must Statistics think critically about the ways which new media competencies of teachers recommended in the be worked out in close consultation with an academic inform our everyday lives. Offered each spring. Virginia Board of Education’s Regulations Governing MATH 3xx advisor, who can be a full-time faculty member from the Review and Approval of Education Programs in Principles of Mathematics 4 any one of the three academic divisions. This contract Virginia. The courses listed below are pending (Becomes effective 2012) COMPREHENSIVE consists of a tentative list of courses the student plans approval by the Virginia Board of Education. A 2.5 to take to complete the proposed program of study. It GPA in the major is required for graduation and TOTAL 56 LIBERAL STUDIES also includes a student essay declaring the goals and recommendation for licensure. Students seeking rationale for choosing this type of liberal studies DR. CLAY DREES, Program Coordinator licensure with an endorsement in elementary or major, and demonstrating an intellectual coherence special education must also complete the 48 to 51 *COMM 222 can be used to satisfy the Virginia and unifying theme that will serve to define and give Board of Education communication competencies. The Comprehensive Liberal Studies major (CLS) hours of professional education coursework outlined clear direction to the major. Examples of this might If so, an upper level humanities or approved offers students with unusual and varied interests the in the Education section of the VWC Catalog. include a study of forensic techniques used in Interdisciplinary Studies course must be substituted opportunity to design an individual program of study criminal investigations as featured in American Major Requirements: Comprehensive to fulfill graduation requirements. that closely reflects the interdisciplinary nature of the mystery novels, or the impact of the bacteria-borne Liberal Studies—Curricular Emphasis liberal arts. It is a unique major that, unlike more Black Death pandemic on European religion and art traditional departmental approaches, allows students in the late medieval and early modern periods. SEM. to pursue the study of disparate subject areas in the COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE COMPUTER SCIENCE Complete contracts must also indicate which courses HRS. humanities, social sciences and natural sciences and (whether or not they count toward the CLS) have (See Mathematics/Computer Science) mathematics divisions. At the same time, students HUMANITIES DIVISION been or will be taken to fulfill the college’s declaring the CLS also identify and explain a clear ENG 222 requirements for “Oral Communication 4 intellectual focus that serves to define and unify the Teaching Grammar & Writing Competence” and “Computer Proficiency,” and must major they create. explain in writing (if not readily apparent) specifically ENG 317 CRIMINAL JUSTICE The CLS major consists of 44 semester hours 4 how the indicated courses fulfill these requirements. Children’s Literature drawn from courses in the three academic divisions. Contracts will be subject to initial approval by the (See Sociology/Criminal Justice) Over half of these 44 semester hours must be taken at COMM 325* student’s faculty advisor and the director of the 4 the 300/400 level, and must be spread across at least Organizational Communications Comprehensive Liberal Studies major, both of whom two of the academic divisions. In addition, a CLS One of the following: (along with the student) will sign the completed major must adhere to the following guidelines: ARTH 341 contract. This contract is to be kept on file by the EARTH AND • Sixteen semester hours must be taken in each of American Art faculty advisor; it is renegotiable if courses listed on two academic divisions, while twelve semester ARTH 351 ENVIRONMENTAL the contract become unavailable, but such hours must be taken in a third academic 19th Century Art History 4 modifications must be approved by the student, the SCIENCES division. CLAS 360 faculty advisor and the CLS director. • At least 24 of the 44 total semester hours in the Classical Virginia DR. J. CHRISTOPHER HALEY, Division Chairperson See the next section, Comprehensive Liberal major must be taken at the 300/400 level. These 300/400-level DR. ELIZABETH G. MALCOLM, Program Coordinator Studies—Curricular Emphasis, for teacher licensure 24 upper-level hours must be distributed across History course DR. GARRY E. NOE information. at least two academic divisions. SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION DR. MAYNARD H. SCHAUS • No more than half the semester hours earned in GEOG 111 any one division may be drawn from the same 4 Earth and environmental sciences is a multi- Physical Geography discipline or department. disciplinary field that addresses the interactions HIST 111 between humans and the environment. Study in this • Only one interdisciplinary course designated 4 INST may be counted in either the Humanities World History to A.D. 1600 field includes an understanding of the basic principles or Social Science groupings, but not in the HIST 116 that govern geological, biological, and chemical 4 NS&M group. History of the United States interactions, as well as the applied context of developing solutions to current environmental 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 82

82 EARTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES EARTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 83 Chart continued from previous page problems. The earth and environmental sciences Major Requirements: Two of the following: Select two courses from the following: curriculum is designed to provide a solid foundation Earth and Environmental Sciences (B.S.) EES 330, 340, 3xx (Petrology), 410, BIO 354 8 in both earth science and environmental science and 489; BIO 320, 355, 375, 445, 482; Marine Invertebrate Evolution to support coursework in chemistry and biology. The COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. CHEM 210, 270, 200, 221 BIO 373 B.A. program is designed to provide a broad HRS. Two of the following: Invertebrate Zoology background in the fundamentals of earth science for EES 130 PHYS 221 BIO 375 students who plan careers in secondary education, Physical Geology University Physics I Topics in Tropical Biology* business, law, and other areas, or wish to pursue a without Laboratory OR 4 MATH 172 BIO or EES 489 double major. The B.S. program is intended for 8 EES 131 Calculus II 8 Research in the Natural Sciences* students who plan graduate work in earth or Physical Geology with Laboratory MATH 310 EES 300 environmental sciences and thus require additional EES 132 Introduction to Statistical Modeling Introduction to Geographic upper-level EES courses and additional preparation in Environmental Geology MATH 315 Information Systems mathematics. without Laboratory Ordinary Differential Equations EES 340 OR 4 Major Requirements: EES 133 Climatology Earth and Environmental Sciences (B.A.) Environmental Geology TOTAL 64 EES 450 with Laboratory Global Environmental Cycles COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. BIO 131 TOTAL 20 HRS. 4 Principles of Biology I Minor Requirements: EES 130 Earth and Environmental Sciences CHEM 120 Physical Geology 4 Introductory Chemistry *Course requires approval from the department without Laboratory OR 4 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. coordinator of either Biology or Earth and EES 131 One of the following: HRS. Environmental Sciences to ensure marine science Physical Geology with Laboratory CHEM 210 EES 131 related content. Analytical Chemistry EES 132 Physical Geology with Laboratory EES/CHEM 270 OR 4 Environmental Geology EES 132 EARTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL Environmental Chemistry 4 without Laboratory OR 4 Physical Geology without Laboratory CHEM 200 SCIENCES COURSES (EES) EES 133 Inorganic Chemistry EES 200 Environmental Geology with Laboratory Oceanography 130 Physical Geology without Laboratory (4) CHEM 221 OR 4 BIO 131 Organic Chemistry I EES 210 Identical to EES 131 but with web-based Principles of Biology I: 4 Meteorology EES 200 assignments in lieu of a formal laboratory. Intended Evolution & Ecology Oceanography EES 270 for those interested in learning about geology but CHEM 120 OR 4 Environmental Chemistry AND/OR 12 who do not wish to take a lab, especially those 4 EES 210 Introductory Chemistry Meteorology Any 300/400-level courses pursuing teaching certification. Students intending to major in EES should take EES 131. Offered each fall. One of the following: EES 300 TOTAL 20 CHEM 210 Introduction to Geographic 4 131 Physical Geology with Laboratory (4) L Analytical Chemistry Information Systems EES/CHEM 270 Investigates the materials and processes that EES 320 Environmental Chemistry 4 4 Minor Requirements: Marine Science characterize the interior of our dynamic and ever- Energy and the Environment CHEM 200 changing planet. Topics include rocks and minerals, Inorganic Chemistry EES 330 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. volcanism, earthquakes, the origin of mountains, the Geology of Mountain Belts HRS. CHEM 221 OR 4 vastness of geologic time, and the unifying theory of Organic Chemistry I EES 3xx EES 200: Oceanography 4 plate tectonics. Intended for those seeking laboratory Petrology general studies credit and/or those interested in EES 200 BIO 355: Marine Biology 4 EES 340 pursuing a major in EES. Offered each fall semester Oceanography OR 4 BIO 475: Natural and Social History Climatology 4 and occasional spring semesters. EES 210 OR of the Chesapeake Bay Meteorology EES 410 Watershed Hydrology 4 132 Environmental Geology without EES/CHEM 450 Laboratory (4) 4 BIO 316 Global Environmental Cycles 4 General Ecology Identical to EES 133 but with web-based Four of the following: assignments in lieu of a formal laboratory. Intended EES/CHEM 450 EES 250, 300, 320, 330, 340, 16 4 for those interested in learning about environmental 410, 470, 489 Global Environmental Cycles geology but who do not wish to take a lab, especially One of the following: See continuation of choices next page those pursuing teaching certification. Students 4 BIO 316, 320, 355, 375, 445, 482 intending to major in EES should take EES 133. Offered each spring. TOTAL 48 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 84

84 EARTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES EDUCATION/SPECIAL EDUCATION/ALTERNATIVE CERTIFICATION FOR TEACHERS 85

133 Environmental Geology 300 Introduction to Geographic 2 or 4 semester hours in a given semester. A 410 Watershed Hydrology (4) with Laboratory (4) L Information Systems (4) L minimum of 80 hours devoted to the internship is An introduction to the underlying theory and Investigates the interaction between people and Introduces the computer-literate student to the expected for 2 semester hours, and a minimum of 160 practical applications of water science at the the earth. Acquaints students with issues surrounding underlying theory and practical applications of hours is expected for 4 semester hours, but some watershed scale. Lectures include brief in-class the origin, distribution, and exploitation of water, Graphic Information System (GIS) technology. placements may require more time. Students must exercises and problems that illustrate hydrologic mineral, and energy resources. Natural hazards and Lectures are interwoven with hands-on computer coordinate their internship placement with the principles. Offered spring of even-numbered years. their mitigation and issues surrounding Earth’s exercises that illustrate the principles, develop supervising faculty member at least two months prior climate are investigated. Intended for those seeking technical competence, and demonstrate the versatility to placement. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisites: 485 Earth and Environmental Science for laboratory general studies credit and/or those of GIS. Individualized projects reinforce concepts and junior/senior status and consent. Offered each Secondary School Teachers (1-4) semester and most Winter Sessions (2 semester hours interested in pursuing a major in EES. Offered each help students acquire the knowledge and confidence Provides in-service middle and high school earth only). spring. required to use GIS outside the classroom. Does not science teachers with an intensive survey of an fulfill any requirements for Latin honors. 489 Research in the Natural Sciences (2) advanced topic in the earth or environmental sciences. 200 Oceanography (4) L Prerequisites: math placement level H, A, or B, and Topics covered are tailored to the needs of the school Explores the geology of the ocean basins and the junior/senior status, or MATH 104 or 105, or Offers students the opportunity to conduct district requesting the course and may include such physical and chemical nature of seawater. Topics consent. Offered fall of even-numbered years. original scientific research in an area of interest. topics as historical or structural geology, meteorology, studied include ocean waves, tides, and currents. Students work closely with one or more members of oceanography or geographic information systems Links between the oceans and the atmosphere are 320 Energy and the Environment (4) the natural science faculty to develop and conduct a (GIS). The requirements for SOLs will strongly explored with special emphasis on the effect of oceans An introduction to the fundamental physical research project, then present their findings orally influence the selection of course material. Discussions on climate, El Nino, and climate change. Lecture concepts underlying energy, its conversion, and its during the semester’s undergraduate research include how to effectively convey the scientific three hours, laboratory three hours each week. impact on the environment. Topics include fossil symposium and as a formal research paper. Students information to students. Identical to GEOG 485. Designed for science and non-science majors. fuels, nuclear-fueled power plants, renewable forms of are encouraged to present their findings at a prerequisite: consent. Offered on demand. Prerequisite or corequisite: math placement level H, energy, pollution, and energy conversion. conference. Prerequisite: junior/senior status and a A, or B, or MATH 104 or 105. Offered each fall. Prerequisite: math placement level H or A, or MATH major in the natural sciences, prior approval by the 135. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. project advisor, and consent of the instructor. ECONOMICS 210 Meteorology (4) L Students may enroll for 2 or 4 hours in a given semester. May be repeated for a maximum total of 8 An introduction to the atmosphere and the 330 Geology of Mountain Belts (4) L (See Business) semester hours. Identical to BIO 489, CHEM 489, science behind weather phenomena such as clouds, An introduction to the disciplines of stratigraphy CS 489, and MATH 489. Offered each semester and hurricanes, and tornadoes. Students practice weather and structural geology, focusing on mountain belts as most Winter Sessions (2 semester hours only). forecasting, use meteorological instrumentation, and case studies. Topics include the observation, analyze global meteorological datasets. Designed for description and interpretation of the sedimentary EDUCATION/ science and non-science majors. Prerequisite or record; the measurement and analysis of folds, faults The following course(s) are undergoing revision SPECIAL EDUCATION/ corequisite: math placement level H, A, or B, or and other features associated with tectonic uplift; and to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, MATH 104 or 105. Lecture three hours, laboratory the tectonic history of the Appalachians. course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and ALTERNATIVE three hours each week. Offered each spring. Prerequisites: EES 124/125 or EES 130/131 or offering information are subject to change. CERTIFICATION consent. Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours 250 Field Experiences in Earth and each week. Includes at least two required field trips to 124 Evolution of the Earth (4) FOR TEACHERS Environmental Sciences (2) key locations in the central Appalachians. Offered Explores the physical, chemical, and biological DR. KAREN BOSCH Provides students with an intensive field spring of even-numbered years. events of earth history. Topics such as the origin of the DR. EDWARD E. BRICKELL (adjunct) experience in selected habitats as they conduct studies earth, the birth of ocean basins, continents, and MS. GINGER L. FERRIS 450 Global Environmental Cycles (4) L to examine various geological sites and sample mountain ranges, the beginning of life in the oceans DR. HILVE A. FIREK particular habitats. May be repeated for credit as Explores the connections among the atmosphere, and on the continents, and patterns and causes of DR. B. MALCOLM LIVELY, topics change. Does not fulfill the Natural Science hydrosphere, lithosphere, and biosphere through climate changes, continent shifting, and mass Director of Teacher Education requirement for Latin honors. Lab fee. Offered in exploration of global cycling of nutrients and extinction are examined. Offered spring of odd- DR. JAYNE E. SULLIVAN selected Winter Sessions or summers on demand. pollutants. Students investigate these biogeochemical numbered years. MRS. STACEY WOLLERTON, Director of Field cycles through analysis of primary research articles, Experiences and Coordinator of 270 Environmental Chemistry (4) L field measurements, chemical analysis, and a self- 340 Climatology (4) Alternative Certification for Teachers (ACT) An exploration of the earth system and human designed research project. Prerequisites: junior/senior An examination of the earth’s climate system and perturbations to that system from a chemical status and a major in the natural sciences. Lecture the science of climate change. Concern over global Virginia Wesleyan College is known for excellence perspective. Topics covered include ozone depletion, three hours, laboratory three hours each week. warming has stimulated public discourse and in preparing classroom teachers. The Professional persistent organic pollutants, wastewater treatment, Identical to CHEM 450. Offered spring of odd- motivated research on climatology. The importance of Education Program provides the highest quality of and toxicity of environmental contaminants. numbered years. the climate system is not new; the earth’s climate has teaching methodology and disciplinary preparation in Laboratory exercises give students experience in always had a fundamental influence on human the content areas. Unique features of the program environmental sampling and analysis. Prerequisites: 470 Internship in the Natural Sciences (2) civilization and all life on earth. Topics covered include a comprehensive liberal arts education, early CHEM 117 and 118. Lecture three hours, laboratory An intensive study of a specific field of science include the dynamics and feedbacks of the climate field experiences, strong mentoring by faculty and three hours each week. Identical to CHEM 270. through an on-site field experience. Internships system, ocean and biosphere influences on climate, staff, and the development of area school partnerships Offered fall of odd-numbered years. involve hands-on opportunities in the sciences that reconstruction of past climate, predications of future through advisory committees and school division are relevant to the chosen site. Students may enroll for climate, and human influences on global and contacts. The program is reviewed periodically by the regional weather patterns. Offered fall of even- Virginia Department of Education and approved by numbered years. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 86

86 EDUCATION/SPECIAL EDUCATION/ALTERNATIVE CERTIFICATION FOR TEACHERS EDUCATION/SPECIAL EDUCATION/ALTERNATIVE CERTIFICATION FOR TEACHERS 87

the Virginia Board of Education. All programs fulfill Elementary Education Program (preK-6) Special Education: General Curriculum (K-12) Secondary Education Program (6-12) and the curricular requirements detailed in the Regulations Visual Arts or Foreign Language (preK-12) Governing the Review and Approval of Education COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Programs in Virginia. Career assistance is provided to HRS. HRS. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. all candidates who successfully complete one of the EDUC 225 PSY 2xx HRS. 4 4 approved programs Characteristics of the Learner Lifespan Developmental Psychology EDUC 225 4 INST 202 INST 202 Characteristics of the Learner Admission to the Professional 4 4 The School & Society The School & Society INST 202 Education Program 4 SPED 371 INST 203 The School & Society Students seeking teacher licensure must formally Foundations/Legal/Ethical Issues 4 Applied Technology for 2 INST 203 apply for admission to the Professional Education in Special Education Innovative Instruction Applied Technology for 2 Program. Application packets are available in the INST 203 EDUC 320 Innovative Instruction Teacher Education office. Students are admitted to 4 Applied Technology for 2 Teaching Reading & Language Arts SPED 3xx the program when they have met the following 2 requirements: Innovative Instruction EDUC 321 Seminar in Special Education 4 1. Earn and maintain a GPA of at least 2.5 overall. EDUC 320 Literary Development & Assessment EDUC 319 4 4 2. Earn passing scores (as established by the Teaching Reading & Language Arts EDUC 366 Content Area Reading & Writing Virginia Department of Education) on Praxis I. EDUC 321 Classroom Management & 2 EDUC 366 4 Certain SAT/ACT scores may be accepted in Literary Development & Assessment Teaching Strategies Classroom Management and 4 lieu of Praxis I. Contact the Education Teaching Strategies Department for details. EDUC 366 SPED 371 Classroom Management & 4 Foundations/Legal/Ethical Issues 4 EDUC 375 3. Submit to the Education Department an 4 application, an essay, and two faculty Teaching Strategies in Special Education Middle & Secondary Teaching Methods recommendations. EDUC 329 INST 482 EDUC 340 4 4 1 4. Achieve a grade of C or better in all professional Curriculum & Instruction PreK-6 Issues in Education Secondary Practicum: 6-12 education courses, including INST 202 and EDUC 330 SPED 376 EDUC 445 2 6 INST 203. Elementary Practicum Assessment & Management of 4 Secondary Preservice Teaching I Students may not enroll in education courses INST 482 Instruction in Special Education EDUC 446 beyond EDUC 225 or PSY 2xx, INST 202, and 4 6 INST 203 until they have met these requirements. Issues in Education SPED 382 Secondary Preservice Teaching II Transfer students may not enroll in education courses EDUC 434 Collaboration & Transition in 2 6 TOTAL 37 beyond their first semester at Virginia Wesleyan until Elementary Preservice Teaching I Special Education they have met these requirements. EDUC 435 SPED 384 6 4 Students may not register for or participate in Elementary Preservice Teaching II Curriculum & Instruction K-12 student teaching until they have been admitted to the SPED 385 Alternative Certification Program 1 Professional Education Program, completed all TOTAL 48 Curriculum & Instruction K-12 Practicum for Teachers (ACT) required coursework, passed all required professional SPED 438 The Alternative Certification for Teachers (ACT) exams, and passed Praxis II in the endorsement area. 6 Special Education Preservice Teaching I Candidates for teacher certification must earn a program is designed to prepare career changers to Special Education: General Curriculum (K-12) SPED 439 become effective classroom teachers. Students in this grade of C or better in all Professional Education 6 courses prior to the student teaching semester. These Special Education Preservice Teaching II program may choose to pursue elementary teacher The student seeking teacher certification in special certification (preK-6); secondary teacher certification include INST 202, INST 203, INST 482, and all education completes the Liberal Studies major, along required EDUC and SPED courses. TOTAL 51 (6-12) in English, math, science, history and social with the required general studies courses and the sciences; or teacher certification for preK-12 in visual Elementary Education Program sequence of professional education courses. Careful arts, French, German, or Spanish. Students are coordination of these three sets of requirements is admitted to the program when they have met the The student seeking elementary teacher essential if the course of study is to be completed in Secondary Education Program (6-12) and following requirements: certification completes the Liberal Studies major, four years. This program prepares the successful Visual Arts or Foreign Language (preK-12) 1. Hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited along with the required general studies courses and candidate for licensure with an endorsement in The student seeking certification in a specific college or university. the sequence of professional education courses. Special Education: General Curriculum K-12. subject at the secondary level or in visual arts or a 2. Have had at least one year of full-time work Careful coordination of these three sets of foreign language at any level completes the state- experience. requirements is essential if the course of study is to be approved version of the academic major (biology, 3. Submit passing scores (as established by the completed in four years. This program prepares the chemistry, earth and environmental sciences, English, Virginia Department of Education) on Praxis I successful candidate for licensure with an history and social sciences, or mathematics; art, and VCLA. Certain SAT/ACT scores may endorsement in elementary education preK-6. French, German, or Spanish) along with the required accepted in lieu of Praxis I. Contact the ACT general studies courses and the sequence of Program for details. professional education courses. The secondary program prepares the successful candidate for licensure with an endorsement in one of the above areas. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 88

88 EDUCATION/SPECIAL EDUCATION/ALTERNATIVE CERTIFICATION FOR TEACHERS EDUCATION/SPECIAL EDUCATION/ALTERNATIVE CERTIFICATION FOR TEACHERS 89

ACT students may enroll in student teaching standardized assessment tools. Focuses on developing 366 Classroom Management and Prerequisite: admission to the Education when they have met the following requirements: proficiency in a wide variety of comprehension Teaching Strategies (2) Department. Students majoring in art and foreign 1. Earn and maintain a GPA of at least 2.5 at strategies, including fluency and vocabulary Provides teacher candidates with classroom language for K-12 teacher certification also enroll in Virginia Wesleyan College. development, appreciation for a variety of literature, management content and skills that create positive EDUC 445/446. Offered each semester. 2. Earn a passing score on the Virginia Reading and independent reading, as well as the ability to classroom behavioral supports through strategies, Assessment (where applicable). promote progress with Virginia Standards of Learning effective teacher behaviors, and student assessments 446 Secondary Preservice Teaching II (6) 3. Earn passing scores on Praxis I and the Virginia end-of-course assessments. Includes instructional and interventions. Students develop a classroom A preservice teaching experience in grades 9-12. Communication and Literacy Assessment. techniques to assist students with disabilities to management plan. A required 10-hour field The student teaching I and II provide over 300 clock 4. Earn a passing score on Praxis II in the achieve reading and comprehension skills. experience supports the application of the hours and 150 hours of direct instruction. The appropriate content area. Prerequisites: successful completion of ENG 105 management skills. Prerequisite: EDUC 225. Four student must request a placement from the Director 5. Complete all required content and professional with a grade of C or higher and EDUC 320. Offered semester-hour sections offered each semester. of Field Experiences the semester before student education courses. each semester. Candidates seeking licensure with endorsement in teaching. Includes an on-campus seminar. Transcripts will be evaluated at the time of Special Education: General Curriculum K-12 should Prerequisite: admission to the Education application to the program. For specific information, 329 Curriculum and Instruction PreK-6 (4) register for the 2 semester-hour section offered each Department. Offered each semester. contact Mrs. Stacey Wollerton in the Adult Studies Provides teacher candidates with an spring. Program Office (757-455-3138). understanding of the principles of learning; the 461 ACT Elementary Preservice application of skills in discipline-specific 375 Middle and Secondary Teaching I (4) EDUCATION COURSES (EDUC) methodology; communication processes; selection Teaching Methods (4) A preservice teaching experience for ACT students and use of materials, including media and computers; A course in middle and secondary curriculum and in grades 1-3. The student teaching I and II provide 225 Characteristics of the Learner (4) and evaluation of pupil performance including instructional course. Emphasizes principles of over 300 clock hours and 150 hours of direct A course in human growth and development from interpreting and analyzing valid assessments to make learning; construction and interpretation of valid instruction. Students must request a placement from birth through adolescence. Students learn about the teaching decisions. Includes teaching methods for assessment instruments; analysis of data to improve the Director of Field Experiences the semester before physical, social, emotional, and intellectual English language learners, gifted and talented student performance; the relationship among student teaching. Includes an on-campus seminar. development of children and how to use this students, and students with disabling conditions assessment, instruction, and student achievement; Prerequisite: admission to the Education knowledge to guide learning experiences and relate (PreK-6), and promotes student progress and integration of technology; communication between Department. Offered each semester. meaningfully to students. Includes discussion of preparation for the Virginia Standards of Learning schools, families, and communities. Corequisite: social and individual differences that affect assessments. Students learn methods of improving EDUC 340 for secondary “DAY” education students. 462 ACT Elementary Preservice interaction including developmental disabilities, communication and involvement between schools A 12-hour field experience is required for ACT Teaching II (4) attention deficit disorders, gifted education, and families, including the Foundation Blocks for students. Offered each semester. A preservice teaching experience for ACT students substance abuse, child abuse, and family disruptions. Early Learning. Prerequisite: INST 202, EDUC 225, in grades 4-6. The student teaching I and II provide or consent. Offered each semester. 434 Elementary Preservice Teaching I (6) over 300 clock hours and 150 hours of direct 319 Content Area Reading and Writing (4) instruction. The student must request a placement 330 Elementary Practicum (1) A preservice teaching experience in grades 1-3. Provides prospective middle and secondary The student teaching I and II provide over 300 clock from the Director of Field Experiences the semester teachers with skills and strategies to lead students to A teaching practicum that provides an hours and 150 hours of direct instruction. The before student teaching. Includes an on-campus become independent learners in all content areas. opportunity to apply teaching methods, practice skills student must request a placement from the Director seminar. Prerequisite: admission to the Education Emphasizes effective teaching of content using a in teaching specific subjects, and learn how to of Field Experiences the semester before student Department. Offered each semester. repertoire of strategies for literal, inferential, critical, implement classroom management strategies. A teaching. Includes an on-campus seminar. and evaluative comprehension; fostering appreciation supervised field experience in a primary classroom is Prerequisite: admission to the Education 463 ACT Secondary Preservice of a variety of literature and the importance of provided. The student must request a placement from Department. Offered each semester. Teaching I (4) independent reading; and using writing to evaluate the Director of Field Experiences early in the A preservice teaching experience for ACT students and accelerate learning. Offered each semester. registration process. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisites: 435 Elementary Preservice Teaching II (6) in grades 6-8. The student teaching I and II provide INST 202, EDUC 225 and 320. Prerequisite/ A preservice teaching experience in grades 4-5. over 300 clock hours and 150 hours of direct corequisite: EDUC 329. Offered each semester. 320 Teaching Reading and the The student teaching I and II provide over 300 clock instruction. The student must request a placement Language Arts (4) from the Director of Field Experiences the semester 340 Secondary Practicum: 6-12: English, hours and 150 hours of direct instruction. The before student teaching. Includes an on-campus Provides prospective elementary teachers with Math, Science, or Social Studies, Art, student must request a placement from the Director seminar. Prerequisite: admission to the Education content skills that include oral language, reading, Foreign Language PreK-12 (1) of Field Experiences the semester before student writing, and literature. Provides observation and teaching. Includes an on-campus seminar. Department. Students majoring in art and foreign instruction in an elementary school. All lesson plans A teaching practicum that provides an Prerequisite: admission to the Education language for K-12 certification enroll in EDUC 463 made by students focus on Virginia Standards of opportunity to apply teaching methods, practice skills Department. Offered each semester. and 464. Offered each semester. Learning and assessment strategies. Prerequisites: in teaching specific subjects, and learn how to EDUC 225 and INST 202. Offered each semester. implement classroom management strategies. The 445 Secondary Preservice Teaching I (6) 464 ACT Secondary Preservice student must request a placement from the Director A preservice teaching experience in grades 6-8. Teaching II (4) of Field Experiences early in the registration process. 321 Literacy Development and The student teaching I and II provide over 300 clock A preservice teaching experience for ACT students Pass/fail grading. Prerequisite/corequisite: EDUC Assessment (4) W hours and 150 hours of direct instruction. The in grades 9-12. The student teaching I and II provide 375. Offered each fall. Provides prospective teachers with strategies for student must request a placement from the Director over 300 clock hours and 150 hours of direct ongoing classroom assessment, diagnosis, and of Field Experiences the semester before student instruction. The student must request a placement remediation of reading skills using both informal and teaching. Includes an on-campus seminar. from the Director of Field Experiences the semester 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 90

90 EDUCATION/SPECIAL EDUCATION/ALTERNATIVE CERTIFICATION FOR TEACHERS ENGLISH 91

before student teaching. Includes an on-campus their ability to meet the needs of all students in the K- student teaching. Seminars are included. Attendance focusing on the development of skills in independent seminar. Prerequisite: admission to the Education 12 classrooms. Students gain skills in identifying the is mandatory. Prerequisite: admission to the inquiry and analysis, training in literary and Department. Offered each semester. characteristics of special needs students, Education Department. Corequisite: SPED 466. rhetorical traditions that deepen students’ understanding the IEP process, collaborating with Offered each semester. appreciation of language and literature, and 480 Field Experience in Education (1) other professionals and parents, then relating this preparation to become astute analysts of culture and Involves working with students in special information to assessment and instruction in the 466 Alternative Certification for sophisticated writers. programs. The experience helps prospective teachers general education classroom K-12. Skills in this Teachers (ACT) Special Education English courses teach the skills of critical thinking, learn about students outside the usual formal school course contribute to an understanding of the Preservice Teaching II (4) writing, and research, as well as the historical and environment. An AVID program placement is principles of learning, the application of skills in A preservice teaching experience for Alternative theoretical frameworks through which literature can possible. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisite: consent. discipline-specific methodology, communication Certification for Teachers (ACT) students in special be read. They are designed to help students read for Offered on demand. processes, selection and use of materials including education grades 6-12. Student teaching I and II pleasure and understanding, write with skill and media and computers, and evaluation of pupil provide over 300 clock hours and 150 hours of direct grace, appreciate diverse cultures and values, SPECIAL EDUCATION COURSES performance including interpreting and analyzing instruction. Students must request a placement from understand the relationship between art and life, (SPED) valid assessments to make teaching decisions. the Director of Field Experiences the semester before discover the liberating qualities of the imagination, Prerequisite: SPED 371. Corequisite: SPED 385. student teaching. Seminars are included. Attendance and prepare themselves for careers that require skill Offered spring of even-numbered years. is mandatory. Prerequisite: admission to the with the English language. As such, courses in English 371 Foundations/Legal Issues in Education Department. Corequisite: SPED 465. are valuable not only to those students majoring in Special Education (4) 385 Curriculum and Instruction Offered each semester. English, but also to any student, regardless of major, Provides an introduction and overview of the field K-12 Practicum (1) who plans to enter a professional field in the 21st century. English majors develop the skills and of special education including the definition, Provides an opportunity for students to observe The following course(s) are undergoing revision flexibility that are increasingly necessary in today’s identification, and characteristics of those that are and teach in an inclusion classroom at the elementary, to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, workplace. They prepare for a variety of careers in disabled. Students with ADHD and gifted abilities middle, and high school levels. Students have a 25- course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and business, industry, and government, for teaching, are emphasized. Also includes historical perspectives, hour placement in each of these grade levels. Pass/fail offering information are subject to change. models, theories, and trends that provide the basis for grading. Prerequisite: SPED 371. Corequisite: SPED writing, publishing, journalism, law, and ministry, general and special education practice including the 384. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. 382 Transition in Special Education (2) and for graduate study in English and related fields. dynamic influence of the family system, Major Programs in English cultural/environmental millieu pertinent to students, 438 Special Education Preservice Prepares students to work with families to provide the understanding of ethical issues, and the practice Teaching I (6) successful transitions of students with disabilities throughout the educational experience to include Students interested in majoring in English should of acceptable standards of professional behavior. A preservice teaching experience in grades K-6. consult with a member of the English Department Students taking this course will also gain an postsecondary training, employment, and Student teaching I and II provide over 300 clock independent living that addresses an understanding of early on in their time at Virginia Wesleyan. They have understanding of the legal aspects, regulatory hours and 150 hours of direct instruction. Students several options to choose from, including focusing on requirements, and expectations associated with long-term planning, career development, life skills, must request a placement from the Director of Field community experiences and resources, self-advocacy, literary study, concentrations in secondary education, identification, education, and evaluation of all Experiences the semester prior to student teaching. creative writing, or professional writing, and the students. The rights and responsibilities of parents, and self-determination, guardianship and legal Seminars are included. Attendance is mandatory. considerations. Students learn to routinely and major in theatre and English, as outlined below. students, and schools will also be a focus of this Prerequisite: admission to the Education English majors are expected to take ENG 289, course. Offered each semester. effectively collaborate with families, other educators, Department. Offered each semester. related service providers, and personnel from Approaches to Literary Study, either in the spring of the freshman year or in the fall of the sophomore year, 376 Assessment and Management community agencies in culturally responsible ways. 439 Special Education Preservice Offered each spring. and before upper-level courses in the major. Majors of Instruction in Special Education (4) Teaching II (6) are likewise expected to take ENG 311, Theory and Designed to support the understanding of A preservice teaching experience in grades 6-12. Research, in the fall of the junior year. ENG 489, the assessment as an ongoing part of instruction that is Student teaching I and II provide over 300 clock ENGLISH senior capstone experience, includes an extensive continuously analyzed and adjusted. Students hours and 150 hours of direct instruction. Students independent research or creative writing project and a demonstrate the use of assessment to design and must request a placement from the Director of Field DR. EDWARD E. BRICKELL (adjunct) formal oral presentation before the department and adjust instruction that relies on research-based Experiences the semester prior to student teaching. DR. LISA P. C ARSTENS invited Virginia Wesleyan community. It must be practices and uses multiple approaches to meet the Seminars are included. Attendance is mandatory. DR. MICHAEL HALL, Program Coordinator taken in the fall of the senior year, with required needs of all children. Focuses on collaboration styles, Prerequisite: admission to the Education DR. STEPHEN G. B. HOCK preliminary work in the spring of the junior year. roles, and specially designed instruction. The DR. REBECCA E. HOOKER Department. Offered each semester. Internships for English Majors concepts of assistive technology, transition-related DR. CAROL V. J OHNSON IEP goals, universally-designed lesson plans, and 465 Alternative Certification for DR. SUSAN E. LARKIN Writing internships may be taken by English specially-designed instruction is applied throughout Teachers (ACT) Special Education MR. GAVIN M. PATE majors who have completed three English courses at the course. Prerequisite: SPED 371. Offered fall of Preservice Teaching I (4) MS. VIVIAN TETER Virginia Wesleyan. The internship must be approved odd-numbered years. DR. JEFFREY W. T IMMONS A preservice teaching experience for Alternative by the student’s advisor and the program coordinator DR. JOSH A. WEINSTEIN Certification for Teachers (ACT) students in special and must be with an organization approved by the 384 Curriculum and Instruction K-12 (4) department. In the past few years, internships have education grades K-6. Student teaching I and II In today’s information-based society, the ability to Provides teachers with strategies to teach special provide over 300 clock hours and 150 hours of direct been approved for such organizations as the Space education students in inclusive settings. Teachers use and analyze the spoken and written word has and Naval Warfare Command, the Norfolk Chamber instruction. Students must request a placement from become critically important. In recognition of this increase their knowledge of proven practices, the Director of Field Experiences the semester before of Commerce, and the Virginia Aquarium and instructional decision-making, and confidence in fact, the English Department offers students a range Marine Science Center. of courses in English language, writing, and literature, 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 92

92 ENGLISH ENGLISH 93

Major Requirements: English with TH210 Major Requirements: English with Major Requirements: English with Concentration in Literature Acting I Concentration in Creative Writing Concentration in Creative Writing OR 4 TH220 (Poetry Track) (Fiction Track) COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Technical Theatre HRS. SEM. SEM. TH301 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE ENG 289 4 HRS. HRS. 4 Theatre History I Approaches to Literary Study ENG 289 ENG 289 TH302 4 4 ENG 311 4 Approaches to Literary Study Approaches to Literary Study 4 Theatre History II Theory & Criticism ENG 311 ENG 311 One course in theatre at any level 4 4 4 ENG 489 Theory & Criticism Theory & Criticism 4 One of the following: Senior Capstone Project 4 ENG 489 ENG 489 ENG 489, TH 424, TH 485 4 4 One English course in literature before Senior Capstone Project Senior Capstone Project 1675 at the 300/400 level: ENG 336, One English course in literature One English course in literature before 4 TOTAL 44 346, 347, 350, or an appropriate topics before 1675 at the 300/400 level: 1675 at the 300/400 level: ENG 336, 4 course approved by the student’s advisor ENG 336, 346, 347, 350, or an 4 346, 347, 350, or an appropriate topics appropriate topics course approved by course approved by the student’s advisor One “outside voices” course at the 200 Major Requirements: English with level or above: ENG 251, 258, 261, or an the student’s advisor One “outside voices” course at the 200 4 Secondary Certification appropriate topics course approved by One “outside voices” course at the 200 level or above: ENG 251, 258, 261, or an the student’s advisor level or above: ENG 251, 258, 261, or appropriate topics course approved by 4 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. 4 Three courses in English, or literature HRS. an appropriate topics course approved by the student’s advisor courses in classics, or literature courses in the student’s advisor ENG 298 ENG 289 4 foreign languages and literatures at the 12 4 ENG 298 Introductory Poetry Writing Approaches to Literary Study 4 300/400 level and approved by the Introductory Poetry Writing ENG 299 ENG 311 4 student’s advisor 4 ENG 299 Introductory Creative Writing Theory & Criticism 4 Two courses in English, or literature Introductory Creative Writing ENG 333 ENG 489 4 courses in classics, or literature courses 4 ENG 310 Hybrid Prose in foreign languages and literatures at 8 Senior Capstone Project Distinctive Voices in 4 ENG 399 the 200 level or above and approved One English course in literature before Contemporary American Poetry 1675 at the 300/400 level: ENG 336, Advanced Writing Workshop: Fiction 4 by the student’s advisor 4 346, 347, 350, or an appropriate topics ENG 398 (may be repeated twice for credit) Advanced Writing Workshop: Poetry 4 TOTAL 40 course approved by the student’s advisor One course in English, or a literature (may be repeated twice for credit) One “outside voices” course at the course in classics, or a literature course in 200 level or above: ENG 251, 258, 261, One course in English, or a literature foreign languages and literatures at the 4 4 Major Requirements: Theatre and English or an appropriate topics course approved course in classics, or a literature course in 300/400 level and approved by the by the student’s advisor foreign languages and literatures at the 4 student’s advisor 300/400 level and approved by the COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. ENG 222 One course in English, or a literature HRS. 4 student’s advisor Teaching Grammar and Writing course in classics, or a literature course in ENG 289 4 One of the following: One course in English, foreign languages and literatures at the 4 Approaches to Literary Study COMM 211, JOUR 201, TH 210, 4 or a literature course in classics, or a 200 level or above and approved by the ENG 311 TH 220, TH 320 literature course in foreign languages 4 student’s advisor 4 Theory & Criticism and literatures at the 200 level or above Three courses in English, or literature and approved by the student’s advisor TOTAL 44 ENG 346 courses in classics, or literature courses Shakespeare I OR 4 in foreign languages and literatures at 12 TOTAL 44 ENG 347 the 300/400 level and approved by Shakespeare II the student’s advisor Major Requirements: English with Concentration in Professional Writing Two courses in English, or literature courses in classics, or literature courses TOTAL 40 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. in foreign languages and literatures at 8 HRS. the 300/400 level and approved by the ENG 289 student’s advisor 4 Approaches to Literary Study One course in English, or a literature ENG 311 course in classics, or a literature course 4 in foreign languages and literatures at 4 Theory & Criticism the 200 level or above and approved by ENG 489 4 the student’s advisor Senior Capstone Project See continuation of choices next page 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 94

94 ENGLISH ENGLISH 95 Chart continued from previous page One English course in literature before the submission of a portfolio that meets standardized Butler, as well as new, young writers. Some attention reading of a broad range of poetry. Non-majors 1675 at the 300/400 level: ENG 336, requirements and is judged proficient by an outside is given to forms of expression other than literature. welcome. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisite: ENG 105 346, 347, 350, or an appropriate topics 4 reader. Three hours per week, plus regular conferences Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher. with a grade of C or higher. Offered each fall. course approved by the student’s advisor with the instructor. A grade of C or higher satisfies Offered each semester. the first-semester English requirement. Prerequisite: 299 Introductory Creative Writing: One “outside voices” course at the 200 placement. Prerequisite for enrollment during Winter 259 Literature of Mystery, Crime, Fiction (4) level or above: ENG 251, 258, 261, or 4 Session or Summer Session 1: consent. Offered each and Noir (4) T an appropriate topics course approved An introductory-level workshop with class semester. by the student’s advisor A study of the mystery genre and its offshoots, discussions of student work and established authors. crime and noir. Focuses on seminal texts in the genre Students study and experiment with the craft of ENG 242 4 216 The Short Story (4) T and contemporary reinterpretations of its formulas. fiction. They also analyze and write critically about Writing for Business and Organizations An introduction to the short story, focusing Authors may include Raymond Chandler, Jim fiction to help them understand their work more ENG 483 4 primarily on contemporary and innovative fiction by Thompson, Patricia Highsmith, Paul Auster, Sara clearly. Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C or English Internship authors from diverse backgrounds. Prerequisites: Gran, James Ellroy, and Richard Price, among others. higher. Offered each spring. CS 100 ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher and either Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher Computer Concepts and sophomore status or consent. Offered in selected and either sophomore status or consent. Offered in 301 Topics in Earlier British Literature (4) W Applications semesters. selected semesters. An in-depth study of some aspect of British OR 4 ISP 105 literature before the 19th century. May be repeated Information Systems and 222 Teaching Grammar and Writing (4) 265 Love, Sex, and Marriage in for credit as the topic varies. Prerequisites: ENG 105 Computer Applications A survey of theoretical and practical approaches to Western Literature (4) T with a grade of C or higher and any literature course Two courses in English, or literature teaching grammar, usage, and writing. Students A study of the history of the various ways through designated “T.” Offered in selected semesters. courses in classics, or appropriate courses observe and/or interview experienced elementary, which we understand romantic love and to a lesser in communications or journalism, or secondary, or college-level teachers of writing and extent, sexuality, masculinity, femininity, and 302 Topics in Later British Literature (4) W 8 literature courses in foreign languages tutor one or more student writers on or off campus. marriage, as they are represented in literature from the An in-depth study of some aspect of British and literatures at the 300/400 level Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher. ancient Sumerians to the present; considerable literature since the beginning of the 19th century. and approved by the student’s advisor Does not fulfill General Studies “T” requirement. attention is also given to art forms other than May be repeated for credit as the topic varies. Offered each fall. literature. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher TOTAL 40 or higher and either sophomore status or consent. and any literature course designated “T.” Offered in 232 Literature Into Film (4) A Offered each semester. selected semesters. An examination of the differences between literary Minor Requirements: English and film narrative. Both popular fiction and classics 286 Banned Books (4) T 303 Topics in American Literature (4) W are used in examining how plot, characterization, An interdisciplinary exploration of banned books; An in-depth study of some aspect of American COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. setting, spectacle, and other aspects of storytelling the legal battles in U.S. history that created, HRS. literature. May be repeated for credit as the topic change depending on whether the medium is the supported, and ended censorship; and the literary, varies. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or English electives at the 200 level 8 written word, the stage, or the screen. Prerequisites: legal, aesthetic, and socio-political contexts that higher and any “T” course. Offered in selected or above ENG 105 with grade of C or higher and either influenced both the artists and the changing semesters. English electives at the 300/400 level 12 sophomore status or consent. Does not fulfill General conceptions of obscenity that marked their works as Studies “T” requirement. Offered in selected Winter controversial. Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of 306 Ecopoetry (4) W TOTAL 20 Sessions. C or higher. Prerequisite for Winter Session: ENG An in-depth exploration of the various ways in 105 with a grade of C or higher and consent. Note: which contemporary poets and critics seek to 250 Studies in Literature (4) T Students who receive credit for ENG 286 may not understand past and present poetries as negotiating ENGLISH COURSES (ENG) Selected topics that approach literature from also receive credit for HIST 286. Offered in selected the often porous boundaries between the human and various generic, historical, or methodological spring semesters and Winter Sessions. nonhuman in our experiences of the world. 001 Writing Review (2) perspectives. Versions of the course may include Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher several different media, but the focus is always on 289 Approaches to Literary Study (4) T A workshop for students who would benefit from and any “T” course or consent. Identical to ENVS literature. At least 20 pages of writing are required, Introduces close reading, selected critical 306. Offered when circumstances permit. brushing up on their writing skills before taking ENG including at least one documented essay. approaches, literary genres, periods of literary history, 105. Includes meetings with a supportive small group Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher discipline-specific information literacy such as 310 Distinctive Voices in Contemporary and weekly conferences with the instructor. and either sophomore status or consent. Offered most scholarly databases and online research, and American Poetry (4) Prerequisite: placement or consent. No academic semesters. conventions for citing literary works and criticism. credit is awarded for this course, but the course grade A study of the many and varied voices in Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher. contemporary American poetry, especially selected does count toward the course load and overall GPA as 258 Topics in African American Offered each semester. works of poetry published since 1960. Authors if it were a 2-semester hour course. Offered each Literature (4) T studied include Jorie Graham, Harryette Mullen, semester. 298 Introductory Poetry Writing (4) A study of the fiction, non-fiction, and poetry of Yusef Komunyakaa, and Adrienne Rich. Prerequisites: 105 College Writing (4) African-American authors from the 18th century to A poetry writing workshop, with class discussions ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, one 200-level the present. Authors may include Phillis Wheatley, of student work and the work of established poets. An intensive introduction to several forms of literature course, and junior status or consent. Frederick Douglass, Charles Chesnutt, Langston Emphasizes experimentation and creative exercises as Offered spring even-numbered years. college writing and to the critical thinking and Hughes, James Baldwin, Toni Morrison, and Octavia well as engagement with issues of craft and intensive research skills essential to producing them. Requires 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 96

96 ENGLISH ENGLISH 97

311 Theory and Criticism (4) W and aesthetic categories of male, female, intersex, series. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or 472 Senior Integrative Seminar (4) I,W A survey of key debates in the history of literary masculine, feminine, heterosexual, homosexual, and higher and sophomore status or consent. Identical to An in-depth study of some aspect of literature or theory and criticism from Plato to the present, with transgendered. Gender issues are studied in relation TH 346. Offered each fall. literary theory. This course is an S.I.E., so the topic an emphasis on contemporary approaches to to historical and cross-cultural contexts, in relation to and its treatment have a strong interdisciplinary interpretation and emerging directions in literary Western women’s movements of the 19th and 20th 347 Shakespeare II (4) W component. May be repeated as the topic varies. studies. Students also pursue research emphasizing centuries, and in relation to local and global issues A study of the principal works of Shakespeare, Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher methodological preparation for ENG 489, the senior affected by the politics of gender. Prerequisites: ENG concentrating on histories and tragedies, especially and junior status or consent. Offered intermittently. English project. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade 105 with a grade of C or higher; WGS/SOC 219, ones focusing on issues of masculinity and the state. of C or higher and junior/senior status or consent. WGS 220, or ENG 311 (formerly ENG/TH 311); or Includes either a required trip to see live plays or a 489 Senior Capstone Project (4) W consent. Identical to SOC 319 and WGS 319. Offered each fall. required film series. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a Independent research giving students the Offered spring of odd-numbered years. grade of C or higher and sophomore status or opportunity to pursue their interests in English 314 The English Language (4) W consent. Identical to TH 347. Offered each spring. 327 The British Novel (4) studies, incorporating discipline-specific information A study of the English language from its origins to literacy, that may also incorporate service learning the present. Includes discussion of recent trends, A study of the British novel from the 18th century 357 British Romantic Poetry: and innovative fieldwork. At the end of the semester, dialect variation, and social and political issues to the present, with emphasis on its 18th and 19th 1785-1850 (4) W students present their work orally. May satisfy 4 relating to English today. Students write several century developments. Considers theories of the Explores British Romantic poetry and its semester hours of the Latin honors research papers, including an original research study on a topic novel in relation to representative texts in their historical, political, literary, and philosophical requirement. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of of interest. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C literary, historical, social, national, and international contexts, including the contributions of women C or higher and consent. Offered each fall. or higher and junior status or consent. Offered spring contexts. Prerequisites: Any “T” course and junior writers. While some attention is given to important status or consent. Offered spring of even-numbered of even-numbered years. prose works of the period, the main focus of the The following course(s) are undergoing revision years. course is on reading, interpreting, and writing about to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, 315 The Experience of Poetry (4) Romantic verse. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade 333 Hybrid Prose (4) W course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and An intensive introduction to poetry through of C or higher and a sophomore literature course or offering information are subject to change. examining the poem’s relationship to universal A study of hybrid forms in fiction. Students consent. Offered selected semesters. human experiences. Students gain a thorough examine texts in which formal concerns dominate 107 Practical Grammar (1) and in which typical distinctions between fiction and 365 Moderism and the Modern World (4) understanding of the elements of poetry and engage A course in practical grammar, usage, and other mediums such as poetry, essay, memoir, and the with literary criticism of poetry. They may also A study of how writers on both sides of the mechanics covering the most important rules to follow fine arts, break down. Students write both critical and experiment with writing original poetry. Atlantic between 1890 and 1939 used radical literary when proofreading. Emphasizes application of skills to creative work that engages hybrid prose. Prerequisites: Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher style to respond to the unsettling ways in which students’ own writing. and a literature course designated “T;” second- ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher and a “T” science, psychology, colonial unrest, sexual semester sophomore status or above recommended. course or consent. Offered fall of odd-numbered revolution, and world war challenged traditional ideas 230 Environmental Literature and Offered each semester. years. about human identity and progress. Authors may Ecological Reflection (4) include Oscar Wilde, Ezra Pound, James Joyce, Students read and discuss influential works of 317 Children’s Literature (4) 336 Spenser and Milton (4) W Virginia Woolf, Gertrude Stein, T. S. Eliot, Nella environmental writing, and then travel to a field A study of England’s two greatest epics, The Faerie Larson, and Djuna Barnes. Prerequisite: a “T” course An introduction to children’s literature that location where they engage in the practice of Queene and Paradise Lost. Includes discussion of the or consent. Offered fall of even-numbered years. presents a wide variety of texts and approaches to environmental writing through a series of reflective epic tradition, Christian theology, Renaissance literature. Focuses on appreciating the texts as and creative writing exercises. A portfolio of student humanism, the nature of masculinity and femininity, 398 Advanced Poetry Writing literature through the use of literary and cultural work is published via a course website. Field locations armed combat with dragons, forbidden picnics, and Workshop (4) theories. Contemporary and canonical novels and vary. Not repeatable for additional credit without many others in two of the Western tradition’s most picture books are discussed. Prerequisites: any “T” Advanced workshop with discussion of students’ special permission. course and junior/senior status or consent. Offered varied, inclusive, and interesting works of art. poems and the poetry and poetics of established each spring. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher authors; emphasizes craft, the creative process, and 242 Writing for Business and Organizations (4) and junior status or consent. Identical to TH 336. aesthetic evaluation of discussed works. Students Covers the skills needed to write different types of 318 Adolescent Literature (4) W Offered spring of even-numbered years. complete a sequence of thematically related poems in business and organizational communications, addition to other assignments. Non-majors welcome. An overview of adolescent literature. Literary and including letters, e-mail, reports, and proposals. 344 Practicum in Teaching English (2) May be repeated twice for credit. Offered each spring. cultural theories are used to consider issues of Emphasis is on planning, drafting, and editing as Selected students work closely with faculty ideology, identity, coming-of-age, gender, censorship, well as developing a professional writing style to members in the teaching of ENG 105 and other 410 Environmental Writings (4) I,W race, class, and ethnicity. Students examine many achieve results. Prerequisite: ENG 105 and either courses. Students gain experience in the various societal attitudes and issues and contemplate A study of the important environmental writings sophomore status or consent. Does not fulfill General aspects of teaching grammar, composition, and adolescence as well as the larger society. Prerequisites: and how they have shaped our understanding of the Studies sophomore literature requirement. Offered literature. Prerequisite: consent. Offered on demand. ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, any “T” course relationship between humans and nature. spring of odd-numbered years. and junior/senior status or consent. Offered fall of Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher 346 Shakespeare I (4) W odd-numbered years. and junior/senior status. Identical to ENVS 410. 251 Diversity in American Literature (4) A study of the principal works of Shakespeare, Offered spring of odd-numbered years. An opportunity to study—and to listen to—voices 319 Feminist and Gender Theory (4) W concentrating on plays in which love, femininity, and in American culture that have often been silenced or the family are particularly important. Includes either Examines contemporary arguments about the ignored. The focus is on ethnic groups such as Native a required trip to see live plays or a required film nature of women and men and the biological, social, American, African-American, Asian-American and 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 98

98 ENGLISH ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 99

Hispanic-American but also includes people 287 Modern and Contemporary Literature (4) consider how the settings and habits of our own The environmental studies major is designed to marginalized because of class, gender, or sexual A survey of major authors, works, and literary everyday lives expose the character of Norfolk, the city teach students how to understand their physical and orientation. Offered in selected semesters. traditions from the beginning of the 20th century. The on the river Elizabeth. We aid our understanding by social environments as the intersection of a variety of emphasis is on British and American literature, with visiting local sites and attempting to capture the overlapping forces, including constraints of biology 261/361 American Women Writers (4) attention to European literature and world literature character of our place and time in our experimental and climate, as well as the influence of law and public Women in North America are writing many of the in English. Offered in selected semesters. prose. policy, literature and philosophy. The major prepares best works of our time. This course focuses on how students for a variety of careers in such diverse fields these new voices, and some of their predecessors, 321 Introduction to Linguistics (4) 378 The American Novel (4) as law, public policy, scientific research, environmental literature, and teaching. As the major illuminate the depth and the diversity of human An examination of several main areas of A study of the development of the American novel draws upon courses from across all three academic experience. Authors from several ethnic groups might linguistics, including phonetics, phonology, from the mid-19th century to the present day. Along divisions of the college, the skills and knowledge include: Wharton, Hurston, Walker, Oates, Munro, morphology, syntax, semantics, language acquisition, with attention to historical context and theories of the imparted to students are correspondingly broad, yet Atwood, Tan, Silko, Kincaid, Hempel, and new language variation, and language change. Does not novel, the course focuses in detail on a range of novels centered around an abiding concern with the young writers. Offered in selected semesters. fulfill General Studies sophomore literature which includes American classics as well as lesser- environment. requirement. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. known works. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. 263 World Literature I (4) In addition to practicing scientific, social science, Identical to CLAS 263 342 Peer Tutoring—Writing Center (1) 385 American Protest Literature (4) and humanities approaches to the study of the environment, students will learn to understand the Peer writing tutors help other students understand The U.S. was founded on political protest and has 264 World Literature II (4) traditionally used literature as a vehicle for conveying interrelationships among science, society, technology, their writing problems and improve their skills. They culture, and nature. Through an interdisciplinary Identical to CLAS 264 work three hours per week on an arranged schedule social beliefs. Defined most simply as visual and/or written responses to social oppression, protest literature approach, the major prepares students to recognize and are trained, supervised, and evaluated by the and address such challenges as resource depletion, 266 Transatlantic Romanticism (4) Director of the Writing Center. Offered each semester. is produced not for art’s sake, but to improve the lives of a particular community’s members. The diverse habitat loss, environmental degradation, pollution, An intensive exploration of the fertile cross- and loss of biodiversity, with the ultimate goal of 350 Renaissance Drama tradition of American protest literature, focusing in pollination between British Romantic writers, such as fostering a sustainable human society. William Wordsworth and Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Exclusive of Shakespeare (4) particular on texts responding to racial, gender-based, and class-based oppressions, is covered. Discussions and American writers of the 19th century in A study of the major plays from what would be Major Requirements: Environmental Studies focus on the aesthetic and literary traditions of each particular, such as Henry David Thoreau, Ralph England’s finest period of drama, even without text as well as its historical and cultural contexts. Waldo Emerson, Emily Dickinson, and Walt Shakespeare. Among the kinds of plays are heroic COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Offered in selected semesters. Whitman. Fulfills 200-level sophomore literature history, humours comedy, domestic melodrama, and HRS. requirement. Offered intermittently. revenge tragedy; the authors include such major 399 Advanced Writing Workshop: Fiction (4) ENVS 106 figures as Marlowe, Jonson, and Webster. Offered in Humans and the Environment 271/371 Southern Literature (4) selected semesters. An advanced-level workshop in the writing of MBE 201 A study of the fiction, nonfiction, and poetry of the fiction, with class discussions of student work as well Introductory Macroeconomics American South in which both the social background 355 Restoration to Revolution: as the work of established writers. Students work on a MBE 202 and historical development are stressed. Chopin, British Literature, 1660-1789 (4) longer story or a section of a novel. Work produced Introductory Microeconomics during the course is considered for publication in 24 Faulkner, Hurston, Welty, Porter, McCullers, Ellison, A chronological and thematic survey of British PHIL/ENVS 304 VWC’s literary magazine. Pass/fail grading. Wright, and contemporary writers are featured. Restoration and 18th century writing. Major figures, Environmental Ethics Prerequisites: ENG 299 or consent. Does not fulfill Offered in selected semesters. such as Dryden, Swift, Pope, Defoe, Richardson, POLS/ENVS 326 General Studies sophomore literature requirement. Fielding, and Johnson, are studied alongside Environmental Policy Analysis Offered spring of odd-numbered years. 280 Early British Literature (4) important women writers, including Behn, ENG/ENVS 410 Environmental Writings A survey of major authors, works, and literary Cavendish, Astell, Haywood, Lennox, Fielding, and 443 Topics in World Literature (4) traditions from Beowulf to 1785. Offered each fall. Burney. Setting literary texts into their historical Two of the following: contexts, focus is given to genre, print culture, natural An in-depth study of some aspect of literature, BIO 131, 250; EES 130, 132, 200, 8 281 Later British Literature (4) philosophy, empire, nationalism, and the emergence of with an emphasis on texts outside the British and 210, EES 250, EES 270 a polite, commercial society. Offered in selected American traditions. May be repeated for credit as the A survey of major authors, works, and literary topic varies. Offered intermittently. Two of the following: traditions from 1785 to the early 20th century. semesters. BIO 316, 355, 375, 445, 475, 482, 8 Offered each spring. 489; EES 300, 320, 330, 340, 410, 367 Ulysses on the Elizabeth (4) 450, 489 284 American Literature (4) An in-depth study of Irish writer James Joyce’s ENVIRONMENTAL One of the following: celebrated, challenging 1922 novel Ulysses. We A survey of American authors, works, and literary STUDIES PHIL 372, POLS 373, 434, 4 examine how this modern epic of one day in the life trends from the beginning up to the contemporary DR. STEVEN M. EMMANUEL (Philosophy) ENVS 470, ENG/ENVS 306 period. Offered each fall. of Dublin stretches from such quotidian moments as protagonist Leopold Bloom’s appreciation of fried DR. WILLIAM A. GIBSON (Political Science) DR. J. CHRISTOPHER HALEY (Earth and TOTAL 44 285 Contemporary American Literature (4) kidneys to the much grander subjects of Ireland under the yoke of British rule and the human condition Environmental Sciences), Program Coordinator A survey of authors, works, and literary trends under modernity. As we work to make sense of the DR. LAWRENCE D. HULTGREN (Philosophy) from the Beats of the 1950s to the latest published novel’s complex and rambunctious stylistics, we also DR. MAYNARD H. SCHAUS (Biology), works. Offered in selected semesters. use this portrait of the city on the river Liffey to Program Coordinator DR. JOSH A. WEINSTEIN (English) 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 100

100 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 101

Minor Requirements: Environmental Studies 470 Internship in Environmental connect to the college community, and Major Requirements: French Studies Studies (2, 4) build academic resourcefulness that will foster COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. An intensive study of the environment through learning throughout their college years. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. HRS. HRS. on-site field experience. Placements involve hands-on Three of the following: experiences such as education, grassroots activism, FIRST-YEAR EXPERIENCE FR 307 ENVS 106 public policy, and habitat management. Students may COURSES (FYE) Topics in Advanced Conversation 4 Humans and the Environment enroll for 2 or 4 semester hours in a given semester. A & Composition PHIL/ENVS 304 minimum of 80 hours devoted to the internship is 101 First-Year Experience (1) FR 327 Environmental Ethics expected for 2 semester hours, and a minimum of 160 4 Designed to help students engage and succeed France Today ENG/ENVS 306 12 hours is expected for 4 semester hours, but some both academically and socially in the Virginia FR 3xx Ecopoetry placements may require more time. Students must Wesleyan community. Led by a faculty mentor, a French History I: POLS/ENVS 326 coordinate their internship placement with the small, close-knit group of new students engage in an Vercingétorix-Revolution Environmental Policy Analysis supervising faculty member at least two months prior OR 4 array of activities and exercises that invite them to FR 3xx ENG/ENVS 410 to placement. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisites: explore the nature of liberal education, connect to the French History II: Revolution- Environmental Writings junior/senior status and consent. Offered each campus community, and develop the personal World War II One of the following: semester and most Winter Sessions (2 semester hours resourcefulness that leads to college success. Available FR 334 BIO 131, 250; EES 130, 132, 200, 4 only). 4 to students entering the college with fewer than 24 Introduction to French Cinema 210, 250, 270 semester hours; required of students entering with FR 335 One of the following: The following course(s) are undergoing revision fewer than 12 semester hours. Offered each fall. 4 BIO 316, 320, 355, 375, 445, 475, to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, Masterpieces of French Literature 4 489; EES 300, 320, 330, 340, 410, course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and 401 Peer Advising (1) FR 3xx offering information are subject to change. 4 450, 489 A leadership experience allowing experienced Study Abroad students to serve as mentors and teaching support for French elective at the TOTAL 20 326 Environmental Policy Analysis (4) 4 FYE 101. Does not fulfill any requirements for Latin 300/400 level Identical to POLS 326. honors. Prerequisites: sophomore status and consent. FR 443 Offered each fall. 4 480 Seminar in Environmental Studies (1) Senior Seminar ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES An advanced seminar on various announced topics TOTAL 32 COURSES (ENVS) in environmental studies. Topics may include, but are FOREIGN LANGUAGES not limited to: ethics and the environment; 106 Humans and the Environment (4) S conservation of biodiversity; risk assessment; urban AND LITERATURES Major Requirements: German Studies Examines environmental issues and their planning; habitat mitigation; environmental DR. ALAIN GABON interactions with our society. Topics include cultural monitoring; environmental policy; and sustainable DR. DIANA E. RISK development. May be repeated for credit as topics DR. MAVEL Z. VELASCO, Program Coordinator COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. ties to the environment, food production, urban HRS. planning, biodiversity, and society’s energy and water change. Offered spring of even-numbered years. DR. SUSAN M. WANSINK requirements. Although the course emphasizes is a GER 307 social systems perspective, environmental issues Virginia Wesleyan’s programs in French Topics in Advanced German 4 necessitate an interdisciplinary approach. Offered on FIRST-YEAR EXPERIENCE Studies, German Studies, and Hispanic Studies are Conversation & Composition designed to prepare students for meaningful demand. MS. DENISE POCTA WILKINSON, Six of the following: international and intercultural exchange in a Program Coordinator GER 307 304 Environmental Ethics (4) V competitive, globalized world. In keeping with the Topics in Advanced German college’s commitment to a liberal arts education, From ancient Sumer to the present, ecological In addition to inviting students to gain an in- Conversation & Composition students pursuing one of these majors will acquire a realities have required human beings to reflect on depth facility in a major field of interest, a liberal arts (repeated with a different topic) multidisciplinary and comprehensive understanding their values and their responsibilities to nature. education emphasizes the pursuit of broad knowledge GER 317 of the target culture, its language, and its impact on Students examine the relevance of philosophy to and intellectual and imaginative capacities that enable Great German Thinkers the world at large. Each major provides environmental questions and, in particular, explore students to approach any challenging issue with GER 318 communication skills in a foreign language and a the connection between the environment and ethics. analytical precision, creative vision, and ethical and Great German Writers strong knowledge base that will support a career in Identical to PHIL 304. civic responsibility. GER 329 business, communications, political science, The First-Year Experience at Virginia Wesleyan Modern German Literature 24 journalism, criminal justice, education, law, and 306 Ecopoetry (4) W initiates students into a community of learners. GER 340 many others. Identical to ENG 306. Through summer and then fall orientation programs, German Cinema: Art & Politics students learn the ropes of residential and campus life GER 344/444 410 Environmental Writings (4) I,W and are introduced to Virginia Wesleyan’s educational Modern Germany through the Cinema Identical to ENG 410. programs. Through the one-credit first-semester GER 3xx seminar course, students work closely with a faculty Topics in German Studies member, peer advisors, and a small cohort of other See continuation of choices next page new students to learn about a liberal arts education, 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 102

102 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 103 Chart continued from previous page GER 430 Major Requirements: Latin Minor Requirements: Hispanic Studies oral and written skills and cultural awareness. Four The German Comedy classes each week. Offered each year. GER 471 (See Classics for Latin major and courses.) COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Practicum in the Teaching of German HRS. 112 Beginning French II (4) GER 3xx Minor Requirements: French Studies SPAN 307 An introduction to French as a spoken and 4 Study Abroad (at the Goethe Institut) Topics in Advanced Conversation written language. Emphasizes the development of COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. and Composition 4 oral and written skills and cultural awareness. TOTAL 32 HRS. (Taught in Spanish and can be taken Prerequisite: FR 111 with a grade of C or higher or FR 307 more than once for credit.) proficiency as determined by the instructor. Five Topics in Advanced Conversation 4 Four of the following: classes each week. Offered each year. Major Requirements: Hispanic Studies and Composition SPAN 307 (second iteration only) 213 Intermediate French (4) Elective at 300/400 level 4 Topics in Advanced Conversation COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. and Composition Develops speaking and writing proficiency HRS. One course in French history 4 SPAN 318 through active learning and intensive practice. SPAN 307 One course in French Literature 4 Civilization of Spanish Peoples II: Prerequisite: FR 112 or equivalent. Fulfills the foreign Topics in Advanced Conversation 4 Latin America language requirement. Offered each fall. One course in French Cinema 4 16 & Composition SPAN 321 One course in contemporary French Six of the following: 4 Political Writings of Latin America 307 Topics in Advanced Conversation society and civilization SPAN 307 SPAN 329 and Composition (4) Topics in Advanced Conversation Senior Seminar 4 Latin America through the Cinema Designed to help students reach advanced & Composition (repeated with a SPAN 333 proficiency while offering an introduction to French different topic) TOTAL 28 Commercial Spanish society today, French history, the arts, and more. May SPAN 312 SPAN 365 be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: FR 213 or Survey of Spanish Literature: U.S. Latino culture equivalent or consent. Offered each year. Latin America Minor Requirements: German Studies SPAN 316 TOTAL 20 334 Introduction to French Cinema (4) Studies in Hispanic Poetry COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Introduces students to French cinema from its SPAN 317 HRS. origins to the present, beginning with the birth of the Civilization of Spain GER 307 FRENCH STUDIES motion picture in France, then exploring several SPAN 318 4 significant film movements, including major directors Civilization of Latin America Topics in Advanced Conversation The French Studies major aims to develop in its and Composition and seminal films associated with them. Poetic SPAN 320 students the skills, knowledge, attitudes, and values realism, the New Wave, the heritage film, beur Comparative Politics: Latin America Five of the following: necessary for living and working in a French-speaking cinema, contemporary blockbusters, and more are SPAN 321 GER 307 society with little or no dependence on English. examined. Taught in English, with 300-level language Political Writings of Latin America Topics in Advanced Conversation Students attain language skills at the high-advanced coursework for French majors and minors. Offered SPAN 329 and Composition level, as well as knowledge of French history, on demand. Latin America through the Cinema 24 GER 317 literature, and the arts, including cinema. Courses are SPAN 333 Great German Thinkers designed to help students understand contemporary 335 Masterpieces of French Commercial Spanish GER 318 French culture as compared to their own and deepen Literature (4) W Great German Writers SPAN 345 their appreciation of these differences. The major also Introduces students to French literature from its GER 329 Seminar in Spanish Literature prepares students for meaningful exchange in an origins to the present day through a representative Modern German Literature 24 SPAN 350 increasingly complex, globalized, transnational, and sample of authors and literary masterpieces. GER 340 Hispanic American Women Writers multicultural world where interaction with non- Emphasizes modernist literature from Baudelaire to German Cinema: Art and Politics SPAN 360 English speaking people has become not just Marguerite Duras. Prerequisite: FR 307 or consent. GER 344/444 The Latin American Short Story desirable, but unavoidable and where liberal arts Offered alternate years. SPAN 365 Modern Germany through the Cinema graduates should have a sense of enlightened U.S. Latino Culture GER 350 understanding of, appreciation for, and solidarity SPAN 375 Topics in German Studies with other countries, nations, and peoples. The major The following course(s) are undergoing revision Topics in Mexican Culture & History GER 430 prepares students for careers in education, diplomacy, to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, SPAN 380 The German Comedy business, communications, political science, and course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and Analysis of the Spanish Language GER 471 journalism, and for graduate study. offering information are subject to change. SPAN 420 Practicum in the Teaching of German 313 Cultural History I: Vercingétorix- The Latin American Novel Strongly encouraged: FRENCH STUDIES COURSES (FR) Revolution (4) SPAN 471 GER 3xx Practicum in the Teaching of Spanish Study Abroad (at the Goethe Institut) 111 Beginning French I (4) Gives the student a well-rounded knowledge of France, her people, history, philosophy, literature, and SPAN 3xx An introduction to French as a spoken and 4 TOTAL 28 arts. Offered alternate years. Study Abroad written language. Emphasizes the development of TOTAL 32 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 104

104 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 105

314 Cultural History II: 1789-1960 (4) provides communication skills in a foreign language 244 German Women Filmmakers: 471 Practicum in the Teaching of German (4) Same orientation as FR 313, with topics selected and a strong knowledge base that will support careers The Search for Identity (4) A Students study various methods for teaching of from the period of the French Revolution to the in business, communications, political science, Introduces students to the contributions of grammar, writing, and speaking in German. They present. Offered alternate years. journalism, criminal justice, education, law, and leading German woman filmmakers. Focuses on also serve as assistants and tutors in GER 111, 112, many others. filmic innovation and perceptions of women, and and 213. Prerequisites: GER 307 or the ability to use 325, 326 The French Novel I, II (4, 4) specifically on how issues of identity—national, the German language effectively, and consent. Representative novels of French literature from the GERMAN STUDIES COURSES religious, and gender—have been represented by such Offered each year. 17th century to the present. Readings from Mme. de (GER) directors as Doris Dorrie, Caroline Link, and LaFayette, Prevost, Laclos, Constant, Chateaubriand, Margarethe von Trotta. Taught in English. Offered in HISPANIC STUDIES COURSES Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, Zola, Proust, Gide, 111 Beginning German I (4) selected Winter Sessions. (SPAN) Malraux, Celine, Sartre, and Camus. Discussions in An introduction to the German language and English. Offered on demand. 307 Topics in Advanced German culture. Special attention is given to cultural aspects. Conversation and Composition (4) W 100/200/300 Spanish Study Abroad (1) Emphasizes the development of basic listening, 327 France Today (4) Students study Spanish and live with Mexican speaking, reading, and writing skills. Audiovisual Selected topics approach German conversation and composition from various perspectives. For the families in a beautiful, historically rich city during a Offers a thorough examination of France and the materials supplement the program. Prerequisite: no three-week stay in Puebla, Mexico. Students attend French today starting with the students/workers’ previous instruction in German. Offered each year. student who wants to acquire skill in practical conversation and writing. Strongly recommended for classes daily from 9 a.m. to noon and then return to “revolution of May 1968” and the post-May 68 their families for meals, excursions, and activities. contemporary France through presentation, study, and 112 Beginning German II (4) those who wish to travel abroad or take upper-level German literature courses. May be repeated for credit Visits to all sites of cultural interest in and around discussion of the social, political, economic, and An introduction to the German language and as topic varies. Prerequisite: GER 213 or equivalent. Puebla, as well as weekend excursions to Veracruz, cultural aspects of France today. Also covered are culture. Special attention is given to cultural aspects. Oaxaca, and Tlaxcala are provided. This is an artistic productions and the patterns, structures, and Emphasizes is placed on the development of basic 317 Great German Thinkers (4) H opportunity for total immersion in the Spanish on-going mutations of everyday life in France as well listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills. language, culture, and life. Prerequisite for SPAN as the lifestyles, values, and worldviews of the French Audiovisual materials supplement the program. Gives the student a well-rounded knowledge of 200: SPAN 112. Prerequisite for SPAN 300: SPAN today. Taught in English with reading and writing in Prerequisite: A grade of C or higher in GER 111 or Germany, its people, history, philosophy, literature, 212 (proficiency). Offered each summer. French for French majors and minors. Offered on proficiency as determined by the instructor. Offered and arts from the times of Germanic tribes to the demand. each year. present. Offered on demand. 104 Beginning Spanish for the Adult Learner I (4) 333 Commercial French (4) 318 Great German Writers (4) 205/305 The Short Prose of Kafka (4) V Designed for students in the Adult Studies An introduction to the language used in business Examines the short prose of Franz Kafka and its Provides an overview of literary history of Program. Prerequisite: admission to the Adult Studies practiced in France or Quebec. The course covers relevance in both literature and film today. Students Germany in terms of movements, genres, authors, Program. No previous instruction in Spanish. Offered business vocabulary, economic geography, government search for common themes and interpretation in etc., against the background of German life as a every year. requirements, letter writing, accounting, etc. Offered selected works. Taught in English. Offered in selected whole. Offered in selected semesters. on demand. Winter Sessions. 105 Beginning Spanish for 329 Modern German Literature (4) the Adult Learner II (4) 443 Senior Seminar (4) 213 Intermediate German (4) A careful reading and discussion of contemporary Designed for students in the Adult Studies Each student studies not only the life and work of Continues the instruction of German as a spoken German plays, novels, and short stories. Authors may Program. Prerequisites: admission to the Adult a major writer but also is responsible for the century, and written language. Extensive oral-aural practice is include Christa Wolf, Max Frisch, Günther Grass and Studies Program and SPAN 104 with a grade of C or its history, literature and philosophical trends. Offered undertaken in the daily classroom conversation and Heinrich Bîll, Bernhard Schlink, and Herta Miller. higher, or proficiency as determined by instructor. on demand. prepares the student for travel or study abroad. Offered in selected semesters. Offered every year. Required lab. Prerequisite: GER 112 or equivalent. 471 Practicum in the Teaching of French (4) 344/444 From Hitler to Today: Offered each fall. 111 Beginning Spanish I (4) Students study in a workshop setting the teaching Modern Germany Through the Cinema (4) H,I* An introduction to the Spanish language and of grammar, of writing, and of speaking French. 240/340 German Cinema: culture. Focuses on cultural aspects. Emphasizes the Offered every year. Art and Politics (4) A Focuses on the history, politics, society, and the development of basic listening, speaking, reading, and From early silent films, through the time of Hitler, culture of Germany in the years between the rise to writing skills. Audiovisual materials supplement the to the present, German cinema has reflected the power of Adolf Hitler (1933) and the present. program. Prerequisite: no previous instruction in GERMAN STUDIES challenges and tensions involved when art is shaped Prerequisite for GER 344: none; for GER 444: junior Spanish. Offered each year. Our programs in Hispanic Studies, French by politics. By looking at German film in general— status or consent. Offered in selected semesters. Studies, and German Studies are designed to prepare and at the Weimar and New German Cinema in *GER 344: (H); GER 444: (I). 112 Beginning Spanish II (4) students for meaningful international and particular—this course focuses on the aesthetics, 430 The German Comedy (4) An introduction to the Spanish language and intercultural exchange in a competitive globalized history, and politics of German cinema. Taught in culture. Focuses on cultural aspects. Emphasizes the world. In keeping with our adherence to a liberal arts English. Movies are screened outside of class. A history and study of the German comedy. development of basic listening, speaking, reading, and education, each of our majors will acquire a Identical to POLS 240/340. Representative readings from Lessing, Kleist, Tieck, writing skills. Audiovisual materials supplement the multidisciplinary and comprehensive understanding Grabbe, Hauptmann, and Sternheim. Offered in program. Prerequisite: SPAN 111 with a grade of C of the target culture, its language, and its impact on selected semesters. or higher or proficiency as determined by the the world at large. A major in each of these areas instructor. Offered each year. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 106

106 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES GEOGRAPHY 107

213 Intermediate Spanish (4) 317 Civilization of Spain (4) W 355 Myths, Rituals, and Reality in the This course offers an introduction to Latin American Development of conversational and writing skills Studies the history of Spain and its rich cultural Hispanic Syncretic Imagination (4) S civilization as well as Latin American literature. through review of familiar and complex structures, legacy. Students become familiar with the most Examines the Hispanic culture through Offered alternate years or on demand. and extensive oral-aural practice. Students attain transcendental events in this nation’s past. Focuses on ideological notions, myths, iconic figures, traditions, fluency at a secondary level and the ability to interpret distinct artists and their work, iconic figures, and religious manifestations such as rituals. 350 Hispanic American Women Writers (4) written material adequate for the level. The course traditions, and popular trends that have had an Discussion centers on the key issues that have resulted An overview of the history of Hispanic American also looks at general aspects of the Spanish-speaking impact in and outside Spain’s national borders. from the meeting of the two worlds and adaptation of women writers from the Colonial period to the world relevant to the understanding of its culture. Prerequisite: SPAN 213 recommended. Offered in the American first nations to the transformative present. It includes an analysis of key economic, social, Prerequisite: SPAN 112 with a grade of C or higher. rotation. reality of colonialism. (Includes travel component and political conditions in the development of their Corequisite: consent determined by placement or when taught during summer or Winter Sessions.) writing. Poetry, short story and the novel are included other type of evaluation tool. 318 Civilization of Latin America (4) Prerequisite: consent for travel. Offered on demand. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. Students learn about Latin American countries, 265/365 U.S. Latino Culture (4) S their people, and their civilizations through the study 375 Topics in Mexican Culture 360 The Latin American Short Story (4) Studies the Latino phenomenon in the U.S. as of major works of literature, art and music. Ideas and History (4) The Latin American short story is one of the peculiar to a diaspora strongly united by language and presented in class are reinforced through films, slide A multidisciplinary approach to Mexico and its richest manifestations of contemporary Latin adherence to a common cultural legacy. Students presentations, and guest speakers. Prerequisite: SPAN diaspora throughout history based on discussion of American narrative. Students study its evolution from examine the circumstances causing the migration of 306 or consent. Offered alternate years. specific issues. Students examine specific topics that the origins to the present time paying close attention to specific groups entering the U.S. Emphasizes social define Mexican culture using a selection of fictional the principal literary, social and political movements issues such as labor, health, education, diversity 321 Political Writings of Latin America (4) and non-fictional literary pieces and other forms of that produced those stories: Romanticism, Realism, within the Latino community, the acculturation Focuses on readings from the political writings of cultural and artistic expression. Offered each spring. Naturalism, Regionalism, Existentialism, the Boom, process, and the overall impact of the Latino minority selected Latin American thinkers. Students analyze the post-Boom and Feminism, among others. in U.S. society today. Prerequisite for SPAN 265: writings that range in time from the Spanish 471 Practicum in the Teaching of Spanish (4) consent. Prerequisite for SPAN 365: SPAN 213 or Conquest to the present, providing a historical Students learn various methods for the teaching of 380 Analysis of the Spanish Language (4) consent. Offered fall of even-numbered years. SPAN overview of the development of the political thought grammar, writing, and speaking in Spanish. They also Provides students with the opportunity to improve 365: (S). in Latin America. Identical to POLS 321. Offered serve as assistants and tutors in SPAN 111, 112, and their linguistic abilities in Spanish, develop a greater each fall. 213. Prerequisite: SPAN 307 (or the capability of awareness of the process of learning another language, 270/370 Latin American Music and Dance (4) using the Spanish language effectively) and consent. and also expand their knowledge of the many facets of Covers the history of dance beginning in ancient 329 Latin America through the Cinema (4) Offered each year. the Spanish language. A background is provided of Europe and the Middle East and ends with the Analyzes a selection of Latin American feature issues and concepts of second language acquisition, history of dance in Latin America, particularly that of films and documentaries in order to understand the The following course(s) are undergoing revision particularly those of the English-speaking learners of the development of dance in the Hispanic society. political, social, and economic conditions that to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, Spanish. Also studies the importance of Latin music and dance characterize this region. Students explore the course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and in Latin America and the U.S. In the practical portion constitution of national identities, questions of offering information are subject to change. 420 The Latin American Novel (4) of this course, students have the opportunity to learn ideology, class, race, ethnicity, and gender. They A study of the development of the Latin American a variety of Latin dances such as salsa, merengue, and address the conditions of film production in light of 2xx Modern Mexico (4) novel beginning with the 19th century to the present. bachata, which have become very popular in globalization and Hollywood’s competition and use A travel course focusing on contemporary Mexican Theme, form, style, and technique along with the contemporary American society. This course is taught of film as a tool for social change. Films are screened culture. The class visits museums and important historical and social context are studied. Latin in English and does not fulfill the Foreign Language outside of class. Prerequisite: SPAN 307 cultural sites in order to examine Mexico’s main American women as authors and as characters are an requirement. Offered in selected Winter Sessions. recommended. Offered intermittently. ancient civilizations and the most representative important aspect of this course. Offered spring of even- periods of its history. Complementary selected literary numbered years. 307 Topics in Advanced 333 Commercial Spanish (4) Conversation and Composition (4) W readings and films illustrate relative issues defining Designed for students and professionals who wish Modern Mexico. Students gain an insight into the LATIN COURSES (LATN) Emphasizes reading for comprehension and the to learn Spanish for use in a practical business idiosyncrasies of this nation’s peoples based on a close (See Classics for Latin courses and major.) articulation of ideas in Spanish. An introduction to context. Prerequisite: SPAN 212 or equivalent or examination of ancient and modern religious beliefs Spanish Civilization and Culture through the analysis consent. and rituals, social attitudes, and ideological and discussion of carefully chosen publications tendencies reflecting the values of most Mexicans written by Latin American and Peninsular writers. 345 Seminar in Spanish Literature (4) today. GEOGRAPHY Can be taken more than once for credit. Focuses on specific topics of Spanish literature to offer students the opportunity of in-depth 220/320 Comparative Politics: 316 Studies in Hispanic Poetry (4) examination. Students are encouraged to explore the Latin America (4) GEOGRAPHY COURSES (GEOG) Studies representative poets, periods, and poetic topics comparatively and through other forms of Identical to POLS 220/320. traditions and styles of Spain and Spanish America. cultural and artistic productions such as theatre and 111 Physical Geography (4) Critical analyses of the texts in their original form is 312 Survey of Spanish Literature II: film. Offered in rotation. A study of the physical earth with an emphasis on complemented with discussion of the author’s work Latin America (4) the processes of planetary composition, planetary in translation. Prerequisite: SPAN 213. Offered in The most important works of Spanish American rotation. motion, the atmosphere, water, plate tectonics, prose, poetry and essay from the Conquest to the glaciers, landforms, and other major topics. present are studied against the cultural background. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 108

108 GEOGRAPHY HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES/SOCIAL WORK 109 Chart continued from previous page Environmental issues provide applications to current integral component of life at the College, students HHSSW 400 the impact of loss throughout the life cycle as a result events and conditions. Basic location identification encounter the relationships and social contexts in Social Work Methods with of normal developmental transitions and as a result of 4 serves as a foundation for atlas and general thematic which they will learn and eventually practice. Groups & Communities suicide, violence, and disaster; and the needs of those map usage. Offered each semester. Students are immersed in the topics of mental and identified as disenfranchised grievers such as partners HHSSW 401 physical health, human rights, diversity, oppression, 4 of AIDS patients, families of suicide victims, women 112 Cultural Geography (4) S and economic and social justice, through a data- Direct Service Interventions who have miscarried, and young widows/widowers. HHSSW 450 The study of how geography affects culture and driven, outcomes-based curriculum in which critical 4 Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher how culture affects geography. This course is regional thinking skills are applied. Research Methods in Social Work and junior/senior status or consent. Offered fall of in its approach and explores the reciprocal HHSSW 472 odd-numbered years. 12 relationship of the earth and its inhabitants and how Health & Human Services Internship Departmental Policies 336 Lifespan Development and Behavior (4) they affect each other. Urban, cultural, medical, HHSSW 475 historical, and economic themes provide the focus for 1. Students must apply to the program prior to Health & Human Services/ 4 Designed for students who want to develop a regional applications. Basic map skills and location declaring the major. Social Work Seminar strong foundation in human growth and identification serve as a foundation for atlas and 2. Students must maintain a 2.5 GPA both overall development. Biological, social, and psychological general thematic mapusage. Offered each spring and and in the major. TOTAL 44 theories of growth and development are examined summer. 3. Students must maintain a portfolio of their from a multi-disciplinary perspective. Students learn work in this program that includes their about normal development from conception to aged 113 Human Geography (4) application to the program, a record of the death as well as certain pathological processes are. Provides a synthesis of physical and cultural CSWE competencies, contracts, professional HEALTH AND HUMAN Students who have previously taken a developmental geographic concepts by developing an understanding meeting attendance, a resume, and all other SERVICES/SOCIAL WORK course, or will as part of their intended major, may of the relationship of the physical world to the professional documents as directed by the COURSES (HHSSW) not take this class for additional credit. Prerequisite: cultural through three units: The Physical World, department. junior status or consent. Offered each spring. Cultural and Physical Interaction, and Applied 4. A grade of 80% or better is required for each Cultural and Physical Processes. Explores the use of Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) CORE COURSES 400 Social Work Methods with maps and other geographic representations, the study competency. If a competency is repeated in a Groups and Communities (4) of physical processes, the characteristics and future course, the same policy applies. A grade 201 Introduction to Health and Builds skills in group and community distribution of ecosystems, the relationship between below 80% will stand; however, the student Human Services/Social Work (4) S intervention techniques in social work. Prerequisites: must show competency to go forward in the human activity and the physical environment, the Acquaints the beginning student with the history, junior/senior status and consent. Offered each spring. program. Individual professors develop policies examination of cultural patterns and networks, and philosophy, values, concepts, language, directions, for remediation in each class at their own the impact of political forces on physical resources. problems, and broad scope of health and human 401 Direct Service Interventions (4) W discretion. Offered each spring or summer. services. Offers exposure to various agencies and Overview of the direct methods used in health 5. Students must report ANY violation of the agency policies. Prerequisite: sophomore/junior/ and human services: case work and group work. Virginia Wesleyan Honor Code to full-time The following course(s) are undergoing revision senior status. Offered each fall. Introduction to the theory and practice of such Social Work faculty immediately. Any Level I to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, methods as essential to the helping professions. honor code violation will necessitate a meeting course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and 251 Diversity and Social Problems Includes a required experiential learning component. of the student and full-time Social Work faculty offering information are subject to change. in Social Work (4) Students work in a direct service agency as a service in which remedial action will be developed and provider for a minimum of three hours per week for planned. Any Level II honor code violation will An overview of how diversity influences social 485 Earth and Environmental Science the semester. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of result in immediate removal from the program. work practice and the social problems practitioners for Secondary School Teachers (1-4) C or higher, senior status, and consent. Offered each 6. This list is not exhaustive. Specific internship try to address. Topics include the history, philosophy, fall. Identical to EES 485. requirements are detailed in the handbook on values, ethics, concepts, language, directions, internships. problems, and broad scope of diversity and social problems and how they impact social work practice. 450 Research Methods in Social Work (4) Q HEALTH AND HUMAN Major Requirements: Health and Offered each fall. Offers an overview of data collection methods and Human Services/Social Work analysis procedures within the context of health and SERVICES/SOCIAL WORK 307 Death, Dying, Loss, and Grief (4) V,W human services. Both positivistic and naturalistic DR. BENJAMIN D. DOBRIN, MSW, COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Explores contemporary and historical societal paradigms are examined. Students learn how to pose Program Coordinator HRS. influences, cultural practices, and spiritual beliefs research questions, design studies, collect data, and MS. SHARON L. PAYNE, LCSW, CSAC HHSSW 201 surrounding the experience of death. Students analyze, interpret, and report their data. Prerequisites: 4 Introduction to Health & Human Services examine religious rituals related to the preparation of junior/senior status, successful completion of math requirement, and consent. Offered fall of even- The Health and Human Services/Social Work HHSSW 251 the body, the burial and the mourning process and numbered years, or as needed. Program, which is based on a strong foundation in Diversity & Social Problems 4 examine the ethics surrounding end of life decisions the liberal arts, prepares students for generalist social in Social Work and how death is determined from a medical and work practice and graduate study. The program legal perspective. Other topics include current legal 472 Health and Human Services/ HHSSW 302 focuses on ethical behavior and competent practice, 4 issues and instruments such as advance directives, Social Work Internship (12) following Virginia Wesleyan’s honor code and the Planning, Administration, & Legislation wills, and powers of attorney; current ethical A capstone experience in which students are National Association of Social Worker’s (NASW) HHSSW 336 controversies around life sustaining measures, placed in an agency, organization, company, or Code of Ethics. Through community service, an Human Growth & Development: 4 physician-assisted death, and organ transplantation; legislative setting that offers them an opportunity to Life Course Approach See continuation of choices next page 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 110

110 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES/SOCIAL WORK HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES/SOCIAL WORK 111

assume a preprofessional role where they can build 343 Public Administration (4) 410 Homeless in America (4) I 318 Aging in the Media (4) skills and expand their expertise. Psychology majors Identical to POLS 343. Reviews the history of poverty and homelessness Explores aging through the context of popular must complete the core and the major requirements in America and society’s response. Emphasizes the media. The study begins with an overview of the for the specific major. Prerequisites: senior status; ELECTIVES economic, cultural, social, and political factors that major psycho-social theories on aging and explores HHS/HHSSW 201, 302, 338, and 401; POLS 343; converge to create a climate of poverty. Current how aging and older people are portrayed in a myriad PSY 337; 21 semester hours of upper-level courses to 361 Human Sexuality (4) V societal responses to poverty are studied with of media. Students focus on film and view television support the emphasis with a grade of C or higher in immersion experiences in the Hampton Roads area. programs, comics, and children’s literature. This is a each course; a minimum grade point average of 2.5; a An exploration of the issues surrounding human Prerequisite: senior status. Offered in selected Winter fun and innovative way to study the etic construct of minimum of 45-60 semester hours of 300/400-level sexuality. Historical perspectives from Western Sessions. aging through the Western (American and British) coursework, and approval of the internship cultures provide a basis for understanding the emic lens. committee. Corequisite: HHSSW 475. Offered each construction of gender in modern society. A review of The following elective course(s) are undergoing spring. other cultures shows diverse approaches to gender and 335 Contemporary Issues (4) sexual issues worldwide. Legal, moral and ethical revision to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 475 Health and Human Services/ issues related to sexual behavior and gender are curriculum. Thus, course numbers, titles, Provides an opportunity for students to critically Social Work Seminar (4) I studied, along with the physical aspects of human prerequisites, and offering information are examine a variety of issues which are of concern to subject to change. providers of services as well as consumers of services. Offered concurrently with the internship. Assists sexuality and procreation. The disciplines of history, anthropology, sociology, psychology, health The topics of concern may, by necessity, change from students in relating theory and values to experience 210/310 Public Health (4) year to year. The course is useful to students majoring and in offering support, interpretation, evaluation, education, medicine, religious studies, women’s Offers the student an overview of the history and in disciplines from all three divisions. Students are and guidance. Students are evaluated on their studies, and law inform the exploration. Students are current practice of public health in the U.S. and expected to do independent work to supplement performance of work assignments, use of supervision, challenged to explore their own values. Prerequisite: abroad and surveys the core components of public lectures and readings. Offered spring of odd- and coursework. Prerequisites: senior status; same as junior/senior status or consent. Offered fall of even- health. Offered each fall or on demand. numbered years. HHSSW 472. Corequisite: HHSSW 472. Offered numbered years. each spring. 384 Drugs of Abuse (4) 308 Gerontological Services (4) 380 Aging in America (4) Offers the student an overview of the history and Provides an overview of current theories of aging. The following core course(s) are undergoing An introduction to the complex issues current practice of gerontological services in the Attention is given to myths, healthy aging, positive revision to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 surrounding both licit and illicit drugs. The most United States. During the 20th century, life strategies used to deal with the aging process, and the curriculum. Thus, course numbers, titles, widely used/abused drugs are studied in some depth expectancy increased almost 30 years in this country. interrelationships between characteristics and needs of prerequisites, and offering information are to include an overview of their pharmacology and the An entire field of response has been created to help the aging and aged people in America. “Aged” is defined subject to change. neurophysiology of the brain. The major classifications of drugs of abuse, their addictive elderly population with their needs and concerns. This as 65-120. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. potential and the continuum of use, misuse, abuse course is a survey of the core components of 302 Planning,Administration & Legislation (4) 383 Emergency Management (4) and addiction are addressed. The short and long term gerontological services—financial, social, in-home, Builds skills in community organization, consequences of drug use are studied in addition to institutional and medical. Service delivery gaps and Focuses on planning for and responding to both administrative and legislative process as intervention the dangers of drug interactions. Offered most fall trends for the future are explored. routine events such as fires, drowning and accidents, techniques. Each student is expected to design, develop semesters. and extraordinary major events, such as hurricanes or and present a project using the method taught. 309 Grief—Childhood & Adolescence (4) terrorist attacks. We discuss planning for and Offered each spring. 385 Substance Abuse and Designed to teach students the theories which responding to specific events. We also look at strengths Chemical Dependency (4) explain the different ways children react to loss and and weaknesses of these plans and responses. Offered 338 Adult Development: on demand. A Biopsychosocial Approach (4) Examines the effects of drugs of abuse on our grief. The materials studied give the students a society. Topics include defining the drug problem and knowledge base upon which to build appropriate 386 Peer Educator Training (4) Human growth and development, young its effects on the abuser, family, economy, legal intervention skills to assist children living with loss adulthood through aged death, is designed to meet the system, and health care, and the issues and impact of and grief. Special attention is given to age, cultural, Provides preparation for students to become part of particular needs of students in the health and human treatment and 12-step support groups. Offered most racial, religious and gender differences. The focus is on the college’s Peer Educator Program. Following a services. Focuses on the normal developing life process spring semesters. children experiencing the loss of a significant person in training model developed by The BACCHUS with attention to individual adjustments. Though their lives. Some emphasis is on children suffering Network, students develop basic skills needed to related to the normal developmental processes and 402 Women on the Brink (4) from life-threatening illness and their own potential impact critical campus issues such as sexual assault subsequent adjustments, the course examines how the death. Offered fall of even-numbered years. and binge drinking. Students learn ways to assist normal process may cause behavior patterns which Challenges the student to explore the interaction of complex societal and psychological factors as they other students in need and how to develop and may be interpreted as pathological to the untrained 312 Chronic Diseases (4) conduct prevention programming. After successfully observer. Students become aware of abnormal relate to America’s most vulnerable women. Students An in-depth review of current health concerns and completing the program, students receive a nationally responses to normal developmental processes as the examine the history of women’s role in American chronic diseases. The course surveys specific conditions, recognized certification from The BACCHUS individual proceeds through the normal changes society and evaluate how current policies and policy related to these conditions, and prevention Network, indicating their readiness to act as a campus associated with growth and development. Since it is institutions often keep women vulnerable and techniques. Public health prevention as well as the resource. Pass/fail grading. $15 fee. Offered as needed. extremely important for students to understand the disenfranchised. Conducted in a seminar format on medical community’s curative response are also inter relationship of physical, mental, and emotional campus, with a one-week residential component in a examined. The public health model is promoted 390 Substance Abuse Counseling ( 4) development and the impact of one’s culture, each homeless shelter in a major urban area. Prerequisites: throughout the course. Offered spring of even- Provides the individual preparing for a career in developmental stage is examined from this perspective consent and one faculty/staff recommendation. Offered in selected Winter Sessions. numbered years. working with individuals, families and groups with a and considers the unique tasks and stresses of the portion of the academic background necessary for not different stages of life. Offered each spring. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 112

112 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES/SOCIAL WORK HISTORY 113

only working with these populations around substance Major Requirements: History Minor Requirements: History 116 History of the United States (4) abuse issues but also for becoming certified as a A survey of the history of the United States from substance abuse counselor. Offered as needed. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. approximately 1400 to the present. Examines the HRS. HRS. major political, social, cultural, intellectual, religious, Three history courses at the 100/200 level 12 Two courses in U.S. history 8 and economic trends over the course of the nation’s HISTORY Five history courses at the 300/400 level, Two courses in non-U.S. history 8 history. Designed primarily to fulfill state competency requirements for prospective teachers. Offered each DR. RICHARD E. BOND including two in U.S. history, two in One history course in any area 4 European history, and one in non-Western semester. DR. CLAYTON J. DREES 20 DR. DANIEL S. MARGOLIES, Program Coordinator history (Asia, Africa, or Latin America), TOTAL 20 219 Topics in Asian History (4) H DR. SARA A. SEWELL and at least two W courses that require a research paper. The courses must include at least one writing (W) An examination of selected topics in the history of Course offerings in history are intended to HIST 260 course in history. Three history courses must be at Asia that varies from year to year and focuses on such 4 familiarize students with both the American and Introduction to Historiography the 200 level or above, and at least two must be at areas as China, Japan, India, and the Near East. May Western heritage, as well as with some aspects of the be repeated for credit as designated topics change. HIST 360 the 300 level or above. history of the non-Western world. The study of 4 Offered spring of odd-numbered years or on Junior Research Seminar history is presented as a means of integrating college demand. HIST 460 experiences and developing certain perceptual and 4 HISTORY COURSES (HIST) analytical skills. Students are exposed to a broad range Senior Thesis Seminar 220 The Civil War and Reconstruction (4) H of modern historical methodologies, making Examines the causes, experience, significance, and TOTAL 44 111 World History to A.D. 1600 (4) connections between history and many other lasting legacies of the Civil War and Reconstruction. academic disciplines. The study of history is aimed at A study of selected topics in history from the Topics include the ongoing crisis of sectionalism and students who are motivated by diverse goals. It offers emergence of early cultures to the 16th century. nationalism, the political, ideological, and moral Major Requirements: Emphasizes the variety of human societies and the excellent preparation for careers in law, civil service, History and Social Science conflict over slavery, the impact of expansionism, the journalism, business, foreign service, museum work, ways in which Old World societies influenced one ideological development of a revolutionary South, and archives, and for graduate study, including law another. Prerequisite: freshman/sophomore status or and the impact of the war on national politics, COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. consent. Offered each fall. school. HRS. culture, and memory. Heavy emphasis is given to the The History Department offers a major in history war itself: the battles, leaders, common soldiers, HIST 111 112 World History: The Modern Era (4) and one in history and social science. The history tactics, diplomacy and economics of this great World History to A.D. 1600 major offers students a broad choice of courses that 8 Explores world history since 1600, focusing on conflict. Finally, students explore the mixed results of HIST 112 emphasize high-level analytical skills and historical intercultural exploration and appreciation. Examines this war for the victorious North, the defeated South, World History: The Modern Era inquiry. It introduces students to a wide range of many critical political events in world history, and the restored nation during Reconstruction and methodologies, including oral history, intellectual HIST 113 including the two world wars. Students also learn beyond. Offered spring of even-numbered years. history, social history, cultural history, and gender History of U.S. to 1877 about key historical trends such as the waning of history. The major requirements, although flexible, HIST 114 traditional societies, industrialization, Marxism, 250 Topics in History (4) H are designed to ensure that all students will gain some History of U.S. Since 1877 4 nationalism, and imperialism. Significant attention is Applies skills in historical analysis to a variety of knowledge of both U.S. and non-U.S. history beyond OR devoted to studying cultural developments, especially geographical, chronological, cultural, social, and the introductory level. They also ensure that every HIST 116 how ordinary people experienced major historical political topics. Students learn how societies change student majoring in history will confront a diversity History of the U.S. events. Prerequisite: freshman/sophomore status or over time, analyzing primary documents in their of historical interpretations and practice designing HIST 260 consent. Offered each spring. 4 historical context and developing independent and conducting historical research. Introduction to Historiography 113 History of the U.S. to 1877 (2) arguments based on primary sources. Requires an 8- The history and social science major is designed 10 page paper based on primary source evidence. for students who plan to teach history and/or social Four history courses at the 300/400 level, including two in U.S. history, two A brief survey of the first half of American history, Topics for HIST 250 sections are available from the studies at the secondary level. It meets all content 16 from early Native American history to History Department before registration begins each requirements for teacher certification in social studies in non-U.S. history, and at least one W course that requires a research paper Reconstruction. Designed for students who need only semester. May be repeated for credit as topics change. in Virginia. In addition to history, areas of study one half of the American history survey to fulfill a Prerequisite/corequisite: ENG 105. Prerequisite for GEOG 113 include government, civics, international studies, 4 graduation requirement. Students may not take both Winter Session: successful completion of ENG 105 Human Geography economics, and geography. This major also HIST 113 and 116 for credit. Offered on demand. with a grade of C or higher. emphasizes historical interpretation and offers MBE 201 4 students opportunities to pursue independent Introductory Macroeconomics 114 History of the U.S. Since 1877 (2) 260 Introduction to Historiography (4) historical research. POLS 335 A brief survey of the second half of American 4 Students analyze the differing schools that have American Government history, from Reconstruction up to the present. developed around various historical questions and Designed for students who need only one half of the One of the following: learn how to enter into historical debates by engaging American survey to fulfill a graduation requirement. POLS 103, 206, 210, 217/317, other historians. They also are exposed to some of the 4 Students cannot take both HIST 114 and 116 for 220/320, 238/338, 250, 321, 334, most important methodologies in the discipline of credit. Offered on demand. 344, 345, 348, 350 history. Prerequisite: history or social studies major or history minor. Offered each spring. TOTAL 48 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 114

114 HISTORY HISTORY 115

286 Banned Books (4) culture, the Civil War, and the 20th century. May 348 History of Modern Germany (4) H 418 History of the New South (4) H An interdisciplinary exploration of banned books; require field trips to historic sites. Prerequisite: Explores the meaning of modern Germany since An intensive study of life, politics, culture, the legal battles in U.S. history that created, sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered each fall. its unification as a modern nation-state in 1871. economics, gender, and the race question in the supported, and ended censorship; and the literary, Topics include the political outline of German American South between the end of Reconstruction legal, aesthetic, and socio-political contexts that 319 Early Modern Europe, 1300-1789 (4) W history, the social and cultural histories of Germany, and the end of World War II. Topics include the influenced both the artists and the changing An investigation of European history during the German identity, ethnic groups, the Holocaust, and shifting legacies of the Civil War and of conceptions of obscenity that marked their works as transition from medieval to modern forms of Germany’s national borders. Prerequisite: sophomore/ Reconstruction, the Jim Crow segregation system, controversial. Students may not also receive credit for political, cultural, religious, and social dimensions of junior/senior status. Offered spring of even- New South ideology, and the life and working ENG 286. Offered in selected Winter Sessions and life. The course explores the concept “early modern” numbered years. experiences of Southerners. Students analyze an array spring semesters. as it emerged in the Renaissance, Reformation, and of historiographical interpretations and schools of Enlightenment movements. Prerequisites: successful 360 Junior Research Seminar (4) W thought on the history, meaning, and memory of the 306 Seminar in Asian History (4) H completion of ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher Designed to provide history majors with skills for New South. Prerequisites: 3 semester hours in history An intensive overview of Mongolian political, and sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered spring producing research within the discipline, culminating and senior status or consent. economic, social, and cultural history from the rise of of even-numbered years. the following fall semester in HIST 460. Students Chingghis Khan’s global empire through the collapse begin the process of designing their research project, 425 Brother Can You Spare of Communism. Focuses on empire, warfare, 328 United States Foreign produce a historiographical review of their topic, and a Paintbrush? The Arts Programs revolution, and national consolidation. Includes Relations, 1763-1919 (4) H craft a research proposal for review and discussion. of the New Deal (4) I consideration of intangible cultural heritage and An examination of the major themes, events, Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, Students use the creative projects and traditional music and dance. Offered fall of odd- ideas, and consequences of American foreign policy a declared major in history or social studies, and administrative documents available in online archives numbered years. from the French and Indian Wars through Woodrow sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered each spring. to pursue intensive research and analysis of the arts Wilson’s attempt to re-shape international relations in programs of the Works Progress Administration. 313 19th-Century America (4) H the aftermath of World War I. Emphasizes the 380 Dos Passos’ USA (4) H They examine the cultural, social, and political An intensive exploration of major themes, events, strategic, ideological, economic, sectional, and racial An intensive exploration of John Dos Passos’ great significance of these projects in the context of one of and individuals in United States history between dimensions of U.S. relations with other nations and trilogy, U.S.A.: The 42nd Parallel: 1919: The Big the most dynamic and fascinating periods in modern Thomas Jefferson’s presidency and the Spanish- peoples, and the connections between foreign and Money. Students read and discuss the books, explore American history. They also create New Deal-style American War. Topics include territorial and domestic politics. Prerequisite: sophomore/junior/ and evaluate Dos Passos’ innovative narrative and art, individually and in groups, which is presented to governmental expansion, the politics of slavery and senior status. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. experimental styles, his political agenda and social the campus community at the end of the Winter freedom, the Civil War and its aftermath, the critique, his understanding of the flow of American Session. Prerequisite: senior status. Offered in selected industrial revolution, urbanization, imperial 346 History of South Africa (4) S history, his enduring appeal, and his great utility to Winter Sessions. adventurism, and other transformations that marked An exploration of the South African past, from the student of American history. Using the books as a this tumultuous and fascinating time in history. earliest settlement by African and European peoples guide and a lodestar, they construct an understanding 433 Globalization and Empire Emphasizes historiographical interpretations of the through the British Colonial and Afrikaner union of the American experience before, during, and after in American History (4) S historical changes and their meanings. Prerequisite: periods, to the establishment and dismantling of the First World War and gain insight into the Traces and evaluates the development of systems sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered fall of even- apartheid in the 20th century. Prerequisite: connections between literature and history and of liberalized trade, cultural exchange, numbered years. sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered fall of even- between art and memory. Prerequisites: any 100-level communication, and transportation known as numbered years. history course and sophomore/junior/senior status. globalization and the related American pursuit of 314 First and Second Offered in selected Winter Sessions. empire and power in this capitalist world system. Great Awakenings (4) H,W 347 History of Modern France (4) H,W Topics include the legal, administrative, political, A study of the social, cultural, religious, and Focuses on France’s attempts to achieve “liberty, 417 History of the Old South (4) H ideological, cultural, and military systems and demographic causes and consequences of the First equality, and fraternity,” exploring the history of An intensive study of life, politics, culture, strategies created over time by policymakers in the and Second Great Awakenings. Prerequisites: ENG France from the beginning of the 18th century to the economics, gender, and race in the American South United States to shape and dominate an increasingly 105 with a grade of C or higher and sophomore/ present. Examines the various political regimes, between the Civil War. Topics include life in the interconnected and interdependent world. Students junior/senior status. Offered spring of even- beginning with Absolutism under Louis XIV, through Antebellum South; the experience of the frontier, analyze and dissect the different theoretical numbered years. the series republics and the two Napoleonic empires. mountain, Tidewater, piedmont, and Gulf Coast; the approaches developed by legal and foreign policy Emphasizes the many revolutions that have left complex relationships among Black, White and historians to explain the meaning of globalization and 316 Medieval Europe (4) H indelible stamps on the history of France. The Native Americans; the notion of Southern honor; the empire in American history. Prerequisite: senior status A survey of the cultural, religious, political, and political narrative is supplemented by a social analysis interplay of sectionalism, radicalism, Southern or consent. Offered fall of even-numbered years. economic changes that Europe underwent from the of French society, including the history of the nationalism, and expansionism; and the experience of 440 Seminar in American History (4) “fall” of Rome to the Black Death. Prerequisite: working classes, women, Jews, and immigrants. plantation life for master and slave. Students analyze sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered spring of Examines the cultural milestones in French history, in an array of historiographical interpretations and Intensive study of selected topics that vary from odd-numbered years. popular culture, and in national political symbolism. schools of thought on the history of the Old South. semester to semester. May be repeated for credit as Prerequisites: successful completion of ENG 105 Prerequisite: senior status or consent. Offered fall of designated topics change. Prerequisite: senior status 317 History of Virginia (4) H with a grade of C or higher and sophomore/junior/ odd-numbered years. or consent. Offered on demand. senior status. Offered on demand. An exploration of the history of the Commonwealth of Virginia. Topics include Powhatan culture, early colonial life, the origins of slavery and the construction of race, gentry and slave 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 116

116 HISTORY HISTORY 117

451 History of the Holocaust (4) I 262 Seminar in the History of violence, political crime, and state repression on 381 The South of Erskine Caldwell (4) Examines the Holocaust from a variety of of European Cities (4) American politics, culture, society, and economy. An intensive reading and discussion seminar perspectives based on the General Studies Frames of Investigates the history of various European cities, Students examine the rise of different radical political which explores the tenor of early 20th century Reference. Topics include the history of anti- including Berlin, Paris, London, Vienna, and Prague. ideologies and parties, mob violence, slave uprisings, Southern life and culture through the fiction and Semitism, the emergence of racial ideologies at the Focuses on the history of art, architecture, city filibusters, lynching, vigilantism, strikes, police and nonfiction works of Erskine Caldwell, a much- end of the 19th century, the conditions that planning, and public spaces. Through walking tours, military repression, assassination, terrorism of the left overlooked genius of American letters. Caldwell stands contributed to the rise of the Nazi Party, and the visits to museums and key landmarks, and musical and right, apocalyptic sects, the role of violence in alongside William Faulkner as one of the two most memory of the Holocaust. Includes a class project performances, students investigate the historical producing or forestalling social change and reform, important interpreters of life, culture, and society in that commemorates Kristalnacht on November 9, developments of the cities, focusing particularly on etc. We also discuss and dissect the different theoretical the South during the early 20th century. In his highly which develops students’ historical knowledge, conflicts radiating from the construction and approaches developed by historians to explain the readable works, Caldwell straddled the lines between communication skills, and aesthetic sensibilities. destruction of the urban landscape. Begins at VWC meaning of radicalism, terrorism, and violence in sharp social commentary and popular fiction, high art Prerequisite: consent. Offered fall of odd-numbered with an on-campus component in which students American history. Prerequisite: sophomore/ and reportage. By focusing on the lives of ordinary years. prepare for an on-site study of the city. The on-campus junior/senior status. Offered fall of odd-numbered Southerners, Caldwell explored race, class, and gender study is followed by travel to the destination. years. in a South wracked by industrialization, social 460 Senior Thesis Seminar (4) W upheaval, racial violence, and the Great Depression. 338 Internship in Public History (4) A workshop in which senior history majors apply 303 17th- and 18th-Century America (4) Rural Southern life, the race question in the South, previous learning. Each student selects a historical A study of the social, cultural, religious, and Offers students the opportunity to work directly in radical Georgia politics, social change during the problem, develops appropriate research methodology, demographic changes that took place over two museums, historic houses and archives in the region Great Depression, and the broader flow of events in and carries out the project under faculty supervision different centuries in early American history. Topics where they gain historical knowledge and insight into American history between 1900 and 1945 are and in close contact with other members of the studied include Native American life; encounters what historians do outside the classroom. In addition covered along with other important topics. seminar. Students are encouraged to consider a variety between whites and Indians; the political, economic, to 100 hours of field work, students meet several times Prerequisite: sophomore/junior/senior status. of approaches to historical investigation, including and social formation of the colonies; free and enslaved for discussion with other interns and write a short oral history, quantification, and archival research. black life; African, European, and American cultural paper relating to their experiences. Prerequisites: B 385 Seminar in the History of Socialism, Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, development; and religion, among others. (3.00 GPA) average, sophomore/junior/senior status. Communism, and Marxism in Europe (4) senior status, and HIST 360 or consent. Offered each Prerequisite: sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered Offered each spring. Explores the development of socialism in Europe fall. in fall of even-numbered years. from the late eighteenth century through today. 352 U.S.Women’s History (4) Examines the theoretical origins of socialism in the The following course(s) are undergoing revision 322 Religion and Social Issues Examines topics in the history of women in the late eighteenth century and the beginning of the to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, in American History (4) United States from the colonial period to the present. nineteenth century. Includes an analysis of Marxism course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and The course focuses particularly on how women’s roles and Communism as developed by Karl Marx and offering information are subject to change. Examines, from an interdisciplinary vantage point, crucial social issues in American history such as and ideas about femininity changed over time in the Friedrich Engels in the mid-nineteenth century, as context of the social, economic, political, and cultural well as critical socialist thinkers after Marx, including 205/305 Survey of Modern Europe (4) slavery and issues of racial equality, and the status of women. This course explores the religious influences, development of the United States. The course also August Bebel, Lenin, Rosa Luxemburg, and Geog Survey in European history since the 18th century. background and context of these social issues which takes account of what American women have shared, Lukacs. Includes an analysis of socialist/communist Over the past 200 years, European society has have had a profound effect on American history and as well as how they have differed across lines of class, feminism, aesthetics, literary theory, and home changed profoundly. From scientific discoveries, to the continue to reverberate in American society today. race, ethnicity and region. Prerequisite: junior/senior furnishing. Investigates the historical application of spread of democracy, to the rise of secularism, Europe Prerequisites: completed at least six semester hours in status or consent. Offered spring of even-numbered socialist theory to the political world from the mid- has undergone revolutionary transformations. Many history, religious studies, political science, English, years. nineteenth century, to the Russian Revolution, to the people consider most of these developments to be interdisciplinary studies, philosophy or sociology; collapse of communist regimes in Eastern Europe in critical markers of progress, and they point to sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered on demand. 353 History of Women in Europe Since 1700 (4) the 1990s. Prerequisite: sophomore/junior/senior democracy, industrialization, scientific advances, and Explores the history of women in Europe from the status. technological innovations as evidence of this progress. 323 Tudor England (4) 18th century to the present. Its central themes focus on Such developments also came with negative 405 “Born to Shop?” The History of A detailed introduction to the history of 15th- and women’s roles in society, both public and private. repercussions, such as colonialism, mass destruction Modern Consumer Culture in the U.S. (4) 16th-century England that explores the political, Examining women in the spaces they have historically and genocide. Students are exposed to various occupied, students probe some of the central questions Is the American Dream for sale? The history of historical interpretations, including political, social, social, economic, religious and intellectual trends responsible for the “renaissance” of culture that concerning the history of women in Europe: How did consumer culture in the United States during the 20th gender, and cultural narratives. Prerequisite for 305: society define “woman,” and why was she generally century is examined. It is often said that we live in a sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered each fall. characterized the Elizabethan Age. Prerequisite: sophomore/junior/senior status. Offered fall of even- seen as the “other”? How did society construct women’s consumer society, but seldom do we stop to consider roles, and to what extent did women contest what this actually means or how it came to be. In 248 Medieval Islamic World (4) numbered years. traditional gender roles? How did industrialization tracing this history, scholars grapple with such An honors course in the history, religion and 325 Radicalism,Terrorism, and shape women’s lives? To what extent did women questions as: How has consumerism helped to shape culture of the Islamic Near East, Spain, African Violence in American History (4) participate in political struggle, and how did their American culture in the 20th century? Has consumer empires and Swahili coast, the Ottoman empire and political goals and means of struggle vary from those An examination of dissent, radical politics, culture primarily been oppressive or liberating? How Mogul India from Mohammed the Prophet to the of men? How did contemporaries view the female terrorism, and political violence in American history. does consumer culture shape and reflect personal and 17th century. Offered on demand. body? Why did some women oppose “emancipation,” Radicalism in all forms in American history is studied group identity, whether based on gender, class, as defined by feminists? Prerequisite: sophomore/ from the colonial era to the present. We examine the ethnicity, race, or nationality? These and other junior/senior status. Offered fall of even-numbered impact and influence of historically important forms questions are examined through readings, films, and years. primary sources. Prerequisite: senior status or consent. Offered spring of even-numbered years. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 118

118 HISTORY INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 119

415 Diseases, Pirates, and Slaves museums, architecture, and historic sights, and in Designed to help students develop strong academic these regional music styles and try playing the music in the Atlantic World (4) their living culture. The course is tailored to each skills. Offered each semester. themselves in an old-time string band or jug band. Introduces students to the major topics and themes student’s research interests and includes components Offered in selected Winter Sessions. arising from the innumerable connections that existed before, during, and after the trip. Prerequisite for 431: 106 Analyzing and Understanding between peoples who crisscrossed the Atlantic Ocean 75 semester hours. Offered in selected Winter College Reading (2) 202 The School and Society (4) S between 1500 and 1800. Students examine topics Sessions. *HUM 231: (A); HUM 431: (I). An introductory course in critical thinking as it A study of the historical, philosophical, and such as encounter, environment, migration, piracy, relates to college reading success. Designed to help sociological foundations of public education in the slavery, and revolution in Africa, Europe, North The following course(s) are undergoing revision students develop their skills these areas. Offered each United States. Topics include the foundations of America, and South America. Prerequisite: senior to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, semester. instructional design based on assessment data, the status or consent. Offered spring of even-numbered course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and legal status of teachers and students, including federal years. offering information are subject to change. 108 WISE: Wesleyan Information and state laws and regulations, the school as an Seeking Experience (2) organization/culture, and contemporary issues in 426 European Heresy and the Witch-Hunt (4) 150 Service-Learning in a Global Context (4) Introduces students to the research process and education. Offered each semester. An intensive examination of the varying themes Students engage in service projects in communities helps students develop the information literacy skills and viewpoints historians grapple with in their study around the world, with a special focus on needed to succeed in college. Students learn how to 203 Applied Technology for of religious dissent in Medieval and Early Modern communities that have been damaged by the effects of define information need, use effective research Innovative Instruction (2) Europe. Includes a formal research paper in a student- violence, poverty, and social injustice. Students strategies, and evaluate and communicate research Offers students the opportunity to master led seminar format. Prerequisite: senior status or become educated about the target community, engage results. Offered during selected Winter Sessions. introductory concepts and use technology aids to consent. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. in a thoughtfully organized service project that produce educational materials and instructional units addresses the particular needs of that community, and 111 Orientation Seminar for and to increase the efficiency of instruction in the 428 Atlantic Slavery (4) participate in structured reflection on the service Non-Traditional Students (1) classroom. Enables educators to meet the Technology An intensive examination of the African and experience. Prerequisite: students should be prepared Designed to help non-traditional students develop Standards for Instructional Personnel (TSIP) and to American slave trades. While the focus varies, the to travel abroad (have valid passports, etc the academic skills needed to excel in their teach Computer/Technology Standards K-12 as course considers the causes and consequences of the coursework. Emphasizes critical thinking. Offered outlined in the Virginia Standards of Learning. slave trade and key questions in the historiography of 301 Aesthetic Communication: Understanding each semester as needed. Online section requires consent. Offered each slavery from an interdisciplinary perspective. and Experiencing the Arts (4) semester. Prerequisite: senior status or consent. Offered spring of The arts as a unique and universal mode of 123 Service Learning in Hampton Roads (2) 304 Blackfeet Immersion: Life and odd-numbered years. communi cation, a legitimate point of view from Raises civic consciousness by fostering engaged Education on a Montana Reservation (4) which to address the nature of humanity, are explored. citizenship where students perform a week of direct 450 Seminar in European History (4) Painting, photography, sculpture, music, opera, dance, community service. Orientation and preparation A travel course in which students spend a week Intensive study of selected topics that vary from and architecture are discussed not only as separate before the direct service, as well as a reflection journal, volunteering at the De La Salle Blackfeet School in semester to semester. Prerequisite: senior status or disciplines, but as sources for common elements (line, document student learning. May be repeated for Browning, Montana, as assistants to the teachers and consent. Offered on demand. texture, harmony, rhythm, etc.). How are these credit. Identical to PORT 123. Offered each Winter as mentors to the children. Coursework before and elements used in each specific discipline to Session. after the trip enhances student learning and provides 485 History for Secondary School Teachers (1) communicate the artist’s message? Students visit an intercultural experience that invites students to affirm a common bond. Prerequisite: junior/senior Intended to be an intensive content and histor- museums and attend live concert performances in 124 Service Learning and Issues of Civic status or consent. Offered selected Winter Sessions. iographical review course for secondary school teachers addition to classroom lectures. Does not fulfill any Engagement in Hampton Roads (4) requirements for Latin Honors. Students are introduced to a community-based in social studies. These tasks are accomplished by 315 Managing Diversity in Organizations (4) focusing on primary documents and scholarly articles project and investigate the issue involved through on various historical periods. Techniques for teaching research, reading, and lecture, followed by a week of Promotes awareness of cultural differences and aspects of this complicated material to students is INFORMATION SYSTEMS direct community service. Includes reflection, positive attitudes toward these differences. Includes discussed, shared and developed, focusing in part on assessment, and consideration of broader contexts. topics related to effective management of people who (See Business) the requirements of the state SOLs. This class deepens May be repeated for credit. Identical to PORT 124. differ in race, gender, age, disability status, understanding of history, engages scholarly Offered each Winter Session. nationality, or sexual orientation. Does not fulfill any controversies, and enhances the teacher’s effectiveness requirements for Latin honors. Prerequisite: ENG in the classroom. 126 Music and Folk Culture of the 105 with a grade of C or higher. Offered fall of odd- INTERDISCIPLINARY Southern Appalachians (1) numbered years. STUDIES Introduces students to the music and folk culture 470 Developments in Science and HUMANITIES of the Southern Appalachians, including Virginia, Technology (4) I,W INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES West Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Georgia, and Alabama. Emphasizes the unique pre-World War Explores the nature of scientific inquiry and the HUMANITIES COURSES (HUM) COURSES (INST) II styles of rural dance music, social and religious role of science and technology in our society by music, and early commercially recorded music, tracing the historical development and current state 231/431 A Tale of Two Cities (4) A,I* 105 Preparing for College Success (2) including the old-time string band, jug bands, of several areas of science and technology. Considers An individualized travel and research course An introductory course in critical thinking, study clawhammer style of banjo playing, unaccompanied the influence of culture, politics, religion, economics, through which students experience and analyze the strategies, goal setting, time management, and study fiddling, shape note singing, and balladry. Students and society on these developments and the impact of culture of two important cities, as represented in their skills and their relationship to academic success. examine the history, development, and structure of these developments on the society. Does not fulfill 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 120

120 INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 121

any requirements for Latin honors. Prerequisites: 310 Junior Liberal Studies Seminar (1) Major Requirements: International Studies One of the following: 4 ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, junior/senior Encourages students to recognize and explore POLS 317, 320, 328, 338, 344, 353 status, and one “L” course. Offered Winter Sessions SEM. relationships and connections among courses from the COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE One of the following: of even-numbered years. HRS. various General Studies Frames of Reference. Using a HIST 219, 262, 346, 347, 348, 433 4 systems approach, students examine past educational POLS 103 482 Issues in Education (4) I,W experiences and plan for future learning activities. Global Realities 4 International Politics Track Total 16 Offers students the opportunity to develop a Does not fulfill any requirements for Latin Honors. POLS 206 descriptive research study. The student chooses a Offered fall of even-numbered years. Introduction to Comparative International Business Track topic, conducts a review of the related literature, Politics OR 4 designs the study, develops research questions, gathers 313 Practical Policy and Debate (1) POLS 210 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. and analyzes data, and reports the results. Does not An analysis of the structures and methods of public Introduction to International Relations HRS. fulfill divisional requirements for Latin honors but policy debates. This course is designed to teach students HIST 112 One of the following in may fulfill research requirement for summa cum to analyze and debate contemporary issues in public 4 World History: The Modern Era addition to core requirements: laude. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or policy pragmatically. Students read and debate issues MBE 201 higher and junior/senior status. Offered each while practicing public speaking, argumentation, and One of the following: Introductory Macroeconomics OR 4 semester. professional etiquette. Graded pass/fail. Offered each RELST 116 MBE 202 fall. World Religions 485 Selected Topics (1 to 4) PHIL 372 4 Introductory Microeconomics Beyond the Western Tradition MBE 332 Provides opportunities to explore current topics, 330 Methods of Social Research (4) 4 trends, and issues related to curriculum, PHIL 392 Economic Development Surveys the various methods employed in social Alternative Futures methodology, and evaluation. Primarily intended to MBE 333 research. Topics covered include: foundations, research 4 meet in-service and re-certification needs of statistics, case study methodology, interview POLS 250 International Business practicing educators. Does not fulfill any Introduction to International 4 methodology, survey research methodology, One of the following: requirements for Latin honors. Prerequisite: consent. Political Economy interpreting research and participant observation. FR 333, SPAN 333, MBE 305, Offered each semester. 4 This course does not concentrate on experimental One of the following: POLS 206, 317, 320, 334, research design. Does not fulfill any requirements for MBE 100 338, 344, 348, 350 The following course(s) are undergoing revision Latin Honors. Offered fall of even-numbered years. Introduction to Economics to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, MBE 201 4 International Business Track Total 16 course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and Introductory Macroeconomics offering information are subject to change. INTERNATIONAL MBE 202 Introductory Microeconomics 161 Bees and Beekeeping (1) STUDIES International Cultural Studies Track Complete one of the following tracks: An introduction to the history, technique, biology, The International Studies major emphasizes an International Business 16 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. and practices of apiculture. It is an introduction to the interdisciplinary approach that teaches students to International Cultural Studies HRS. fundamentals and pleasures of keeping bees as either a think critically about international political, International Politics economic, cultural, and business processes and SOC 230 hobby or a business. The long history of beekeeping Individualized International Study 4 problems. The program contains a core of required 6-12 Understanding Other Cultures around the world, the various metaphorical and (either Internship or Study Abroad) cultural meanings assigned to bees and beekeeping courses, but offers students the opportunity to PSY 245 4 over time, the development of the Langstroth hive, develop an individualized program in one of three TOTAL 46-52 Child Development Across Cultures and the theories behind the most modern hive concentration areas: international politics, One 300/400-level course in French, 4 management practices are studied. Essentials such as international business, and international cultural German, or Spanish literature building of hives, supers, and frames, the capture of studies. Classroom study is supplemented by real-life International Politics Track swarms, the installation of packaged bees, international experiences with internship or study One of the following: management of the hive throughout the seasons, abroad opportunities. Virginia Wesleyan College is COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. ARTH 351, 352, ENG 314, FR 314, HRS. requeening, and the harvesting of a honey crop are located in the international port of Hampton Roads. 327, GER 329, HIST 305, 433, 4 also studied. The basics of bee biology and hive Intergovernmental organizations, including the Two of the following: PHIL 372, MUS 313, 314, SPAN 312 organization, and the critically important methods of United Nations, have offices here, as do national HIST 328 International Cultural Studies preventing disease and maintaining a healthy, intelligence, security, and military branches of the United States Foreign Relations 1763-1919 Track Total 16 productive colony are also covered. government; thus the area can offer students POLS 345 8 international intern experiences without leaving the International Law & Organizations 230 Women of the Caribbean (4) region. Students prepare for careers in international POLS 440 Students explore, assess, analyze and apply work with governments, with non-government Seminar: American Foreign Policy feminist theories as they relate to themselves and to the organizations, and in international business. The women of the Caribbean. The course focuses on the major consists of a minimum of ten courses and social, political and cultural similarities and either an internship or study abroad. Students must differences among American and Caribbean women. become proficient in a foreign language. Students take a trip to one of the Caribbean islands for further research and study. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 122

122 JOURNALISM MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 123 Chart continued from previous page interest in science or engineering. Both options are MATH 333 Major Requirements: Mathematics (B.S.) JOURNALISM appropriate for students who plan to pursue graduate Number Theory 24 study in the same or related fields. Minors in MATH 340 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. (See Communication) mathematics and in computer science complement Modern Geometrics HRS. majors in many fields, including biology, business, MATH 480 MATH 171 chemistry, and earth and environmental science. The Advanced Topics in Mathematics Calculus I 8 MANAGEMENT department also offers a secondary (6-12) teacher MATH 489 MATH 172 certification program in cooperation with the Research in Mathematics Calculus II Education Department. The program meets all Applied mathematics courses: MATH 205 (See Business) content requirements for effective high school 4 MATH 310 Discrete Mathematics teaching and for licensure in Virginia. Further, the Statistical Models MATH 217 department offers coursework for students seeking MATH 315 4 MATHEMATICS AND certification in elementary education. Ordinary Differential Equations Linear Algebra The department supports the general studies MATH 350 Core Courses: COMPUTER SCIENCE curriculum by offering courses that meet the Numerical Methods MATH 317 quantitative perspectives “Q” requirement. All “Q” MATH 487 Algebraic Structures 8 MRS. KATHY R. AMES courses carry a mathematics placement prerequisite. 1 Mathematics Senior Seminar MATH 323 DR. LYDIA KENNEDY The math placement codes indicate levels of Real Analysis DR. AUDREY MALAGON mathematics preparation for incoming students. A DR. DANTE V. M ANNA TOTAL 45 Electives student’s application file, transcripts, and SAT or Five of the following, including DR. MARGARET REESE, Program Coordinator ACT scores form the basis for placement. The levels DR. Z. JOHN WANG at least one applied course: are coded by letters: H, A, B, C, D. Students may Requirements for secondary MS. DENISE POCTA WILKINSON Pure mathematics courses: challenge their placements by contacting the teaching certification MATH 301 departmental coordinator. Mathematics is at its heart the search for pattern Program must include Combinatorics or structure. It is an essential component of the liberal Major Requirements: Mathematics (B.A.) all of the following: MATH 303 arts: A mathematician finds a structure and develops MATH 303 Multivariable Calculus MATH 316 a vocabulary or theory for describing, exploring, and COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Multivariable Calculus extending it further. Each course in mathematics HRS. MATH 316 Probability MATH 317 engages students in the search and in the articulation MATH 171 Probability Algebraic Structures of the consequences. The study of mathematics Calculus I MATH 317 8 MATH 323 requires both creativity and rigorous, logical thinking. MATH 172 Algebraic Structures - Real Analysis Mathematics courses are designed to meet two goals: Calculus II MATH 323 (1) to introduce some of the most influential ideas Real Analysis MATH 333 20 MATH 205 and techniques in mathematics; and (2) to develop 4 MATH 340 Number Theory problem-solving ability by teaching students to Discrete Mathematics Modern Geometries MATH 340 MATH 217 Modern Geometries combine creative mathematical searching with 4 MATH 301 rigorous reasoning. Linear Algebra Combinatorics MATH 480 OR Computer science is a discipline involving the Core Courses MATH 333 Advanced Topics in Mathematics analysis, design, implementation, and maintenance of MATH 317 Number Theory MATH 489 computer systems; it is a key component of a modern Algebraic Structures OR 4 MATH 210 Research in Mathematics education. The computer science program includes MATH 323 Statistics Applied mathematics courses: OR - programming and software design, algorithms, Real Analysis MATH 310 MATH 310 system architectures, operating systems, language Statistical Models Electives Statistical Models theory, databases, and online information systems MATH 315 Six of the following, including design. Computer science courses are designed to CS 110 Ordinary Differential Equations at least one applied course: prepare students for a lifetime of learning that will Introduction to Programming MATH 350 Pure mathematics courses: enable them to move beyond current technology to with Visual BASIC Numerical Methods MATH 301 OR 4 meet the challenges of the future. CS 112 Combinatorics MATH 487 The Mathematics and Computer Science Computer Programming I 1 MATH 303 Mathematics Senior Seminar Department offers majors in mathematics and in MATH 300 Multivariable Calculus 1 computer science leading either to the B.A. degree or Teaching Assistant Program Four courses in mathematics, natural MATH 316 the B.S. degree. Each program provides a broad sciences, psychology or economics 16 Probability education in fundamentals and problem-solving TOTAL 50 approved by advisor MATH 317 strategies. The B.A. options offer basic majors in Algebraic Structures TOTAL 61 mathematics and computer science. The B.S. options MATH 323 are designed for students with an additional strong Real Analysis See continuation of choices next page 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 124

124 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 125 Chart continued from previous page Requirements for secondary MATH 210 One of the following: conversions, linear, exponential and quadratic teaching certification Statistics MATH 205 functions and graphs, exponents, linear equations, OR 4 system of equations, combinations, permutations, Program must include all of the following: MATH 310 Discrete Mathematics OR 4 and probability. Prerequisite: placement level C, MATH 303 Statistical Models MATH 217 Math 005 with a grade of C or higher, or consent. Multivariable Calculus Linear Algebra TOTAL 40 Students must have a TI-83 or TI-84 graphing MATH 316 Two of the following: calculator. Offered each semester. Probability MATH 301, 303, 310, 315, 316, 317, 8 MATH 317 323, 333, 340, 350, 480, 489 135 Calculus with Precalculus, Part I (4) Q Algebraic Structures - Major Requirements: Computer Science (B.S.) MATH 323 TOTAL 20 Students learn the basic tools of calculus, why they work, and how to apply them in various contexts. Real Analysis COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. MATH 340 HRS. Symbolic, graphical, and numerical approaches are considered. Topics include limits, derivatives, and Modern Geometries CS 112 Minor Requirements: Computer Science applications. Includes sufficient coverage of functions MATH 301 Computer Programming I 8 and trigonometry to support the study of calculus Combinatorics CS 212 OR COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. and of other sciences. The two-course sequence, MATH 333 Computer Programming II HRS. Number Theory MATH 135 and 136, is sufficient preparation for CS 205 CS 112 4 4 MATH 172 Calculus II. Prerequisite: placement level MATH 210 Discrete Mathematics Computer Programming I B, MATH 104 with a grade B or higher, or MATH Statistics OR - Core Courses: CS 212 105 with a grade of C- or higher, or consent. Offered MATH 310 4 CS 310 Computer Programming II each fall. Statistical Models Introduction to Computer Systems 8 CS 110 CS 110 136 Calculus with Precalculus, Part II (4) Q CS 311 Introduction to Programming Introduction to Computer Data Structures with Visual BASIC OR 4 A continuation of MATH 135. Topics include Programming with Visual BASIC OR - Three CS courses at the 300/400 level 12 CS 205 applications of derivatives, the Riemann integral, and CS 112 the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Includes CS 489 Discrete Mathematics Computer Programming I 4 sufficient instruction in advanced algebraic Research in Computer Science Two of the following: PHYS 221 techniques to support the study of calculus. CS 310, 311, 331, 332, 350, 8 University Physics I - Mathematics courses: Prerequisite: MATH 135 with a grade of C- or higher MATH 135 380, 430, 480, 489 or consent. Offered each spring. MATH 300 Calculus with Precalculus, Part I OR 4 1 TOTAL 20 Teaching Assistant Program MATH 171 171 Calculus I (4) Q Calculus I TOTAL 62 Students learn the basic tools of calculus, why they MATH 210 work, and how to apply them in various contexts. Statistics Calculus I develops the differential calculus through OR 4 MATHEMATICS COURSES MATH 310 (MATH) symbolic, graphical, and numerical approaches. Major Requirements: Computer Science (B.A.) Statistical Models Topics include differentiation of algebraic and transcendental functions, applications in modeling MATH 172 005 Algebraic Preliminaries (4) COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. 4 and optimization, and the Fundamental Theorem of HRS. Calculus II Students develop basic computational and calculus and an introduction to differential equations. MATH 217 CS 112 4 strengthen their understanding of fundamentals in Prerequisite: placement level A or consent. Offered Computer Programming I Linear Algebra preparation for courses that involve more difficult 8 each fall. CS 212 PHYS 221 quantitative concepts. Students with placement level 4 Computer Programming II University Physics I D must complete this course with a grade of C or 172 Calculus II (4) Q CS 205 higher before attempting MATH 104. Topics include A continuation of Calculus I. More advanced 4 TOTAL 56 Discrete Mathematics operations on whole and signed numbers, fractions, techniques are studied and used to solve quantitative decimals, exponents, variables, linear equations, and Core Courses: problems in various contexts. Topics include elementary problem solving. Traditional grading only. integration techniques, applications of definite CS 310 While students receive no credit for this course, the Introduction to Computer Systems 8 Minor Requirements: Mathematics integration, and sequences and series. Prerequisite: course grade does count toward their overall grade MATH 136 or 171 with a grade of C- or higher or CS 311 point average as if it were a 4 semester-hour course. Data Structures COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. consent. Offered each semester. HRS. Prerequisite: placement or consent. Offered each Three CS courses at the 300/400 level 12 semester. MATH 171 205 Discrete Mathematics (4) 4 MATH 135 Calculus with Precalculus, Part I Identical to CS 205. Calculus with Precalculus, Part I 104 Algebra and its Applications (4) Q OR 4 MATH 172 MATH 171 4 Presents topics in algebra through traditional and Calculus I Calculus with Precalculus, Part II applications-based methods. Topics include See continuation of choices next page proportion, percents, metric and American 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 126

126 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 127

210 Elementary Statistics (4) Q 303 Multivariable Calculus (4) 489 Research in Mathematics (2, 4) COMPUTER SCIENCE Introduces students to learning from data. Topics Topics include functions of several variables, Offers students the opportunity to conduct COURSES (CS) include the basics of data production, data analysis, curves, surfaces, partial differentiation, multiple original scientific research in an area of interest. probability, Central Limit Theorem, and statistical integrals, and vector analysis. Prerequisites: MATH Students work closely with one or more members of 100 Computer Concepts and Applications (4) inference. Statistical software is used for data 172 and either MATH 217, or PHYS 221, or the natural science faculty to develop and conduct a Topics include basic concepts of computer management, calculation, and visualization. No consent. Offered each spring. research project, then present their findings orally hardware and software; the development of the previous knowledge of statistics is required. during the semester’s undergraduate research computer, networks, and the Internet; programming Prerequisites: placement level B or A or H, MATH 310 Statistical Models (4) symposium and as a formal research paper. Students with Alice; Web page development with HTML; 104 with a grade of C- or higher, or MATH 105 with are encouraged to present their findings at a A course in applied data analysis. Emphasizes application software including word processing, a grade of C- or higher, or consent. Students must conference. Prerequisite: junior/senior status and a construction of models for authentic data sets. spreadsheet, database, and presentation software; and have a TI-83 or TI-84 graphing calculator. Offered major in mathematics, prior approval by the project Statistical software is used extensively for analyzing social concerns associated with the widespread use of each semester. advisor, and consent of the instructor. Students may real data sets from various contexts. Topics include computers. Offered each semester. parametric and nonparametric tests, simple and enroll for 2 or 4 hours in a given semester. May be 217 Linear Algebra (4) multiple regression, and ANOVA. Prerequisites: repeated for a maximum total of 8 semester hours. 110 Introduction to Programming The study of linear equations in several variables. MATH 106 with a grade B or higher, MATH 210 Identical to BIO 489, CHEM 489, CS 489, and EES with Visual BASIC (4) Q Students develop the theoretical structure underlying with a grade B or higher, or MATH 171 with a grade 489. Offered each semester and most Winter Sessions An introductory programming course that uses answers to the questions: When does a solution for a C- or higher, or consent. Offered each spring. (2 semester hours only). Visual BASIC programming language. Topics include system of linear equations exist? When is it unique? the program development process, structured How do we find it? How can we interpret it 316 Probability (4) The following course(s) are undergoing revision programming, data types, assignment, selection, geometrically? Topics include vectors spaces, linear to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, Approaches probability as a discipline with looping, subroutines, one-dimensional arrays, files, independence, bases, dimension, transformations, course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and applications throughout mathematics and the and random numbers. Prerequisite: placement level matrices, determinants, and applications. offering information are subject to change. sciences. Topics include classical and axiomatic H, A, or B, or a grade of C- or higher in MATH 104, Prerequisite: MATH 172 or consent. Offered each probability, random variables, common distributions, or consent. Offered on demand. fall. density functions, expectation, conditional 315 Ordinary Differential Equations (4) probability, independence, the Law of Large Explores the theory and applications of ordinary 112 Computer Programming I (4) Q 225 Priniciples of Mathematics (4) Numbers, and the Central Limit Theorem. differential equations and their solutions. Topics Java and C++ languages are introduced. Topics A study of the nature of mathematical knowledge, Prerequisites: MATH 172 and either MATH 205, include linear and non-linear first order equations, include the program development process, structured the history of mathematics, geometry, elementary MATH 226, or consent. Offered fall of odd- higher order linear equations, series solutions, systems programming, data types, variables and expressions, number theory, and basic trigonometry. Does not numbered years. of linear differential equations, Laplace transforms input/output, assignment, selection, looping, count toward the major in mathematics. and numerical methods. Offered intermittently. functions, and arrays. Prerequisite: placement level H, Prerequisites: placement level H, A, or B, or MATH 317 Algebraic Structures (4) A, or B, or a grade of B or higher in MATH 104, or 104 or MATH 105 with a grade of C- or higher. 323 Real Analysis (4) An introduction to algebraic structures, including consent. Offered each fall. Freshmen by consent only. Offered each semester. groups and rings, homomorphism theorems, quotient A theoretical treatment of sets, relations, functions, structures, and polynomial rings. Prerequisite: numbers, inequalities, sequences, series, limits, and 205 Discrete Mathematics (4) 300 Teaching Assistants’ Program for Math (1) junior/senior status, MATH/CS 205, and 217. the derivative. Offered fall of even-numbered years. The analysis of finite step-by-step processes. Qualified students assist math instructors in Offered spring of even-numbered years. Develops reasoning skills, enhances software-writing teaching their classes. Enrollment is by invitation of 333 Number Theory (4) abilities, and introduces elementary computer the MATH/CS department. Although the course is 340 Modern Geometries (4) An introduction to the study of the set of natural circuitry. Topics include Boolean algebra, digital logic useful for students seeking certification in secondary Explores Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries numbers, with little knowledge presupposed aside circuits, the nature of valid argument, mathematical education, enrollment is not limited to them. A and the cultural impact of non-Euclidean geometries. from familiarity with the reading and writing of induction, recursive sequences, and counting student may enroll more than once, but may apply no Topics include geodesics, plane geometry, including proofs. Topics include linear congruence, greatest techniques, including combinatorics methods. Many more than 3 semester hours earned in this manner non-Euclidean geometries, finite geometries, complex common divisor, Euler’s totient function, Chinese class examples are drawn from computer science. toward graduation. May not be used to satisfy major numbers, and geometric transformations. Remainder Theorem, Fermat’s Little Theorem, Prerequisite: MATH 135 with a grade of C- or or minor requirements in mathematics, although one Prerequisites: MATH 205, 217, or consent. Offered Wilson’s Theorem, Legendre symbol, and quadratic higher, or placement level H or A, or consent. semester of MATH 300 is required for secondary spring of odd-numbered years. reciprocity. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. Identical to MATH 205. Offered each spring. education certification. Offered each semester. Recommended spring freshman year. 350 Numerical Methods (4) 480 Advanced Topics in Mathematics (4) 301 Combinatorics (4) Identical to CS 350. Enables students to explore areas of advanced 212 Computer Programming II (4) An introduction to combinatorics, the mathematics which are otherwise not included in the A continuation of CS 112. Topics include mathematical art of counting discrete quantities. 487 Mathematics Senior Seminar (1) curriculum. Offered intermittently. advanced programming design in user-defined data Topics include enumeration of combinatorial Students read and discuss current journal articles types, arrays, structures, pointers, array-based structures, recursive algorithms, graph theory with in mathematics. Topics vary and may include lists, binary searching, recursion, and introduction applications and algorithms, inclusion-exclusion, and problem solving. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisites: to object-oriented programming techniques. generating functions. Prerequisite: MATH/CS 205, declared mathematics major and senior status or Prerequisite: CS 112 or consent. Offered each spring. or MATH 217, or consent. Offered fall of odd- consent. Offered each spring. numbered years. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 128

128 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE MUSIC 129

310 Introduction to Computer Systems (4) EES 489, and MATH 489. Offered each semester and designing these systems are examined. Topics MUS 480 2 Introduces the basic concepts of computer and most Winter Sessions (2 semester hours only). include I/O and interrupt structure, concurrent Senior Project processes, process scheduling, and memory organization and assembly language. Specific topics APMU 211 The following course(s) are undergoing revision management and protection. Offered on demand. include CPU and memory organization, machine Wesleyan Singers to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, OR 2 language, addressing techniques, macros, program APMU 300 course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and segmentation and linkage, and assembler Chamber Music construction. Satisfies the oral competency offering information are subject to change. MUSIC requirement for computer science majors. APMU 133-494 (6 hours at the MS. SANDRA BILLY, Director, 12 311 Data Structures (4) 300/400 level) Prerequisite: CS 212 or consent. Offered fall of odd- Center for Sacred Music numbered years. An introduction to commonly used computer data DR. R. DAVID CLAYTON One of the following: structuring techniques. Topics include abstract data DR. SAM DORSEY, Applied Music, Guitar (adjunct) MUS 100, MUS/ARTH 201, 350 Numerical Methods (4) 4 types, classes, queues, stacks, linked lists, algorithm MS. LEE JORDAN-ANDERS, Program Coordinator MUS 202/302, 250/350, 251/351, Examines efficient methods used in solving analysis, sorting, searching, tree and graph. Offered MR. GEORGE STONE, Staff Accompanist, 252/352, 253/353, 310, 335, 336 numerical problems with the aid of a computer. fall of even-numbered years. Piano (adjunct) Piano proficiency Topics include floating point arithmetic, MS. BILLYE BROWN YOUMANS, Ensemble performance each semester interpolation and approximation, integration, roots 331 Systems Analysis and Design (4) Applied Music, Voice (adjunct) of nonlinear equations, ordinary differential Introduces the concepts, principles, and stages of TOTAL 44 equations, and systems of linear equations. computer-based information systems analysis and The Music Department offers students the Prerequisites: MATH 172 and CS 112. Identical to design. Topics include the system development opportunity to study music in a program that places MATH 350. Offered spring of even-numbered years. environment, project management, system the specific discipline of applied music study within Major Requirements: requirements definition, interface and structure the context of a liberal arts curriculum. All students Music with Liberal Arts Track 380 Programming Languages (4) design, and system implementation and admin- have the opportunity to explore the creative process Introduces students to the historical development istration. Offered on demand. embodied in this art form and to investigate the COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. of programming languages and to the decisions manner in which music reflects historical trends and HRS. involved in the design and implementation of such 332 Data Communications and Networks (4) cultural patterns in society. The study of music MUS 100 programming language features as elementary, provides individuals with personal fulfillment, Introduces the fundamental concepts, technologies, Introduction to Listening structured, and user-defined data types, subprograms, enhances and complements everyday life, and creates and applications of computer networks. Topics include MUS/ARTH 201 OR 4 sequence control, data control, and storage an opportunity for students to discover and the basics of data communications, network Introduction to Music & Art management. Selected features of several existing experience aesthetic beauty. Our program of study topologies, protocols, routing and switching, naming in the Western World languages are examined in the context of these issues. and addressing, and network operations. Offered on encourages all learners to appreciate as well as Prerequisite: CS 212 or consent. Offered on demand. demand. critically articulate their responses to this important MUS 101 Basic Musicianship part of our culture. Virginia Wesleyan offers majors in OR 4 480 Advanced Topics in 411 Introduction to Algorithms (4) applied music and music in the liberal arts, as well as MUS 102 Computer Science (4) courses for the non-musician. Students may prepare Basic Musicianship for Guitarists Introduces the fundamental computer algorithms, for careers in private teaching, church music, music An in-depth study of an area of advanced their performance analysis and the basic technique to MUS 225 merchandising, arts management, music 4 computer science. Specific content varies according to design algorithms. Topics include the standard Intermediate Musicianship I librarianship, or for graduate study in music or the the interests of students and the instructor. May be algorithms and performance analysis for search and MUS 226 humanities. 4 repeated for credit as the topic varies. Prerequisites: sorting, advanced data structures, graph theory, and Intermediate Musicianship II CS 212 and consent. Offered spring of even- algebraic computations. Students have the capability Major Requirements: APMU Applied music, two semesters numbered years. 4 to design algorithms for solving various Music with Applied Music Track private study on any instrument computational problems. Offered on demand. 489 Research in Computer Science (2, 4) Four of the following: COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Offers students the opportunity to conduct 430 Database Management Systems Design (4) HRS. MUS 302 Great Composers original scientific research in an area of interest. Emphasizes the concepts and structures necessary to MUS 225 4 MUS 350 Students work closely with one or more members of design and implement database systems using a Intermediate Musicianship I the natural science faculty to develop and conduct a Music from the Baroque Era relational database management system. Various MUS 226 MUS 351 research project, then present their findings orally 4 database management system architectures, Intermediate Musicianship II Music in the Classic Era during the semester’s undergraduate research illustrating hierarchical, network, and relational MUS 325 MUS 352 16 symposium and as a formal research paper. Students models are discussed. Physical data storage techniques, 4 are encouraged to present their findings at a Advanced Musicianship I 19th Century Music file security, data integrity, and data normalization MUS 353 conference. Prerequisites: junior/senior status and a are also explored. Offered on demand. MUS 325 major in computer science, prior approval by the 4 20th Century Music Advanced Musicianship II MUS 310 project advisor, and consent of the instructor. 440 Operating Systems (4) MUS 313 Students may enroll for 2 or 4 hours in a given 4 Topics in Sacred Music The principles of operating systems are introduced Music History I semester. May be repeated for a maximum total of 8 MUS 313 with an emphasis on intrasystem communication. The MUS 314 Music History I semester hours. Identical to BIO 489, CHEM 489, 4 concepts and techniques necessary for understanding Music History II MUS 314 Music History II See continuation of choices next page 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 130

130 MUSIC MUSIC 131 Chart continued from previous page MUS 335 201 Music & Art in the Western World (4) A 251/351 Music in the Classic Era such as the fugue, rondo, theme and variations, and Music Management (1750 to 1825) (4) A sonata are studied. Various strategies for analyzing OR 4 Identical to ARTH 201. MUS 336 A listening course exploring music from the musical compositions are investigated. Post- Business of Music 213 Music History I (4) Classic era. Students listen to works from this period impressionist and serial composition techniques are included. Theoretical analysis and study are MUS 480 A chronological study of music from its origins in their entirety and discover how this music reflects 2-4 accompanied by parallel exercises in sightsinging and Senior Project through the early 18th century. Prerequisites: MUS the cultural history of the era. Works by Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, and others are included. Students ear training. Prerequisite: MUS 226. Offered fall of MUS 3xx 100, 201, or consent. Offered fall of even-numbered 2-4 have the opportunity to attend selected live odd-numbered years. Internship years. performances as part of their coursework. Offered 326 Advanced Musicianship II (4) TOTAL 44 214 Music History II (4) spring of odd-numbered years. A continuation of MUS 225 and 226. Focuses on A continuation of MUS 213 from the 18th 252/352 19th-Century Music (4) A a wide range of musical styles from the Renaissance to century to the present. Prerequisite: MUS 100, 201, the present. More complex chords and larger forms 213/313, or consent. Offered spring of odd- A listening course exploring music from the 19th Minor Requirements: Music such as the fugues, rondo, theme and variations, and numbered years. century. Students listen to works from this period in their entirety and discover how this music reflects the sonata are studied. Various strategies to analyze COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. 225 Intermediate Musicianship I (4) cultural history of the era. Works by Beethoven, musical compositions are investigated. Post- HRS. impressionist and serial composition techniques are A study of music theory, sightsinging, and ear Schubert, the Schumanns (both Clara and Robert), MUS 225 included. Theoretical analysis and study are 4 training as part of a program to develop complete Chopin, Liszt, Verdi, Berlioz, Brahms, and others are Intermediate Musicianship I included. Students have the opportunity to attend accompanied by parallel exercises in sightsinging and musicianship. Music theory is the logical and ear training. Prerequisite: MUS 226. Offered spring MUS 226 selected live performances as part of their coursework. 4 systematic study of the rationality of music that of even-numbered years. Intermediate Musicianship II eventually justifies and broadens natural musical Offered fall of odd-numbered years. instincts and intuitions. Sightsinging and ear training APMU 121-462 253/353 20th-Century Music (4) A 480 Senior Project (2) enhance the musician’s ability to envision the sound Applied Music: Private Study The culminating experience in the music major. 8 of a musical composition from an examination of the A listening course exploring music from the 20th (Instrumental, Voice, Piano, Students present a formal recital or write an historical printed score. Includes elementary harmony and century. Students listen to works from this period in Guitar, Composition) or critical thesis. Using music selected from each analysis, modes, triads and inversions, melodic their entirety and discover how this music reflects the Two of the following: major historical period, they demonstrate their ability construction, and simple harmonization with cultural history of the era. Works by Debussy, Ravel, MUS 302, 310, 313, 314, 350, 8 to apply knowledge gleaned from the study of music primary and secondary triads. Prerequisite: ability to Puccini, Bartok, Stravinsky, Schoenberg, Ives, 351, 352, 353 history and music theory to their interpretations or read music notation. Offered fall of even-numbered Copland, Varèèse, Barber, Glass, Gorecki, Päärt, investigations of the chosen repertoire. Students TOTAL 24 years. Zwilich, and others are included. Students have the opportunity to attend selected live performances as electing to perform a recital take MUS 480 226 Intermediate Musicianship II (4) part of their coursework. Offered spring of even- concurrently with the final semester of applied music numbered years. study and receive 2 semester hours. Students writing A study of music theory, sightsinging, and ear a thesis receive 4 semester hours. Prerequisite: grades MUSIC COURSES (MUS) training are as part of a program to develop complete 310 Topics in Sacred Music (4) of C or higher in MUS 313 and 325. Prerequisites/ musicianship. Music theory is the logical and corequisites: MUS 314 and 326. 100 Introduction to Listening (4) A systematic study of the rationality of music that An in-depth study of some aspect of sacred music eventually justifies and broadens natural musical including, but not limited to, hymnology and sacred Offers a user-friendly introduction to the music of instincts and intuitions. Sightsinging and ear training choral literature, sacred music history, and choral The following course(s) are undergoing revision such great classical composers as Bach, Beethoven, enhance the musician’s ability to envision the sound directing, all within the context of a variety of to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, and Mozart, while including limited encounters with of a musical composition from an examination of the religious traditions. Offered each semester. course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and the musical expressions of popular culture. An ideal printed score. Includes elementary harmony and offering information are subject to change. survey for nonmusicians lacking musical knowledge analysis including modes, triads and inversions, 313 Music History I (4) and performance skills, the course should also serve as 102 Basic Musicianship for Guitarists (4) melodic construction, and simple harmonization A chronological study of music from its origins a helpful introduction to the realm of classical music with primary and secondary triads. Prerequisite: through the early 18th century. A research project and Basic fundamentals of music including pitch and for those who are contemplating a music major. ability to read music notation and a grade of C or some analysis are required. Prerequisite: MUS 100, rhythmic notation. Students learn to make music Films, recordings, lectures, web pages, and live higher in MUS 225. Offered spring of odd-numbered 201, or consent. Offered fall of even-numbered years. from a written score using the guitar. Students need to concerts on campus and in the community provide years. own their own instrument. Students may not receive opportunities to develop a deeper understanding and 314 Music History II (4) credit for MUS 102 if they have already taken MUS enjoyment of our musical heritage. 250/350 Music from the Baroque Era A continuation of MUS 313 from the 18th 101. Offered fall of even-numbered years. (1600-1750) (4) A 101 Basic Musicianship (4) A century to the present. Prerequisite: MUS 100, 201, 202/302 Great Composers (4) A listening course exploring music from the 213/313, or consent. Offered spring of odd- Fundamentals of music, including pitch and Baroque. Students listen to works from this period in numbered years. An in-depth study of the life and works of a single rhythmic notation. Students learn to interpret music their entirety and discover how this music reflects the composer. Students become familiar with the notation using recorders and other simple folk cultural history of the era. Works by Vivaldi, 325 Advanced Musicianship I (4) composer’s life, the historical setting, and gain instruments. Students may not receive credit for Couperin, Scarlatti, Handel, Bach, and others are intimate knowledge of important compositions from MUS 101 if they have already taken MUS 102. A continuation of MUS 225 and 226. Focuses on included. Students have the opportunity to attend all periods of the composer’s career through guided Offered fall of odd-numbered years. a wide range of musical styles from the Renaissance to selected live performances as part of their course the present. More complex chords and larger forms listening. work. Offered fall of even-numbered years. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 132

132 MUSIC PHILOSOPHY 133

321 Conducting Techniques (4) 300 Chamber Music (2) Philosophy courses provide students with a skill in seeing the basic values that influence these Offers basic and advanced skills for choral and Students explore the body of chamber music coherent intellectual structure of study, while personal and social issues. Offered each fall. instrumental conductors. All conducting patterns, written for their instrument and select and prepare a acquainting them with the broad diversity of ideas instrumental and choral techniques, rehearsal chamber music composition for performance with a and approaches within the Western philosophical 102 Contemporary Moral Issues (4) V technique, and score study are included. Offered on professional ensemble. A weekly one-hour coaching tradition and beyond. The curriculum covers Introduces the practice of moral reasoning demand. session offers rehearsal strategies as well as discussion significant periods and prominent figures in the through the study of representative moral theories of musical ideas and interpretations. In addition, history of intellectual thought, as well as the central and their application to controversial issues in APPLIED MUSIC COURSES students prepare a listening journal that documents subfields of philosophy and their distinctive problem contemporary life. Students develop the critical and (APMU) their listening experiences and generate an annotated sets. Though the department recognizes that a analytical skills required for thinking clearly about bibliography of chamber music compositions for philosophy major is a valuable preparation for careers moral problems and forming their own conclusions their instrument. Applied music fee of $250. in many fields, its approach to teaching reflects a basic about them. Offered each spring. 111 College Choir (1) A* commitment to the idea that philosophy is best thought of as a practice and way of life. Offered as a cultural experience for any student of The following course(s) are undergoing revision 105 Meaning, Happiness, and the college. A wide variety of choral literature is the Good Life (4) V to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, Major Requirements: Philosophy studied and performed, occasionally accompanied by course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and Examines key texts from philosophy and a professional orchestra. In addition to learning the offering information are subject to change. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. literature, East and West, on the meaning of life. selected repertoire, members of the choir are given HRS. Students attempt to grapple with questions such as, many opportunities to develop musicianship and 230 Wesleyan Singers’ Performance Tour (4) PHIL 209 Can happiness be found in the fulfillment of our vocal skills. While the ability to read music notation 4 A performance tour of approximately one-week Methods of Logic desires, or in their elimination, or in the worship and is not required, participants must be able to match service of a universal being? Is a meaningful life a pitch. Offered each semester. *Four semester hours duration with concerts each night. Performances may PHIL 332 4 happy life? and What does the question “What is the must be completed to fulfill the general studies also be scheduled during the day in schools and Ancient Greek Philosophy retirement homes. A week’s intensive rehearsal is meaning of life?” mean? Offered intermittently. requirement. PHIL 336 scheduled before departure and several performances 4 Early Modern Philosophy 110 Perennial Questions (4) V 113 Class Voice (2) on campus and in the area occur upon return. Prerequisite: membership in Wesleyan Singers. One of the following: A critical examination of several great issues that Offered in conjunction with APMU 211, PHIL 101, 102, 104, 105, 212, 4 confront us in modern philosophical thought, Wesleyan Singers. Students study basic vocal 221/321, 272/372, 304 including the question of the existence of God, the techniques to develop the voice for both solo and PHILOSOPHY PHIL 400 Philosophy Seminar 4 nature of ultimate reality, the sources of human choral use. Prerequisite: membership in Wesleyan knowledge, the principles of moral values, and the Singers. Offered each semester. DR. STEVEN M. EMMANUEL Three additional philosophy courses, 12 problems of aesthetic judgments. Offered each spring. DR. PATRICK A. GOOLD at least two of which are 121-462 Applied Music: Private Study DR. LAWRENCE D. HULTGREN, Program Coordinator at the 300/400 level 203 The Examined Life (4) (Instrumental,Voice, Piano/Organ DR. R. CATHAL WOODS Guitar, and Composition) (2) A* TOTAL 32 Approaches philosophy through the close reading and interpretation of Socratic dialogues. Engages the The Greek word philosophia (“philosophy”) Private applied music study is offered to students substance of the dialogues, the sort of knowledge derives from the roots philein (“to love”) and Sophia enrolled in the college regardless of previous musical Socrates seeks, how he searches for it, and why he (“wisdom”) and is commonly translated “love of background or major interest. A serious commitment Minor Requirements: Philosophy thinks this search is necessary. Literary technique and wisdom.” For Socrates, and those who followed his to learning about classical music literature and the the role of rhetoric in philosophical argument are example, the love of wisdom took the form of a technique required to perform such literature is SEM. considered. Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C disciplined reflection about human life and conduct. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE required. Applied music fee of $250. Prerequisite: HRS. or higher. Offered each fall. Convinced that intellectual and moral integrity go consent. *Four semester hours must be completed to Philosophy electives at the fulfill the general studies requirement. hand in hand, Socrates raised fundamental questions 12 209 Methods of Logic (4) about the nature of justice, virtue, and the good life. 200 level or above 211 Wesleyan Singers (1) A* Proceeding by careful analysis and rigorous dialectic, Philosophy electives at the 300/400 level 8 Analysis and evaluation of argument along with he sought a knowledge of reality on which to establish an introduction to induction, correlation and A small performance ensemble that offers a causation, and to specific methods of argument unique opportunity for advanced students to explore a firm foundation for making sound moral judgment. TOTAL 20 Though philosophical practice has taken many evaluation such as categorical logic, propositional singing on a higher level than is possible in a larger logic, truth tables, truth trees, and first-order logic. group of non-auditioned singers. Study and different forms over the centuries, the conception of philosophy as a process of critical inquiry aimed at a Background readings in the philosophy of logic and performance of appropriate literature for a small the psychology of reasoning. Offered each spring. group allows the art of choral singing to be more fully deeper understanding of self and world remains the PHILOSOPHY COURSES (PHIL) dominant one. The study of philosophy promotes the realized. Within the ensemble, duets, trios, quartets, 212 Practical Ethics (4) etc. may be formed according to talent and interest. development of analytical, critical, and interpretive 101 Individual and Society (4) V abilities that are important for life in general. Properly Explores the potential of moral reasoning as a tool An audition is required. Prerequisite: membership in An introduction to philosophy as critical thinking pursued, philosophical study cultivates the appetite for conflict resolution and consensus building. College Choir. Offered each semester. *Four semester and analysis through an examination of questions of and capacity for self-examination and reflection, for Through a series of practical exercises, students learn hours must be completed to fulfill the general studies human value(s). Students learn how to recognize and the open exchange and debate of ideas, for to use moral argumentation as a means of fostering requirement. analyze the values by which they live, examine the responsible and intelligent participation in constructive dialogue and mutual understanding. issues of self and society, and develop a philosophical community affairs, and for lifelong learning. Students develop the ability to listen carefully, 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 134

134 PHILOSOPHY PHYSICAL SCIENCE 135

distinguish real from apparent disagreements, 400 Philosophy Seminar (4) understanding and integrating the perspectives of 385 Problems in Philosophy of Art (4) discover common ground, and find creative solutions An in-depth study of the work of a single major others. Examines the beliefs of Native Americans, Explores central questions in the philosophy of art to moral problems. Offered intermittently. philosopher. The figure selected changes with each West Africans, Chinese thinkers, and philosophers of through reading and discussion of landmark texts in offering. Contact the department coordinator for the India. Offered each spring. the discipline. Focus is on the question of the nature 215 Philosophy of Religion (4) V current selection. Offered intermittently. and function of art. Offered each spring. Addresses major questions that have emerged in 292/392 Alternative Futures (4) the history of philosophy concerning the justification The following course(s) are undergoing revision Is there hope for HUMAN beings? Can we forecast 402 Thinking about Technology (4) of theistic belief, the meaning of religious language, to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, futures as other than more of the same? What choices A critical look at technology and its effects on the nature of miracles, and mystical experience. course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and might we exercise in shaping futures? After initial society. Some of the important ways in which modern Offered on demand. offering information are subject to change. reflections on the human prospect, students working technology has changed how we think about ourselves, in groups are responsible for conjecturing sensibly and our obligations to others, and the natural 304 Environmental Ethics (4) V 109 Critical Reasoning (4) usefully about possible alternative futures. Topics environment are examined. Offered spring of even- include: future shock, coping, population, resources, Identical to ENVS 304. What is the correct way to make judgments and numbered years. war, environment, and genetic engineering. Offered decisions? This course investigates human reasoning intermittently. 328 Buddhist Philosophy (4) V and provides some basic instruction in correct 410 Why Reason? (4) Introduces the major themes in Buddhist reasoning. Possible topics include: conscious and 310 Theory of Knowledge (4) Reasoning has long been attributed a redemptive philosophy. Readings and lectures are aimed at unconscious thinking, advertisements, rhetorical power. In this course we examine this idea, and understanding the way Buddhist thinkers approach techniques, biases, character traits of critical thinkers, What is the basis of our knowledge about the examine some of the roles that have been ascribed to questions in ethics, epistemology, metaphysics, and argument analysis and evaluation, group reasoning. world, other people, ourselves? Focusing on work done reason, along with the problems from which reason philosophy of mind. Course readings are drawn from Offered each fall. in the 20th century, students examine some recent might free us. We also learn about how we reason and various canonical sources that record the teachings of theories about the nature of human knowledge, as why it is difficult for human beings. Offered spring of the historical Buddha. These are supplemented by 211 The Human Condition (4) well as the related concepts of truth, justification, and odd-numbered years. belief. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. additional readings that discuss the development of A critical exploration of the possible meanings of these teachings in various schools of Buddhist 434 Issues in the Study of Happiness (4) “human being,” and how individuals might interpret 316 Needs of the Soul (4) thought. Special emphasis is placed on the Mahayana their own existence. Selected literary, scientific, and A study of recent research into happiness, what it and Zen Buddhist traditions. Offered fall of even- philosophic accounts of being human are studied and Discusses the meaning of history, the proper is, the factors which affect it, and individual and numbered years. criticized. Offered intermittently. function of politics, religion, and culture, the nature governmental responses. This is an interdisciplinary of the human condition, and the true needs of human course which draws on philosophy, psychology, 332 Ancient Greek Philosophy (4) H,W 221/321 Ethics & Health Care (4) beings with constant reference to the writings of three sociology, neuroscience, economics and political writers of the middle 20th Century: Simone Weil, An introduction to ancient Greek philosophy. Foregoing life-sustaining treatment…procurement science. Simone de Beauvoir and Hannah Arendt Focuses on Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle; may also of organs and tissue for transplantation…artificial include the early scientific thinkers or “pre-Socratics,” reproduction…allocation of scarce health resources… 334 Medieval Philosophy (4) who abandoned the supernatural and the Hellenistic AIDS: public health vs. private rights. Such issues in PHYSICAL SCIENCE schools, which conceived of philosophy as a way to health care confront all of us at some time both as A survey of representative Christian, Islamic, and DR. GARRY E. NOE find peace of mind. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a matters of individual concern and as issues of public Jewish philosophers of the Middle Ages. Special DR. DEBORAH E. OTIS, Program Coordinator grade of C or higher and sophomore/junior/senior policy. Students study the ethical principles that emphasis is placed on the moral and political status. Freshmen by consent. Offered each fall. philosophy of the period. should undergird decisions in health care. It focuses on PHYSICAL SCIENCE COURSES the application of ethical principles to concrete cases. 336 Early Modern Philosophy (4) Offered each spring. 338 19th-Century Philosophy (4) (PHSC) Surveys the development of early modern Surveys major trends in post-Kantian European philosophy in light of the scientific background from 253/353 Social & Political Philosophy (4) philosophy. Readings are drawn from the work of 100 Introduction to Physical Science (4) L which it emerged. Major works by Descartes, Leibniz, A survey of important themes in the history of Fichte, Hegel, Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, and Emphasizes the relevance of physical science in the Spinoza, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant are social and political philosophy. Topics for discussion others. Offered spring of even-numbered years. everyday world and explores the connections between supplemented by readings from women philosophers include: strategies for social change, the nature of chemistry and physics. The laboratory component 340 20th-Century Philosophy (4) of the period. Offered each spring. political authority, the autonomy of the individual, allows students to explore the principles of physics anarchism, and democracy. Readings are drawn from Surveys major trends in 20th-century and chemistry using hands-on experiences. Topics 337 The Enlightenment: A Movement classical and contemporary sources. Offered spring of philosophical thought, with special emphasis on include energy, electricity, magnetism, heat, work, and Its Critics (4) V,W even-numbered years. developments in Anglo-American philosophy. light, the atom, chemical bonds, and chemical Examines a constellation of ideas about art, Readings are drawn from the works of Russell, Moore, reactions. Intended for non-science majors. Lecture economics, education, psychology, politics, science 272/372 Beyond the Western Tradition (4) Wittgenstein, Quine, and others. Offered spring of three hours, laboratory three hours each week. and philosophy that defined the Enlightenment as an We live in a world characterized by multiplicity, odd-numbered years. Offered each semester. intellectual movement and a historical phenomenon. plurality, and difference. Students are provided with Reading of selected primary texts grounds the the opportunity to enter into frames of reference of 350 Existential Philosophy (4) discussion. Students have extensive opportunities for people with differing experiences of, and assumptions Intensive study of recent phenomenological writing. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or about, the world. We are educated in this world to the investigation into human existence. Thinkers such as higher and sophomore status or consent. Offered fall degree that we are aware of our own boundedness, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre, and of odd-numbered years. and that we become skilled in critically Merleau-Ponty are discussed. Offered each fall. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 136

136 PHYSICS POLITICAL SCIENCE 137 Chart continued from previous page exploring and making political choices about POLS 3xx overview of political, economic, and cultural patterns PHYSICS important issues. Interdisciplinary frameworks are Political Science Study Abroad in today’s global environment; followed by an used by faculty in teaching, including economics, inventory, evaluation, and comparison of information DR. GARRY E. NOE, Program Coordinator POLS 498 psychology, sociology, philosophy, and history. Political Science Internship Program sources about international affairs, including print, Students prepare for careers in government, not-for- (4-12 semester hours) broadcast, and cable media, the Internet, and CD- PHYSICS COURSES (PHYS) profit organizations, law, international organizations ROM and simulation software. Concludes with one and NGOs, and private business, as well as preparing TOTAL 44 or more case studies of current global issues, such as 141 Introduction to Astronomy: for effective citizen participation in the political international terrorism, the control of rogue states, The Solar System (4) L process. denuclearizing warfare, international women’s issues, A survey of the history of astronomy; the motion international environmental problems, and the Minor Requirements: Political Science of objects in the night sky; gravitation and relativity; Major Requirements: Political Science impact of global consumerism. Through these case telescopes; the sun, planets, moon, meteors, and studies, students learn how to identify key COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. comets; the origin of the solar system; space HRS. HRS. international problems, track them in the media, exploration; and the search for extraterrestrial life. gather information about them, and develop and Designed for non-science majors. Offered each fall. American Government One of the following: evaluate possible solutions. Offered each spring. One of the following: POLS 103 4 142 Introduction to Astronomy: POLS 201, 202/302, 303, 307, Global Realities OR 4 111 Introduction to Political Science (4) S POLS 111 Stars and Galaxies (4) L 308, 335, 337 Introduces students to the fundamental concepts Introduction to Political Science A survey of the history of astronomy; the Political Theory and issues in the study of politics. Primary emphasis constellations; the nature of the stars; stellar One of the following: 4 One of the following: is placed on ideologies, such as liberal democracy, evolution; white dwarfs, neutron stars, and black POLS 203, 204, 239, 433, 434 POLS 203 conservatism, socialism, communism, fascism, holes; the structure and evolution of the Milky Way; Comparative Politics Politics and Literature 4 nationalism, and on political institutions and other galaxies, quasars; cosmology. Designed for non- One of the following: POLS 239 behavior, including legislatures, executives, interest 4 science majors. Prerequisite: MATH 105 with a grade POLS 206, 217/317, 218/318, American Political Thought groups, political parties, political socialization, of B- or higher, MATH placement level H, A, B, or 220/320, 238/338, 321, 334, 344 Three courses from the list below participation, the expression of political opinion, consent. Offered each spring. (at least two must be 300/400 level). revolution, and types of political systems. These International Relations concepts and issues are considered from both One of the following: Students may elect an interest track 221 University Physics I (4) L 4 which permits some specialization behavioral and traditional perspectives. Offered each POLS 210, 250, 345, 348, 350, fall. A calculus-based introduction to kinematics, 353, 380, 440 within the department’s offerings. Newtonian dynamics, work and energy, gravitation, Essential courses are in bold. waves, fluid mechanics, kinetic theory, and Public Policy — Public Pre-Law Track 112 Introduction to American Administration — Public Law Government (4) S thermodynamics. Prerequisite: MATH 136 or 171. 4 POLS 201, 307, 335, 337, 343, 303, Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours. Offered One of the following: 308, 323, 373, 371, 372 Offers a citizen’s guide to the American political each fall. POLS 323, 326, 343, 371, 372, 373 Public Policy & Administration Track system, providing a brief overview of the Founders’ Political Research POLS 201, 265, 343, 303, 323, 326 12 constitutional design, the federal system, and politics 222 University Physics II (4) L POLS 265 4 Comparative Politics Track and policy-making in the presidency, bureaucracy, A continuation of PHYS 221. Topics include Research Methods POLS 206, 317, 318, 320, 321, 334, Congress, and the Supreme Court. Covers key electric fields, circuit analysis, magnetism, Senior Integrative Seminar 338, 344, 440 judicial rulings on civil rights and liberties and geometrical and wave optics, relativity, and atomic POLS 499 4 International Relations Track national powers. Gives special attention to the structure. Prerequisite: PHYS 221 with a grade of C- Senior Seminar POLS 103, 210, 250, 345, 346, 348, electoral process, the media, and the ways that 350, 353, 440 ordinary citizens can influence governmental policies. or higher. Corequisite: MATH 172. Lecture three Electives (four courses) hours, laboratory three hours. Offered each spring. Political Philosophy Track Offered each fall. Electives may be selected from any POLS 203, 204, 239 combination of political science courses American Government and 202/302 Ethnicity and Politics: POLITICAL SCIENCE listed above and may also include the Politics Track Latinos in America (4) S following: POLS 201, 302, 303, 307, 308, 335, 337 POLS 103 A study of how Latinos have adapted to U.S. DR. MURRELL L. BROOKS political ways in order to participate in U.S. politics DR. WILLIAM A. GIBSON, Program Coordinator Global Realities (recommended) TOTAL 20 POLS 111 and press their political agenda. Offered spring of DR. TIMOTHY G. O’ROURKE odd-numbered years. MR. RENE PEREZ-LOPEZ, (adjunct) Introduction to Political Science (recommended) DR. AUBREY L. WESTFALL 203 Politics and Literature (4) V POLS 112 16 POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES Students of politics learn to examine and critically Introduction to American Government (POLS) Provides a literary path to exploring the human analyze political ideas, behavior, culture, institutions, POLS 346 experience and discovering the role politics plays in Model United Nations (one credit) that experience. Through readings and discussion of and legal systems, while studying U.S. and foreign 103 Global Realities (4) S political systems, and international relations. You will See continuation of choices next page classical utopian and dystopian novels, students build on the foundation concepts studied in Designed for students who want to begin learning explore arguments and concepts detailed in classic beginning courses and learn to develop strategies for about international relations. Begins with a broad political philosophy. Offered each fall. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 138

138 POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE 139

210 Introduction to International emphasis on the role of politics in their Honors level (305), we use cultural and political 237/337 American Legislative Process (4) Relations (4) S interpretation, implementation, and enforcement. criticism to take a closer, more interdisciplinary look Deals with structure and function of law making Drawing on both historical and contemporary Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher at how motion pictures, novels, plays, and other forms in Congress and the state legislatures, including experience, students study the behavioral and and junior status or consent. Offered on demand. of cultural expression reveal the politics and patterns consideration of such topics as: committees, institutional features of the nation-state and its global through which American culture understands and representation, policy making, leadership and interest environment in their political, military, economic, 373 Conflict Management (4) S,W represents the law and its institutions. Offered each group influence. We also examine the impact of and cultural aspects. Main topics include power, Identical to MBE 373. fall. Congress and state legislatures on vital issues of public foreign policy, diplomacy, international organization policy ranging from foreign policy to urban policy, or 206 Introduction to Comparative Politics (4) and law, arms control, and the global economy The following course(s) are undergoing revision from taxation to energy policy. Finally, the role of considered in the context of the post-Cold War to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, An introduction to cross-national comparative party politics and campaigns in the legislative process world. Issues examined include overpopulation, food course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and analysis, with particular attention to social are considered. Offered on demand. and energy scarcity, national and ethnic movements, offering information are subject to change. movements, democratization, globalization, and the economic development, environmental problems, relative political and economic autonomy of the 239 American Political Thought (4) and militarism. Offered each fall. 105 Politics Through Film (4) countries examined. Country cases include Britain, Focuses on major ideas shaping American Film, one of the human community’s most Germany, India, Iran, Mexico, Nigeria, and the institutions of government and politics from the 238/338 Comparative Politics of the comprehensive forms of cultural expression, offers United States. Students engaged in cross-country case- founding generation to the present. The writings of Middle East and North Africa (4) unique opportunities for exploring the political studies compare and contrast major political and many different individuals relating to such issues as: Offers students a basic understanding of broad dimension of life. Drawing examples from the economic institutions, political culture, parties and slavery and race; capitalism and social justice; and trends of social change, state building, and economic extensive category of politically relevant films, this interest groups, and discuss class-based perspectives on feminist political theory are evaluated. Readings development in the modern Middle East and North course introduces and illumines a wide range of political conflicts over wealth distribution and social include the Federalist Papers, selections from Africa (MENA) during the post-World War I period. fundamental concepts in the study of politics. justice. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. Democracy in America, works by Malcolm X, Dr. Attends to distinctions across MENA states along Although the focus is on politics, this course also offers Martin Luther King, and Betty Friedan. these three major dimensions, with special attention 217/317 Comparative Politics:Asian the opportunity for students to learn some basics of Pacific Rim (4) to public and private responses to modernization, film analysis and cultivate a critical perspective. 250 Introduction to International democratization, and globalization. Offered spring of Offered each spring. Examines political systems and the dynamics of Political Economy (4) odd-numbered years. political change in the eleven East and Southeast Offers an overview of the political institutions and 201 State & Local Government & Politics (4) Asian nations of the Pacific Rim, a region that has conflicts that structure our contemporary international 265 Research Methods (4) Q Based on both theoretical and practical experiences assumed a commanding presence in world politics economy. Class readings and discussions examine Introduces the political science major to the in state and local government and politics. The and the world economy. Normally included are Japan, major issues at the center of current political science methods of political research. Students learn how relationship between local, state, and federal systems is China, and selected nations from among Korea, research, policy debate and popular political discourse. political scientists know what they know, and how explored. Office holders and local officials are guest Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, In particular, we examine postwar systems of they gain tools with which to explore, describe, speakers on practical aspects. Offered each fall. Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos and Burma. international trade and finance, as well as divergent explain, present, and debate this knowledge. Students policy goals of states and societies of the North and actively experience every dimension of the research 204 Introduction to Feminist 218/318 Comparative Politics: South Asia (4) South. Offered fall of even-numbered years. process as they plan, design, and carry out their own Political Thought (4) The confrontation of Western political forms with 270/370 The Constitution and projects, then communicate their findings in written Feminist theory has always had a political agenda: traditional non-Western and pre-colonial cultures Criminal Procedure (4) and oral formats. Daily classes include lecture and to improve the situation of women in society. It also and alternative strategies for political and economic discussion of class readings, and individual student has theoretical import, asking basic questions about development highlight this analysis of the politics of Using the case-study method in texts and class research. Offered each fall. personal identity and equality, about ethical nation-building in the South Asian portion of the discussion, media reports of current Supreme Court obligations to others, about justice and fairness, and Third World. India and Pakistan are the main cases actions, artifacts from popular culture, and a hands- 321 Political Writings of Latin America (4) about the history of political theory. This course brings to be studied, although examples may be taken from on simulation of the Supreme Court itself, this course Identical to SPAN 321. together both of these strands, focusing on feminist Iran, Afghanistan, and perhaps Bangladesh and surveys the American approach to constitutionalism; theory, feminist politics, and the contributions that Malaysia as well. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. the overall framework of the American legal system; 335 American Government (4) S the decision-making processes of the Supreme Court; feminist theory can make in thinking about politics in 220/320 Comparative Politics: Latin America (4) Acquaints students with the workings of our general. Offered each spring. and the Supreme Court’s interpretation of those civil system of federal government. The Constitution, the Examines major problems of political and rights and professional procedures associated with the presidency, Congress, the Supreme Court, political 205/305 Law in American Politics & Culture (4) economic modernization by considering Latin operation of the criminal justice system. Fourth parties, and the regulatory agencies are treated as Examines how law is defined, its philosophical American political systems in their various approaches Amendment search and seizure requirements, the separate units of a unified focus upon our institutions roots, the relationship between law and justice, the to development. Focus is on key examples of the Exclusionary Rule, Arrests, Fifth Amend ment due of national government. Offered each fall. role it plays in American society, and how it is successes and failures of the various developmental process issues, the Miranda Warnings, Sixth represented in American culture. Using films, plays, strategies: e.g., Cuba, Chile, Peru, Brazil, and Amendment right to counsel and jury trail issues, and 348 International Human Rights (4) S,W novels and other cultural artifacts in addition to Mexico. Further, the impact of United States’ policies Eighth Amendment bail, fine, and punishment issues, upon the region as a whole receives special attention. Examines the practical and philosophical sources in political science, we focus especially on the including asset forfeiture and capital punishment are Identical to SPAN 220/320. Offered each spring. questions surrounding civil, political, social, and American Constitution, the concepts of the rule of law of particular interest. Students taking this course at economic rights, self-determination, and minority and due process of law, the institutions and politics of the 300 level have the additional advantage of more rights. Explores the contemporary practice of human the law, making and enforcing processes, and the comprehensive coverage of these issues and valuable rights in policy-making and law, with special unique roles of the lawyer and the judge. At the practice in briefing relevant cases. Identical to CJ 270/370. Offered spring of even-numbered years. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 140

140 POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE 141

303 Urban Politics (4) serving the public interest. We review classic and 353 Globalization and Its Discontents (4) politics? Many of the problems that political theorists Students examine scholarly perspectives on the modern theories of bureaucracy; the history, The theoretical, political, economic, and confront in light of certain fundamental questions evolution of political processes, institutions, the development, and philosophical assumptions of the institutional foundations and practices of free trade about society and politics are examined. The work of intergovernmental context, key actors and science of administration; the structure and are studied. Case studies are developed by students theorists from Plato to Aquinas are included. Offered contemporary issues in urban politics such as urban functioning of American federal, state, and local from Internet data on the issues and stakeholders in each fall. sprawl and economic development. A major part of administration; the budget-making process; the globalization debate and the impact of their this class is a six-week simulation of a city government government regulations of business and society; and activities. Included among these are human rights, 434 Political Theory: Modern (4) where students take roles of city councilors, lawyers, the major challenges facing governmental professionals environment, and labor groups; the World Bank; the Students analyze and evaluate some of the major business leaders, and citizen activists in making in our time. Identical to HHSSW 343. Offered each World Trade Organization; and global corporation. themes in modern political theory such as natural important decisions about the city’s future. Offered spring. rights, political equality and distributive justice. each spring. 371 Constitutional Law I: The Federal System (4) Selections include the works of Machiavelli, Hobbes, 344 European Union in World Politics (4) Government regulation of business, privacy, Locke, Rousseau, Mill, Smith, Marx, and Nietzsche. 307 The Presidency and the Examines the foreign policies of European abortion, the origins and extent of the Supreme Our goal is to consider the ideas of these authors and American Political System (4) countries, both individually and collectively through Court’s authority, and due process of law are among to understand more clearly the profound and complex Focuses on the institutions and processes of the European Union, toward each other, regional and the specific topics that this course considers, using the role that ideas have played, and continue to play, in American government in regard to the presidency. intergovernmental organizations, and other regions of case study method in light of current historical and society. In addition, we deal with some contemporary Offered intermittently.. the world. Explores other issues related to Europe’s political analyses. We focus on the relationship of the responses to their work. Offered each spring. economic and political integration, including federal government to the states and the Supreme 308 Elections in American Politics (4) national identities, democratic accountability, the Court to the Congress and the president, as well as the 440 Seminar: American Foreign Policy (4) Union’s expansion, US-European relations, the A course that examines the dynamics of the role played by the court and the judicial philosophies Examines American foreign policy formation. The European Constitution, Turkey’s bid to join the American elections system, with particular focus on of individual justices. Offered fall of even-numbered first section focuses on the foreign policy process, while Union, and immigration and Islam in Europe. presidential elections. Students explore theoretical years. the second section is devoted to case studies of specific Offered on demand. literature that seeks to explain elections and their foreign policy decisions in American history. Provides 372 Constitutional Law II: Substantive Rights (4) a framework for informed evaluation of American outcomes, and engage in practical activities associated 345 International Law and Organizations (4) with the running of electoral campaigns. Offered fall Privacy rights, rights of accused criminals, racial, foreign policy. Offered intermittently. of even-numbered years. Provides an introduction to the rules and economic, and sex discrimination in schools, jobs, and institutions that provide the context for global politics. housing, reverse discrimination, and freedom of 495 Pre-Internship Seminar (4) 323 Topics in Public Policy Analysis (4) After considering why states cooperate, the course expression and religion are particular concerns of this Designed to prepare the student for a successful examines how organizations like the United Nations, Using policy analysis models students examine a course, which examines through the case study internship experience. Students explore the meaning the World Bank, Amnesty International, and the set of substantive public policy issues to establish the method, together with historical and political of work and careers and examine how their International Court of Justice attempt to establish issue context, define the policy problems, and evaluate analyses, the nature of the Supreme Court’s authority knowledge and values are part of the work and career and protect international standards for war and alternative solutions. Topics may differ each semester and its relationships to other branches of American in which they are interested. Application for peace, human rights, the environment, and economic and include, but are not limited to, the environment, government, equal protection of the laws, and First admission to the program must be made to the development. Of central concern are questions of these health care, crime, urban policy, poverty, and welfare. Amendment rights. Offered spring of odd-numbered political science faculty during the student’s junior organizations’ legitimacy, accountability, and Identical to ENVS 323. Offered each spring. years. year. Prerequisites: 12 semester hours of political effectiveness. Offered each spring. science and an overall grade point average of at least 326 Environmental Policy Analysis (4) 374 Conflict Management II (4) 2.5. Offered each fall. 346 Model United Nations (1) Examines environmental politics and policy by Identical to CJ 374. Provides further emphasis on the operations of the 497 Political Science Internship Seminar (4) studying a set of substantive environmental policy United Nations, including the UN’s bureaucratic issues to establish the issue context, define the policy 380 Arab-Israeli Conflict (4) Students learn to use theories, knowledge, and structure, resolution writing, multilateral diplomacy, problems and evaluate alternative solutions. Identical A political history of the Arab-Israeli conflict at values studied in political science and other courses to and specific issues in contemporary international to ENVS 326. Offered each semester. multiple levels of analysis. Not only does it examine interpret their internship field experiences and make politics. It guides students’ preparations for and traditional macro-level (interstate and national) generalizations about their learning. Offered on participation in the annual National Model United 334 Comparative Politics: accounts of the conflict, but it also draws from demand. Nations conference. Pass/fail grading. Offered each Contemporary Africa (4) supplementary academic articles and works of fiction spring. 498 Political Science Internship Program (4-12) Introduces students to the significant issues having to illustrate a variety of additional perspectives, Students apply the knowledge and skills learned in to do with the politics, economics, sociology and 350 Immigration and Citizenship (4) including individual and group-level experiences. foreign relations of modern Africa. The course focuses Offered spring of odd-numbered years. their classes politics-related internship. The field Explores the causes and consequences of on the core theoretical and conceptual ideas that experience can be in, but is not limited to, international migration, how governments regulate it, underpin the study of Africa, as well as the primary 433 Political Theory: Ancient (4) government agencies at the local, state, and federal and how it transforms our ideas of citizenship. contemporary problems facing African nations. Introduces students to the classic works in ancient levels; law, law enforcement, non-profits, political Migrants contribute to their native and adopted Offered spring of odd-numbered years. political philosophy. The readings and discussions parties, social service. lands, but also exacerbate inequality, enflame center on the works of ancient philosophers, historians, nationalist sentiments, and carry with them values 343 Public Administration (4) and playwrights. How did political philosophers such 499 Senior Seminar (4) and attitudes that may threaten existing sociocultural as Plato and Aristotle deal with issues such as justice, Required of all students wishing to graduate from Contemporary approaches to policy-making and and political orders. Prerequisite: junior status or obligation, equality, the common good, the role of Virginia Wesleyan with a major in political science. decision-making techniques are reviewed in light of consent. Offered on demand. the values represented in them and their promises for reason, the aims of government and the nature of The course is team taught by members of the 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 142

142 POLITICAL SCIENCE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SERIES 143

department and focuses upon a different topic each 124 Service Learning and Issues of the career choice made in previous PORTfolio courses NB2 Personalized Professional Growth spring. Examples of seminars offered in the past are: Civic Engagement in Hampton Roads (4) and the site at which they will extern. The second and National Board Democratization and Development; Politics and the Identical to INST 124. week consists of the on-site externship. The final week Certification (1-3 non-degree) Media; War and Peace in the Nuclear Age; Political is used to document, process and present the lessons Teachers engage in a guided study centered on a Development and Changes in Latin America and 421 Senior Synthesis and Segue (2) learned. Final reflection and summary are included personal professional development program guided Asia; and Images of Justice. Open to all students. in an updated electronic portfolio. Provides the capstone to the PORTfolio Program. by the mission, goals, and processes of the National Offered each spring. Board for Professional Teaching Standards. Teachers Students reflect, synthesize and write about their four 311 Director’s Seminar (1) years of learning experiences. A focus on ethical values investigate “best teaching practices” through the allows students to discover how they can put their Provides a venue for PORTfolio students to major topics of portfolio requirements and assessment PORTFOLIO liberal learning to work for the common good. investigate in depth some topic of relevance as well as center exercises. Additional discussion includes video have an opportunity to stay abreast of current taping, writing styles, collecting student work samples DR. LAWRENCE D. HULTGREN, Director Emphasizes responsibilities to oneself, to one another, and to the community in the transition from college developments in career and graduate school planning. needed to pursue National Board Certification. PORTfolio is a selective four-year program that to “the rest of their lives.” Each student’s electronic The class meets once a week over dinner with visiting Pass/fail grading. Offered each fall. allows students to integrate their college education portfolio is completed through the addition of speakers and presentations by Career Services staff. with off-campus experiential opportunities. The individual reflections, synthesis, explorations, and Prerequisite: sophomore status in the PORTfolio NB3 National Board Standards purpose of PORTfolio is to provide a curriculum preparations. Prerequisite: senior status in program or consent of the program director. Offered in Your Classroom (1 non-degree) through which students can build the foundation for PORTfolio. Offered each spring. each fall or on demand. Designed for individuals who are currently the knowledge, attitudes, and skills that are necessary teaching in a classroom setting. Teachers are for life-long personal satisfaction, professional success The following course(s) are undergoing revision introduced to the mission, goals, and processes of the and civic responsibility. By dissolving the wall to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, PROFESSIONAL National Board for Professional Teaching Standards. separating academics from the world outside, it course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and DEVELOPMENT SERIES At the same time they explore and determine their connects liberal learning with the surrounding offering information are subject to change. levels of interest in seeking National Board community. Each student in the program maintains The professional development series of courses is Certification. While the course encourages teachers to and continually updates an electronic portfolio that 122 Liberal Arts Seminar (4) designed for individuals currently teaching in a seek National Board Certification, it also serves as an classroom setting. Teachers are provided insight and documents her/his four years at VWC. What are the liberal arts, and why spend four opportunity for teachers to critically consider Students apply and are accepted as new in-coming direction in preparation for obtaining National Board strategies to improve their teaching and to impact good years studying them? In the U.S., the liberal arts Certification. Questions should be directed to Mr. freshmen. The program includes at least one specially are housed institutionally in colleges and the student learning. Teachers investigate and designed seminar a year, an internship and Winter Thomas R. Farley in the Adult Studies Program demonstrate “best teaching practices” across their undergraduate programs of universities. In this office. Session courses for externships and service learning. context, the two questions from the first sentence in specific curricula and grade level (K-12) through the Completion of the program satisfies VWC’s use of professional journals and reference materials, this paragraph may be rephrased as: What are colleges? PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT computer literacy and oral communications What are they for? How do they try to accomplish production of a professional reading report, designing requirement as well as other General Studies their goals? Thes4 questions are approached in several SERIES COURSES (PDS) and executing a content improvement plan, requirements. The program is taken in addition to videotaping a lesson, implementing new ways. One is historical. How did colleges in general, NB1 Professional Development and one’s major. and VWC in particular, get to be the way they (it) are differentiated instructional strategies, and creating an Pre-Candidacy for National essay about the videotaped lesson with learning (is)? Where do the various ideas of what it means to Board Certification (3 non-degree) PORTFOLIO COURSES (PORT) be liberally educated come from? A second is more strategy implementation using descriptive, analytical philosophical. What does it mean to know something? Designed for individuals who are currently and reflective writing. Pass/fail grading. Offered by 121 Introduction to the PORTfolio How would you teach, given different answers to that teaching in a classroom setting. Teachers are contract to school divisions. Program: Self and Circumstance (4) question? Another is normatively. What should introduced to the mission, goals, and processes of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards. NB4 Take One Candidate A time of self-exploration and discovery involving colleges in general be doing? What kind of curriculum At the same time they explore and determine their Support Workshop (2 non-degree) close work with faculty mentors and other should we, at Virginia Wesleyan, have? Offered each levels of interest in seeking National Board Designed to fine-tune the skills developed during PORTfolio students. Readings, off-campus spring. Certification. While the course encourages teachers to the PDS-NB1 course. Topics will focus on the Core explorations, and the development of an electronic seek National Board Certification, it also serves as an Propositions, video-taping, effective instructional portfolio assist students in clarifying their own 221 Problem Solving Seminar (4) opportunity for teachers to critically consider practices and writing an entry. Included in class reasons for coming to Virginia Wesleyan, their A course for sophomores participating in strategies to improve their teaching and to impact discussions is appropriate alignment to national purposes while they are here, and the unique PORTfolio. It develops problem-solving skills in student learning. Teachers investigate and curriculum standards as well as NBPTS standards resources that they bring to the learning process. In students by having them work out solutions, demonstrate “best teaching practices” across their applicable to the Take One! Entry. Teachers complete addition, students discover their connections to the individually and collaboratively, to “real-life” specific curricula and grade level (K-12) through use the Take One! Entry. Pass/fail grading. Offered fall Chesapeake Bay environment and the international situations. Various strategies are examined and of professional journals and reference materials, and spring semesters. port of Hampton Roads and begin to use these employed culminating in “Guided Design.” Offered production of a professional reading report, designing unique resources to enrich their education. each fall. and executing a content improvement plan, PDS NB5 Professional Development Prerequisite: admission to PORTfolio Program. videotaping a lesson, implementing new for National Board Certification - Taken in the fall of the freshman year. 225 PORTfolio Career Study (4) differentiated instructional strategies, and creating an Completing the Journey (1) 123 Service Learning in Hampton Roads (2) Designed to provide an in-depth introduction to a essay about the videotaped lesson with learning career field of choice, an externship experience within Teachers focus on the final details of the portfolio Identical to INST 123. strategy implementation using descriptive, analytical entry as well as become familiar with the assessment that career field, and subsequent reporting and and reflective writing. Pass/fail grading. Offered each processing. Students spend the first week researching center exercises. This course focuses on peer review fall and spring. and collegiate collaboration as the portfolio is 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 144

144 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SERIES PSYCHOLOGY 145

prepared for finalization. Teachers investigate content One of the following: Minor Requirements: Psychology 102 Introduction to Psychology II (4) specific to their certification and the alignment to PSY 227 The second part of the introductory psychology national standards. This course serves as an Social Psychology COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. sequence and a prerequisite for other psychology HRS. opportunity for teachers to critically consider PSY 256 courses. Behavior in Context covers development, strategies to improve their teaching and to impact Abnormal Psychology 4 One of the following: motivation, emotion, personality, social psychology, student learning. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisite: PDS PSY 2xx PSY 101 psychological disorders, and industrial/organizational NB2. Offered each spring. Lifespan Developmental Psychology Introduction to Psychology I and health psychology. Intended for freshmen and PSY 285 PSY 102 4 sophomores. Offered each spring. PDS NB6 National Board Theories of Personality Introduction to Psychology II Renewal Workshop (1) One of the following: PSY 477 210 Statistical Analysis in Psychology (4) The NBCT Renewal Workshop is a series of five PSY 313 History & Systems of Modern Psychology Examines the role of data analysis in psychological class meetings to introduce NBCT renewal Clinical Neuropsychology One of the following: research, stressing understanding of the fit of analysis candidates to the renewal process, provide support as PSY 362 PSY 227 techniques with data collection methods and research candidates examine their professional growth Theories of Motivation: Human Behavior Social Psychology design. Emphasizes selection of the appropriate experiences, and complete their four-part portfolio to PSY 3xx 4 PSY 2xx statistic, computation, and interpretation of results. demonstrate continued accomplished teaching. Cognition Lifespan Developmental Psychology 4 Includes the application of computer software for Pass/fail grading. Prerequisite: current National Board PSY 450 PSY 256 data management, analysis, and graphing. Certified Teacher (NBCT); approaching ten year Evolutionary Psychology Abnormal Psychology Prerequisites: sophomore/junior status, completion of renewal within one (1) year. Offered each semester. PSY 4xx PSY 285 the general studies math requirement, declared major Biological Psychology Theories of Personality in psychology or consent. Offered each fall. Two other courses at the 300/400 level 8 One of the following: PSYCHOLOGY 220 Research Methods in Psychology (4) PSY 477 PSY 362 4 DR. RACHEL M. CALOGERO History & Systems of Modern Psychology Theories of Motivation: Human Behavior Students prepare an empirical research proposal DR. CRAIG C. JACKSON, Program Coordinator PSY 388 that reflects understanding of the scientific method as PSY 480 DR. GABRIELA A. MARTORELL 4 Cognition an approach to studying psychological phenomena. Original Research Project DR. TARYN A. MYERS PSY 350 4 Focuses on using the professional literature, the logic Evolutionary Psychology of empirically based inquiry, selection of appropriate TOTAL 40 Because psychology has developed as an PSY 3xx data-gathering strategies, ethical research interdisciplinary subject, historically related to Clinical Neuroscience responsibilities, and the review process for human philosophy and biology, it is well suited as a major for Due to the interdisciplinary nature of our subject, PSY 4xx subjects clearance. Prerequisites: sophomore/junior students seeking a diversified education that will students who are considering the psychology major Biological Psychology status and at least 8 semester hours in psychology, advance their understanding of themselves and including PSY 210, or consent. Offered each spring. should work closely with their academic advisors in Additional coursework in psychology. others. Students desiring to enter a specialty field of selecting general studies and elective courses that will professional psychology that requires a master’s or At least four semester hours must be 8 227 Social Psychology (4) provide them with necessary background knowledge. at the 300/400 level doctoral degree find that the undergraduate Courses in the humanities and the natural sciences are Explores our development as socialized human curriculum provides thorough preparation for particularly appropriate. TOTAL 20 beings shaped through our interactions with groups graduate study. of other people and how the structure and function of The Psychology Major as Preparation both the formal and informal groups that exist in a Major Requirements: Psychology for the Healthcare Professions Minor programs may not include PSY 210, 220, 300, 303, or 480. See a psychology advisor for society are shaped by the personalities of the individuals who comprise their membership. SEM. Students planning to enter schools of medicine, suggestions about minor courses that best fit the COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE Students discover both academically and HRS. dentistry, or other healthcare fields after college can major area. experientially the nature of such group-related major in psychology and still have time to take PSY 101 psychological dynamics as attitude formation, essential courses in the natural sciences. Practitioners General Psychology: Basic Processes interpersonal attraction, social conflict, and who can consider the psychological factors that PSYCHOLOGY COURSES (PSY) PSY 102 8 bureaucratic organization. Prerequisite: PSY 102, contribute to their patients’ complaints and reactions Introduction to Psychology: 201, or SOC 100. Identical to SOC 227. Offered to treatment often find that having this perspective Behavior in Context 101 Introduction to Psychology I (4) each fall. improves their diagnostic and therapeutic PSY 210 The first part of the introductory psychology effectiveness. The college’s pre-medical advisor can Statistical Analysis in Psychology course and a prerequisite for other psychology 256 Abnormal Psychology (4) 8 describe how this curricular integration can be PSY 220 courses. Covers research methods, theoretical achieved through careful planning. The various categories of disturbed behavior are Research Methods in Psychology perspectives, biological foundations of behavior, described in terms of their defining symptom sensory and perceptual processes, cognition, learning, patterns. Causes, diagnosis, treatment, and memory, and consciousness. Intended for freshmen prevention are also discussed. Prerequisite: PSY 101, and sophomores. Offered each fall. 102, or 201. Offered each spring. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 146

146 PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY 147

285 Theories of Personality (4) 372 Infant Development (4) information. Especially useful to the psychology how its principles have guided much of psychology’s A survey of the major theoretical descriptions of An overview of biological, psychological, and major seeking to identify a topic for the original inquiry about the form of learning known as personality structure, beginning with Freud’s environmental influences on human development research project (see PSY 480) and the non-major conditioning. Applications in the areas of therapy, self- psychodynamic model and tracing developments from conception through toddlerhood, current interested in an advanced but general coverage of management, and behavior modification in thereafter through exposure to significant alternative psychological theories and research. Prerequisites: fundamental psychological trends and perspectives. organizations are described. Also considered are the viewpoints. Prerequisites: PSY 101, 102 or 201. PSY 101, PSY 102 or PSY 201 and junior/senior Prerequisite: junior/senior status. Offered each fall. ethical issues that have been raised concerning the use Offered each fall. status. Offered spring of even-numbered years. of this approach. Offered fall of even-numbered years. 480 Original Research Project (4) W 313 Clinical Neuropsychology (4) 375 Adult Development and Aging (4) Students conduct an independent empirical study, 300 Teaching Assistants’ Program (2) Facilitates learning about the connections and An overview of environmental, cultural, and prepare a paper on their research, and defend the On the basis of superior performance in courses interactions between neuroanatomy and functioning biological influences on adult development and effort in an oral examination before a committee and evidence of an ability to communicate well, of the brain and neuropsychological disorders. aging, focusing on gains and losses and covering comprised of the project advisor, one other students may be invited to participate in this Considers how clinical neuropsycholgists assess, current psychological theories and research. psychology faculty member, and one faculty member psychology program. Each Teaching Assistant (TA) is diagnose, and treat dysfunctions in these areas. Prerequisites: PSY 101, 102 or 201 and junior/senior outside of psychology. Prerequisites: senior assigned duties that support the instructional Prerequisites: PSY 101, 102 or 201 and junior/senior status. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. psychology major, ENG 105 with a grade of C or objectives of the psychology faculty and that provide status. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. higher, PSY 210, PSY 220, and approval by project occasions for learning more about psychology and for 385 Psychology of Eating Disorders (4) advisor. developing better interpersonal skills. A student accepted into the program may enroll for one, two, or 321 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (4) Explores the psychology of eating disorders 489 Social Cognition (4) three semester hours depending on the nature and Presents an overview of individual, through readings, discussion, lectures, student extent of the responsibilities that are assigned. A environmental, and organizational factors that affect research and presentations, and visits by clinicians. Explores the ways that people make sense of their student may enroll for PSY 300 more than once, but job-related behavior. Topics include selection, testing, Students examine the pathology of eating disorders, social worlds. Classic and contemporary scholarship may apply no more than a total of three semester hours motivation, job satisfaction, job analysis, as well as risk and protective factors for these from four main perspectives is integrated to form an earned in this manner toward satisfaction of the performance evaluation, safety and violence in the disorders. Issues investigated include comorbidity understanding of six key phenomena: prejudice, requirements for a major in psychology. Pass/fail workplace, stress, leadership, and engineering with other disorders, etiology, neurobiology, and attitudes, self and identity, attributions, social grading. Offered when circumstances permit. psychology. Prerequisites: junior/senior status and treatment and prevention. Prerequisites: PSY 101, perceptions, and ideology. Prerequisites: PSY 101, 102 or 201 and junior/senior status. Offered fall of PSY 101, 102 or 201, or consent. Offered spring of 102 or 201 and junior/senior status, or consent. 303 Resident Community Leadership (1) even-numbered years. Offered Winter Sessions of even-numbered years. odd-numbered years. Resident Assistants (RAs) develop their skills as 333 Assessment of Individual Differences (4) 450 Evolutionary Psychology (4) The following course(s) are undergoing revision peer counselors and group leaders. RAs share their experiences through group discussions and structured An examination of the theoretical and practical Examines how evolution has shaped behavioral, to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, processes. Enrollment limited to current Resident considerations involved in the construction, cognitive, and emotional mechanisms to help our course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and Assistants. Pass/fail grading. Offered each semester. administration, and interpretation of psychological hunter/gatherer ancestors cope with recurrent offering information are subject to change. tests to measure such factors as achievement, evolutionary problems. Students discuss why 350 Psychology and the Law (4) aptitudes, interests, and personality structure. evolutionary approaches have met with such 245 Child Development Across Cultures (4) Prerequisites: PSY 101, 102 or 201 and junior/senior controversy, implications for understanding behavior Explores representative topics in child development Presents an opportunity to view the practical status. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. in contemporary environments, and how culture and from a cross-cultural perspective. The goal of this application of psychology within the criminal justice our evolved minds interact to produce behaviors. exploration is to uncover universal as well as culture- system. The foundations of forensic psychology are 351 Psychology of Gender (4) Prerequisites: PSY 101, 102 or 201 and junior/senior specific developmental phenomena. Students who illustrated by examining criminal events covered in the local and national news media. Offered when Explores how being born into one gender category status. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. enroll in this course leave with an appreciation of the circumstances permit. and not the other has a profound impact on how challenges faced by those who are born into one individuals are treated, what they expect of 469 Uncertainty, Self, and Society (4) culture but mature and are schooled in another. Offered fall of even-numbered years. 362 Theories of Motivation: themselves, and how they lead their lives. Takes a Explores how, in today’s society, people must Human Behavior (4) psychological approach to critically examine sex and prepare for and adapt to rapid and dramatic changes gender differences across a variety of life domains. in the world around them. Critically examines the 257 Introduction to Sports Psychology (4) The activation, direction and maintenance of Prerequisites: PSY 101, PSY 102 or 201 and meaning and role of psychological uncertainty in our Describes how various psychological theories and goal-oriented behavior is studied from a variety of junior/senior status. Offered spring of even- personal lives and in society overall. Prerequisites: principles are applied in the domain of athletics. theoretical perspectives. The primary focus is on numbered years. PSY 101, 102 or 201 and junior/senior status. Topics covered include leadership development, team conscious behaviors such as goal-setting, selection of Offered spring of even-numbered years. building, motivation, training, and the management self versus other perspectives and the effects of such 354 Clinical Psychology (4) of anxiety. Offered when circumstances permit. orientations on behavior as well as psychological needs, and specific topics such as altruism and Invites students to explore the field of clinical 477 History and Systems of aggression. Offered fall of even-numbered years. psychology by examining the roles of clinicians and Modern Psychology (4) I 277 Learning Theory (4) critically exploring various therapeutic techniques in An examination of psychology’s evolution from its The highly influential and controversial 370 Sensation and Perception (4) use today. Students engage in readings, discussions, roots in vintage philosophical and biological concerns perspective known as behaviorism is explored, first by role-plays, viewing videos of therapy, and writing to to its present diversity of research directions and areas helping students understand the logical basis for its An exploration of the idea that behavior is affected explore the multi-faceted world of psychotherapy. of application that reveals the issues of substance and characteristic insistence that only objectively by how individuals interpret environmental events Prerequisites: PSY 101 or 102, or PSY 201 and methodology that have systematically developed. measurable behavior can be subject to genuinely and construct their own personal realities. This course junior/senior status. Offered spring of even- Emphasizes analysis, synthesis, and evaluation of scientific investigation, and then by demonstrating traces the physiological and psychological events that numbered years. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 148

148 PSYCHOLOGY RECREATION AND LEISURE STUDIES 149

lead from stimulation of the sensory systems to the and developmental themes are emphasized; and both Major Requirements: Recreation Therapy Track eventual emergence of perceptually guided responses individual and societal consequences of alternative Recreation and Leisure Studies and emphasizes the idea that a genuine ways of “knowing” psychological reality are discussed. COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. understanding of behavior depends on knowledge of COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. HRS. the sensory and perceptual mechanisms involved in 455 Biological Psychology (4) HRS. REC 212 4 constructing a personal reality. Offered fall of odd- Comparative and evolutionary perspectives are REC 101 Introduction to Recreational Therapy numbered years. utilized in an attempt to understand how the Introduction to Recreation 4 REC 310 4 anatomical and physiological characteristics of the & Leisure Services Disabilities & Therapeutic Recreation 374 Adolescent Development (4) endocrine and nervous systems relate to cognitive and REC 204 REC 311 Provides a comprehensive and in-depth affective psychological functions. Offered fall of even- 4 Leadership I: Leadership & 4 Recreational Therapy Process examination of the physical, social, emotional, and numbered years. Analysis of Recreation cognitive aspects of adolescent development. Both REC 3xx normal outcomes and special problems are addressed. REC 206 Recreational Therapy Management 4 Offered spring of odd-numbered years. RECREATION AND Management of Recreation & 4 & Organization Leisure Services I LEISURE STUDIES REC 314 388 Cognition (4) REC 308 Recreational Therapy Analysis 4 Examines research findings that help us DR. TINA M. ALDRICH Historical, Cultural, & Professional 4 & Assessment understand how people perceive, remember, and MR. JOHN R. BRALEY III Dimensions of Recreation & Leisure think. These information-processing functions are DR. DOUGLAS A. KENNEDY, REC 309 TOTAL 20 described in terms of interacting mental activities such Program Coordinator, CPRP Internship Preparation in Recreation 2 as pattern recognition, allocation of attention, concept DR. WAYNE M. POLLOCK, CTRS & Leisure Studies formation, encoding, hypothesis testing, and internal REC 408 Students wishing to sit for the CTRS 4 monitoring of problem-solving strategies. Evaluation Within the framework of the liberal arts, the Senior Seminar Certification Examination must also of a person’s intelligence is viewed as a diagnostic task mission of the Recreation and Leisure Studies complete the following courses: that attempts to assess the relative efficiency of these Department is to educate students as informed REC 409 various processing components. Extensive consumers, skilled professionals, and advocates of Internship in Recreation & 12 Leisure Studies COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. opportunities are provided for students to gain recreation and leisure services throughout their HRS. valuable insights regarding their own cognitive skills. personal and professional lives. The recreation and HHSSW 336 PSY 101 Offered spring of odd-numbered years. leisure studies major allows students to discover this Human Growth & Development: 4 4 exciting discipline and focus upon one of two career Life Course Approach General Psychology: Basic Processes 389 Topics in Psychology (4) tracks, recreation administration and recreation PSY 256 Additional courses for either the 4 An advanced seminar designed to study the therapy. The course offerings are designed to provide Recreation Administration or 20 Abnormal Psychology practical “hands-on” learning experiences with local BIO 221 primary literature on various announced topics in Recreation Therapy Track 4 psychology. Topics vary from semester to semester and agencies. By combining the concepts, skills, and Anatomy & Physiology perspectives of recreation and leisure studies courses may include, but are not limited to: community TOTAL 58 REC 308 psychology, correctional psychology, ethics, with carefully selected elective courses, students may expect both to become liberally educated and to Historical, Cultural, & Professional 4 interpersonal relationships, and psychology of women. Dimensions of Recreation & Leisure May be repeated for credit as topics change. Offered achieve to their career objectives in the recreation Recreation Administration Track Two additional supportive courses intermittently. profession. The major also culminates in a semester- 8 long internship, allowing students to continue their approved by the advisor SEM. 394 “Reel” to “Real” to “Reel”: Psychological learning while applying their knowledge to “real-life” COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE HRS. TOTAL 24 Reality in Cinema, Story, and Science (4) practice in recreation agencies. The major has been REC 340 accredited since 1984 by the National Council on 4 An explanation of psychological topics of interest Accreditation of Parks, Recreation, and Tourism Recreation Program Principles through the multiple lenses of nonfiction writing, Related Professions. All students completing the REC 341 films, and scientific reporting. How do each of these program are eligible to take the national examination HEALTH EDUCATION COURSES ways of telling us about ourselves shape our Management of Recreation & 4 to be recognized as a Certified Park and Recreation Leisure Services II (HE) understanding of psychological reality? How do our Professional (CPRP). Students completing the REC 342 background and experiences, including our recreation therapy track and designated coursework Fieldwork in Recreation & 4 201 Safety and First Aid (4) understanding of psychological reality, shape our are also eligible to take the national examination to Leisure Studies Provides the general public with the knowledge understanding of the psychological themes that are become a Certified Therapeutic Recreation Specialist embedded in nonfiction writing and in film? Why is and skills necessary to meet handle most emergency (CTRS). Two of the following: REC 343, it important to answer these two reciprocal questions? 8 situations when first-aid care is needed. Incorporates 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349 To assist us in our search for answers, we read specific personal safety and accident prevention information and acquaints students with the many causes of memoirs, biographies and scientific works in addition TOTAL 20 to viewing related films. Clinical, social psychological, accidents so care can be taken to eliminate or minimize such causes. Offered fall and spring of odd- numbered years. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 150

150 RECREATION AND LEISURE STUDIES RECREATION AND LEISURE STUDIES 151

116 Personal Fitness Training (1) 223 Intermediate Ballroom Dance (1) 204 Leadership I: Leadership and The following course(s) are undergoing revision Analysis of Recreation (4) to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, Offered intermittently. Designed to develop the technical skills and course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and 118 Creative Movement (1) abilities necessary to become proficient in partnership Explores leadership theory and the process of offering information are subject to change. dancing. Dances studied include swing, rumba, cha activity analysis. Students develop their personal Offered intermittently. cha, mambo, and tango. Students study dances and leadership skills by observing, evaluating, and 100 Stress Management (1) 120 Aerobics (1) rhythms based on the dynamics of natural body practicing leadership styles. They also learn and movement and the expression of the special character practice the activity analysis process through the Examines forms of stress, how they affect a person’s Offered intermittently. of each dance. May be repeated once for credit. planning, implementation and evaluation of goal- well being, and different approaches that have been 122 Coed Softball/Basketball (1) Prerequisite: PE 123. Offered spring of odd- oriented activities for diverse segments of the developed to deal with them. Students utilize an Offered intermittently. numbered years. population. Includes a significant practical examination of their own stressors and develop new component during nontraditional class hours when techniques for dealing with those stressors through 123 Ballroom Dancing (1) 230 Intermediate Martial Arts (1) students lead activities for peers and community readings, lectures, and experiential class assignments. Offered intermittently. An advanced martial arts course in karate for agencies. Offered each semester. 220 Concepts of Health (4) 124 Coed Volleyball/Soccer (1) students who have mastered beginning martial arts skills and now desire to work on their advanced belts. 206 Management of Recreation and A student-centered course utilizing the conceptual Offered intermittently. Prerequisite: PE 130. Offered each semester. Leisure Services I (4) approach and designed to increase the student’s health 126 Beginning Golf and Bowling (1) An introduction to the principles of managing knowledge and develop attitudes congruent with Offered intermittently. leisure service agencies. Students investigate the role desirable health-related behaviors. Emphasis is given The following course(s) are undergoing revision of the manager by applying underlying management to topics of current interest to young adults, i.e., stress, to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, 127 Introduction to Fencing (1) and legal theory to the operation of existing leisure leisure lifestyle, nutrition, weight control, mental course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and service agencies. Prerequisite: REC 101. Offered each health, human sexuality, drugs, communicable Offered intermittently. offering information are subject to change. fall. diseases and disorders, and human ecology. Offered 128 Dance Aerobics (1) 300 Coaching of Team Sports (4) intermittently. Offered intermittently. 212 Introduction to Recreational Therapy (4) A clinical analysis of coaching sports on 222/322 Instructing Health & 129 Beginning Swimming (1) recreational and varsity level. Intended for future Provides an overview of the profession of Wellness Programs (4) Offered intermittently. coaches and recreation majors and includes: recreational therapy, including the philosophy, practice, procedures, and foundation of services for Designed to teach basic knowledge, practices and philosophy, conditioning, care of injuries, rules and 130 Martial Arts (1) individuals with disabilities. Students develop an skills required by most public and commercial health skills of the following sports: soccer, baseball and Offered intermittently. understanding of professional preparation, service and recreation agencies that employ college-educated basketball. Offered fall of even-numbered years. settings, and consumer groups that utilize recreational wellness and fitness instructors. Some fieldwork 131 Jazz Movement (1) therapy services. Fieldwork required. Prerequisite: required. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. 308 Instruction Theory & Techniques Offered intermittently. in Dance & Rhythms (4) consent. Offered each semester. 225 Introduction to Athletic Training (4) 132 Sailing (1) A basic knowledge of dance history, example: 305 Teaching Assistant (1) Designed to expose the student to many areas of Offered intermittently. ethnic origins, social influences, style and evolution of Provides recreation/leisure service majors or other health care for athletes and their injuries. Emphasis is the creative process, developments in the discipline or 133 Handball/Racquetball (1) students who qualify the opportunity, under on prevention, recognition, evaluation, management techniques of dance, also dance as an art form as well Offered intermittently. supervision, to organize and lead recreation, physical and basic treatment of injuries. Offered as a performing art. Parallels the liberal arts studies in education activity courses, and selected introductory intermittently. 134 Windsurfing (1) history, sociology, philosophy, music, theatre/ content courses (REC 101, 200, 201, 204, 205). Offered intermittently. communications, and leisure studies. It creates a PHYSICAL EDUCATION greater understanding and appreciation of dance. Students are required to prepare lesson plans. 145 Beginning Scuba Diving (1) Also, it specifically points out the instructional uses Prerequisites: REC 204 or 323, or prior teaching COURSES (PE) Offered intermittently. and purposes of choreography. Offered intermittently. experience. Students must be interviewed and accepted by the course instructor. Offered each (Activity fees apply to some PE courses.) 146 Yoga (1) RECREATION COURSES (REC) semester. 106 Basic Pocket Billiards (1) Offered intermittently. 101 Introduction to Recreation 308 Historical, Cultural, and Offered intermittently. 152 Beginning Mat Pilates (1) and Leisure Services (4) S Professional Dimensions of Offered intermittently. Recreation and Leisure (4) W 109 Ballet (1) Designed for all students who desire to explore the Offered intermittently. 166 Israeli Self-Defense (1) varied professions of recreation/leisure services as a Provides students with knowledge of the history, philosophy, development, purposes, values, and 114 Archery and Badminton (1) Offered intermittently. possible career goal or for personal growth and interrelationships of recreation delivery systems from 177 Lifeguard Training (1) development. Recreation and leisure in historical Offered intermittently. development and today’s contemporary society and both the private and public sectors. Focuses on the 115 Beginning Tennis (1) Offered intermittently. leisure education are the major areas of concentration. professional dimensions of recreation and leisure as they relate to diverse cultures served in contemporary Offered intermittently. 188 Indoor Climbing (1) Includes a practicum in which students are required practice. Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or Offered intermittently. to investigate local recreation/leisure agencies. Prerequisite: freshmen/sophomores only; juniors/ higher and junior/senior status. Offered each fall. seniors by consent. Offered each semester. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 152

152 RECREATION AND LEISURE STUDIES RECREATION AND LEISURE STUDIES 153

309 Internship Preparation in foundation on which future depth of administrative recreation and education. Students plan, prepare, and Such issues may include therapeutic recreation and Recreation and Leisure Studies (2) competency can build. Offered each spring. implement an overnight backcountry experience. general recreation needs, legal and ethical Provides guidance and direction in all phases of Requires an overnight field experience outside of considerations, and general inclusion in community internship procurement for all students majoring in 342 Fieldwork in Recreation and regularly scheduled class meetings. Offered each services. Students develop a heightened sensitivity to recreation and leisure studies and enrolling in REC Leisure Studies (4) W spring and intermittently in Winter Sessions or the barriers faced by people with disabilities and learn 409 the following semester. Emphasizes each Offers the opportunity to investigate the Summer. to facilitate inclusion as well as strive for normalcy in student’s self-assessment, documentation of leadership, programming, operation, and community recreation settings. Some fieldwork personal/professional goals, strengths, and areas for management of leisure service agencies while gaining 348 Maui to Moguls: The Impact of required. Offered each spring. improvement in relation to the agency’s attributes and paid or volunteer experience. Through a Adventure Travel on Culture and compatibility with the student’s goals. Graded comprehensive focus on individual areas of the Environment (4) 203 Technology Applications in pass/fail. Prerequisite: senior and eligible to complete administration, the course is tailored to the individual Examines the impact of adventure travel on Recreation & Leisure Studies (1) REC 409 the following semester. Offered each needs of the student and agency to maximize culture and the environment. Students travel to two Provides an introduction to, and opportunity to semester. experience and reflection. Prerequisites: ENG 105 diverse locations, a ski area and the island of Maui, to become proficient in, various technological with a grade of C or higher and REC 204 or consent. learn how activities as diverse as skiing, applications that are used in recreation and leisure 311 Recreational Therapy Process (4) W Offered each semester and summer. snowboarding, snorkeling, hiking, windsurfing, and agencies. Particular emphasis is placed on the use of Provides students with the knowledge and skills biking affect local culture, the economy, and computer hardware and software. This includes word needed to organize, conduct, and evaluate 343 Administration of Campus preservation of the environment. Classroom work processing, database management, spreadsheets, and recreational therapy programs in health care agencies. Recreation (4) prepares the group for the travel experience. Offered specialized registration software. An exploration of the Requires students to develop a written plan of Covers the planning, organization, administration, in selected Winter Sessions. Internet including the use of e-mail and the world operation for an agency providing recreational and evaluation of recreational sports programs in wide web helps the student understand how these therapy services. Field experience is required. colleges and universities. Emphasizes practical 349 Leadership II: Instructional resources may be utilized to assist the recreation and Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher. experiences designed to acquaint the student with Techniques (4) leisure studies student as well as developing a Offered each fall. contemporary administration practices in the field. Students learn the successful leadership and profession. Graded pass/fail. Offered each semester. Offered fall of even-numbered years. teaching styles associated with the instruction of 314 Recreational Therapy Analysis outdoor recreation and athletic activities. They 211 Therapeutic Recreation Programming and Assessment (4) 344 Introduction to Sport and practice a variety of leadership approaches and group for the Aged (4) Provides the rationale, procedural methods for, Facility Management (4) process techniques, behavior management, and An overview of aging with respect to recreation and applications of assessment in recreational therapy. Provides students majoring in recreation and teaching styles. Prerequisite: REC 204. Offered and leisure. The aging process is explored in the Students examine and use standardized instruments leisure studies with an extensive knowledge of intermittently in spring. physiological, psychological and social domains. and develop a functional assessment based on the use effective management in a variety of sports settings. Recreational therapy and leisure services are studied in of activity/task analysis. They learn methods of Covers specific skills needed to plan and maintain 408 Seminar in Recreation and a variety of service environments. Offered spring of clinical assessment, establishing client rapport, and recreation facilities. Private and public schools and Leisure Studies (4) I odd-numbered years. interpretation and documentation of assessment sport club environments are explored. Prerequisite: Exploration and discussion of current trends and results. Prerequisite: REC 212. Offered spring of REC 101. Offered each spring. innovations in recreation/leisure studies as identified 215 Resort Management and Operations: even-numbered years. by students. Students determine course content in A Case Study (4) 345 Ropes Course and Group collaboration with the instructor. One scheduled A combination of traditional and non-traditional 340 Recreation Program Principles (4) W Facilitation Methods (4) topic is leisure education. Prerequisites: senior approaches to understanding managerial responsi- Provides students with an understanding of Prepares students to become ropes course leaders recreation and leisure studies major and consent. bilities and operational practices of running a year- recreation program practices, including planning and facilitate the ability of groups to better achieve Offered each spring. round leisure resort. Students live for seven days at objectives, programming principles, organization, their goals. Through coverage of the factors Virginia’s Wintergreen Resort, participate in seasonal group work, promotion supervision, and program connected to initial group processes, conflict, goal 409 Internship in Recreation and activities, interview managers from diverse evaluation. In addition to the study of programming deliberation, and the role of the facilitator, the course Leisure Studies (12) departments and shadow operation supervisors in theory, students plan, organize, and evaluate a variety provides hands-on activities, enabling the student to Field placement in an approved recreation or various departments. The experiential component of of recreation programs. Suggested prerequisites: REC experience the responsibilities needed to become a therapeutic recreation setting. Students intern under the course is supplemented with more traditional daily 101 and 204. Prerequisite: ENG 105 with a grade of useful group facilitator. Offered each fall. a trained recreation professional and participate in all lectures and instructor led discussions on a variety of C or higher. Offered fall of even-numbered years and phases of agency operation. Prerequisite: REC 303. contemporary issues facing recreation resort managers. spring of odd-numbered years. 346 Travel and Tourism (4) Offered each spring, and in summer on request. 242 Dance & Society/Dance Appreciation (4) Introduces the principles of travel and tourism as 341 Management of Recreation and an element of leisure service delivery. Covers tourism The following course(s) are undergoing revision Designed for non-dancers. Explains the use of Leisure Services II (4) development and promotion from both the public to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, movement as expression and the cultural aspects of Students develop an understanding of and private sectors. Students investigate various course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and dance. It is a survey course and gives students basic administrative practices, including legal aspects of socioeconomic factors of travel and tourism and visit offering information are subject to change. knowledge of dance and its role in society. Offered recreation services, principles of planning and various travel and tourism agencies. Offered each fall. intermittently. operation of recreation areas and facilities, financial 200 Therapeutic Recreation: and business procedures, public relations, principles 347 Outdoor Recreation and Education (4) Inclusion & Community (4) 268 Women and Leisure (4) of organization and coordination of services, A series of experiences, discussions, and readings Designed to provide insight into issues relative to Designed to investigate the past, present and future personnel practices, and evaluation. Provides a about current issues and practices in outdoor persons with disabilities residing in the community. roles of leisure in the lives of women. Leisure patterns 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 154

154 RECREATION AND LEISURE STUDIES RELIGIOUS STUDIES 155

and pursuits are examined through a review and 319 Practicum in Recreational Therapy (1) Social/Cultural Analysis analysis of gender-specific ideals on equity, Facilitates a structured clinical experience for RELIGIOUS STUDIES RELST 335 empowerment and social values. The course addresses students in a variety of settings working with people DR. TERRENCE LINDVALL Christian Theology & Film OR 4 women and leisure from an evolving cultural with disabilities. The laboratory consists of 50 contact DR. ERIC M. MAZUR RELST 363/463 perspective by contrasting men and women as well as hours of clinical experience under the supervision of a DR. MICHAEL PANITZ (adjunct) Sports & Religion examining differences among women. The course also Certified Therapeutic Recreation Specialist (CTRS) as DR. PAUL B. RASOR Seminar incorporates a personal examination of leisure well as coordination by the CTRS faculty member DR. CRAIG WANSINK, Program Coordinator RELST 361/461 4 philosophy, behavior and constraints with regard to teaching the course. It combines clinical field exposure Thinkers/Topics in Religion one’s situation and gender. Offered intermittently. with traditional classroom instruction to maximize Without a knowledge of religion, it is difficult to One Religious Studies course understanding and skill mastery. Course must be understand daily newspapers, modern history, and 4 302 Design & Maintenance of at the 300/400 level taken twice, each time concurrently with one of the many of our own behavior patterns. In the Religious Recreation Facilities (4) following courses: REC 211, 312, 314, and 318 for Studies Department, the methods and interests of the TOTAL 36 An introduction to the general principles of con a total of 100 practicum hours. May be repeated for humanities, the social sciences, and the natural temporary design and maintenance of recreation and credit. Offered each semester. sciences converge as students examine the role of park facilities on the federal, state, municipal and religion in history, literature, and science; in human commercial levels. Offered each fall. 323 Methods of Teaching experience and diversity; and in culture, politics, and Minor Requirements: Religious Studies Individual & Dual Sports (4) society. The requirements for a major in religious 310 Disabilities & Therapeutic Recreation (4) A comprehensive analysis of selected a ctivities and studies ensure that students not only acquire a broad COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. HRS. Introduces students to the various disabling related teaching methodology. Teaching methods are a base of knowledge, but develop skills of interpretation conditions that typically receive therapeutic recreation major component of this course with ample and methodological approaches that characterize a RELST 113 services. Adaptive, corrective and progressive opportunity for students to practice their teaching strong liberal arts education. Because these courses Introduction to Religious Studies OR 4 therapeutic recreation techniques are explored for skills. Offered intermittently. involve analysis, comparison, and interpretation and RELST 116 approximately 50 disabling conditions. The course because they require sensitivity to the perspectives World Religions focuses on treatment protocols as related to specific 327 Leisure Education (4) and practices of others, the study of religion prepares One Religious Studies course 4 disorders, their characteristics in the four functional The study of leisure, its historical bases, the students well for careers in education, business, law, at the 200 level or above domains, and the habilitative or rehabilitative goals politics, diplomacy, counseling, public service, and social/psychological pressures that influence how one Two Religious Studies courses established for each. Lab fee. Offered fall of odd- uses leisure time and the strategies for changing one’s ministry. 8 numbered years. at the 300/400 level leisure patterns through leisure education. This course Major Requirements: Religious Studies may be of particular interest to students who are One Religious Studies course at any level 4 312 Treatment Techniques in majoring in health and human services, psychology, Therapeutic Recreation (4) COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. TOTAL 20 sociology or recreation. Offered intermittently. HRS. Prepares recreational therapy students to utilize appropriate treatment techniques within each 334 Practicum in Recreation Comparative Analysis segment of the client population. Includes instruction and Leisure Studies (4) RELST 113 Introduction to Religious Studies OR 4 RELIGIOUS STUDIES COURSES in group process techniques, stress management, values Serves as a structured experience that allows clarification, sensory stimulation, cognitive RELST 116 (RELST) students to investigate the operation of selected sport, World Religions retraining, therapeutic exercise and other modalities tourism, and recreation management areas. Through 113 Introduction to Religious Studies (4) V used within the field. Along with learning individual practicum assignments in an area related Literary and Exegetical Analysis recreational therapy treatment techniques, the student to a student’s interest, a first-hand understanding is Two of the following: An introduction to the academic study of religion. learns the background, planning, leadership gained of how principles of sport, tourism, and RELST 217 Students gain familiarity with a wide range of The Old Testament World requirements, and necessary resources for each. recreation management may be effectively utilized. 8 religious traditions; ways in which religions shape Students plan, implement and evaluate these Students combine field experience with traditional RELST 218 society, culture, and world affairs; and scholarly tools techniques in classroom simulations. Offered fall of classroom instruction to maximize understanding The New Testament World for coming to terms with the wide variety of even-numbered years. and skill mastery. Offered each semester. RELST 251/351 sometimes strange, always interesting phenomena. Religion & Literature Offered each fall. 318 Clinical Skills for Therapeutic Recreation (4) 336 Commercial Recreation (4) Historical Analysis 116 World Religions (4) V Acquaints students with the various disciplines Analyzes the principles of organizing commercial Two of the following: and accrediting bodies associated with therapeutic recreation agencies and the factors affecting their RELST 303 A survey of major religions of the world, their recreation and the rehabilitation, treatment and Saints & Heretics: Christian History I success. Emphasis is placed upon actual agencies 8 beliefs, practices, and ethical concerns. Focusing education of individuals with disabilities. The course through field evaluation and case studies. Offered RELST 304 primarily on Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, focuses on basic terminology, treatment techniques spring of odd-numbered years. Damned & Saved: Christian History II and Buddhism, students examine the history, and procedures utilized by Certified Therapeutic RELST 326 literature, structures, and manifestations of each of Recreation Specialists. Offered fall of even-numbered Methodism these religions. They examine how such disciplines as years. Institutional Analysis psychology, sociology, theology, art, and ethics shape, RELST 232 and are shaped by, religious world views. Concludes Religion & American Politics OR 4 with an examination of some of the key RELST 233 conflicts/disagreements between two of these Religious Battles in Courts religious traditions. Offered each semester. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 156

156 RELIGIOUS STUDIES RELIGIOUS STUDIES 157

140 Religion in American Culture (4) the history of the Hebrews and Israelites and the special attention to developing strategies for reading 341 War, Peace, and Christian Ethics (4) V Focuses on religion as practiced by both literature they used to express and communicate their the Bible. May be taken in conjunction with RELST Examines Christian ethical perspectives on war mainstream and minority groups in America. faith. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. 304 or independently. Prerequisite: at least 3 semester and peace. Topics include the justifications for and Examines how religion shapes, and is shaped by, hours in: English, history, philosophy, or religious limitations on the use of force, just war and pacifism, American views on ethnicity, ethics, literature, 218 The New Testament World (4) studies. Offered fall of even-numbered years. alternative approaches such as just peacemaking, and business, and politics. Offered each spring. The first Christians wrote letters to each other, application of these perspectives to current issues. they wrote tales about Jesus, they wrote sermons, and 304 Damned and Saved: Prerequisite: junior/senior status or consent. Offered 157 Bible in American Culture/Life (4) V apocalypses. An introduction to some of those Christian History II (4) fall of odd-numbered years. Focuses not on the content of the Bible, but on writings preserved in the New Testament and to those Continues the “plot” of the development of the function of the Bible in American culture, apocryphal and non-canonical works that shaped how Christian thought. Students trace the creation of our 352/452 Seminar in C. S. Lewis (4) politics, and society. Students examine such persons the New Testament was remembered and how own modern world view from the wake of the Investigates the literary, historical, and theological as Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Thomas Jefferson and Christianity developed. Examines both the earliest Reformation through the Enlightenment and into the contributions of British author C. S. Lewis, exploring distinctively American types of biblical interpretation. Christians and the literature they used to create 19th and 20th centuries. Emphasizes the key literary and philosophical influences upon his life Issues such as slavery, prohibition, and the Scopes communities and to express and communicate their development of strategies for reading the Bible as and literature and examining how his thought and trial are studied and highlight how the Bible has been faith. Prerequisite: at least 3 semester hours in students examine the interrelation of theology and its imagination have affected contemporary religious used and abused in arguments on social policies. By English, history, philosophy, or religious studies. cultural context at each step of the way. May be taken discourse and practice. May be offered either as an examining issues related to publishing and translating Offered each spring. in conjunction with RELST 303 or independently. on-campus course or as a travel course. Prerequisite: 4 the Bible, some of the most intense theological Prerequisite: at least 3 semester hours in: English, semester hours of religious studies or English. Offered debates in American life are highlighted. Students 232 Religion and American Politics (4) V history, philosophy, or religious studies. Offered spring of even-numbered years. also learn how American laws shape the influence of Identical to CRSF 232. spring of odd-numbered years. the Bible in American life by highlighting 361/461 Thinkers/Topics in Religion (4) VI* 320 Science and Religion (4) contemporary public educational contexts. Offered 233 Religious Battles in Court (4) Focused, in-depth study of one important on demand. Identical to CRSF 233. Explores the impact of science on theology and religious thinker (or thinker about religion), or a whether science and religion are compatible. The first narrowly defined topic of current importance in 180 Judaism and Film (4) 250 Religion and Popular Culture (4) V question is primarily historical. Students examine key religious studies. May be repeated for credit with the Introduces students to Judaism through the use of Introduces students to the role religion plays in advances in the history of science (the heliocentric instructor’s permission. Prerequisite: junior/senior film. Examines images of Jewish history, text, ritual, creating and maintaining culture through such theory of the universe or evolution, for example) and status or consent. Offered each year. *RELST and belief, as presented in film, and evaluates the popular venues as motion pictures, television, sports, theological responses to them. The second question is 361:(V); RELST 461:(I). contemporary positive and negative portrayal of and fashion, as well as the impact of religious values primarily philosophical. In each case, discussions Judaism from both non-Jewish and Jewish sources. on popular cultural expressions. Offered in selected begin with the issues raised in important primary 363/463 Sports and Religion (4) I* texts. Prerequisite: junior/senior status, at least one Offered each spring. Winter Sessions. Examines the relationship between sports and course in the natural sciences, or consent. Offered religion. From the use of sports as a means of intermittently. 181 Judaism through Food (4) 265 Extreme Religion: The Body, Pain, acculturation, the use of legitimate competition as a Sex, and Martyrdom in A hands-on introduction to Judaism. From feasts 326 Methodism (4) surrogate for interreligious conflict, and the to fasts, students explore the history, texts, and Religious Experience (4) competition between organized sports and organized traditions of Judaism through the study and first- For the sake of their soul and their faith, religious An interdisciplinary exploration of the history of religion for money, attention, and devotion, to the hand encounter with its foods; their place, individuals engage in a variety of actions which—in Methodism, with special attention given to the sacrality of the time and space of the field of play and preparation, restrictions, and geographical variations other contexts—would be considered extreme: self- Wesleys, Asbury, other early itinerant preachers, and elevation of athletes to modern gods, the world of that are central to the religious and cultural mutilation, snake-handling, fasting, celibacy, tantric the religious and cultural development of the athletic competition overflowing with religious experience of Judaism. Offered each spring. sex, polygamy, suicide, martyrdom, etc. Focuses on Methodist denomination and its Wesleyan offshoots elements. Using a variety of disciplinary methods, the role of religious experience, particularly on (such as the AME Church). Prerequisite: 4 semester students examine this relationship, the ways in which 201 Religion in the News (4) ecstatic or extreme religious expressions in world hours of religious studies or history. Offered spring of religion and sport reinforce similar ideals, and the even-numbered years. An introduction to the way in which religious religions today. After examining the roles and ways in which they compete with one another for the functions of “experience” within religion, students minds, hearts, and bodies of the “fans.” Offered communities and religious issues are portrayed in 335 Christian Theology and Film (4) today’s news. Through an investigation of multiple focus on specific cases of “extreme” religious practices, spring of even-numbered years. *RELST 463 only. sources, students examine the ways in which news seeking to understand their meaning and significance Identical to COMM 335. shapes—and is shaped by—our understanding of for their practitioners. Prerequisite: at least 3 semester The following course(s) are undergoing revision religions (or lack thereof). Offered in Winter Sessions hours in: history, English, philosophy, or religious 336 Sociology of Religion (4) V to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, on demand. studies. Offered in selected Winter Sessions. Examines the origin and development of religion course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and as a social institution: theories concerning its nature offering information are subject to change. 217 The Old Testament World (4) V 303 Saints and Heretics: and function; sociocultural dimensions of religious The ancient Israelites wrote stories of their past. Christian History I (4) beliefs, values, and conduct; contemporary 251/351 Religion and Literature (4) They preserved laws. They wrote prophecies, Traces the “plot” of the development of Christian denominations, sects, and cults in the United States; Works selected from the fiction, nonfiction, biographies, common-sense advice, love poetry, and thought about questions of fundamental human the relationship between religion and other social biography and mythology of the world’s literature, apocalypses. An introduction to some of these importance from the formation of the medieval world institutions. Identical to SOC 336. Offered both classic and modern, academic and popular, and writings; specifically, the writings preserved in the to the Reformation. Students examine the mutual intermittently. discussed from the point of view of belief, unbelief, Old Testament and in the Apocrypha. Examines both dependence of theology and wider culture with values and spiritual orientation. Offered spring semester of odd-numbered years. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 158

158 RELIGIOUS STUDIES SOCIOLOGY/CRIMINAL JUSTICE 159

324 Local Religions in Practice (1) Departments from which courses may be drawn SOCIAL SCIENCES COURSES The study of religion, long dominated by the study SCIENCE for the SSDM include Business (MBE), Education, (SOSCI) of what “believers” were “thinking”, also has a long Geography, Health & Human Services/Social Work, (See Earth and Environmental Sciences) tradition of observing what adherents were doing. History, Political Science, Psychology, Recreation and The following course(s) are undergoing revision From the earliest sociologist and anthropologists, the Leisure Studies, Sociology and Criminal Justice. to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, study of religion has never been complete without an Please note: This list is strictly for the purpose of course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and understanding of religion in practice. This course SOCIAL SCIENCES guiding course choices for the SSDM and should not offering information are subject to change. introduces students to the practices of participant- be extended to other applications. observation and ethnography, as well as to some of the DR. ROBERT B. ALBERTSON, Program Coordinator A student may choose education as the area of 351 Research Methods for the foundation literature and pressing questions still concentration, but this course of study will not Social Sciences (4) permit the student to be certified by the asked in the study of people in the course of their The Social Sciences Divisional Major (SSDM) is Offers the student an overview of data collection Commonwealth of Virginia to teach in the public religious lives. Offered on demand. designed for students with a natural curiosity in methods as well as basic analysis procedures within the schools. Students seeking teacher certification should several fields of study across the spectrum of the social context of the social sciences. Both positivistic and confer with a member of the Education Department 327 Religion, Law, and the Schools (4) sciences. It consists of 48 semester hours, 32 of which naturalistic paradigms are examined, and the ethical when considering the SSDM. An investigation of the relationship between must be at the 300/400 level and 20 of which must framework as well as the methodological procedures Courses in Health & Human Services/Social religion and education in the United States. The class be concentrated in one department or discipline involved in designing and conducting research with Work may not be used in the area of concentration reviews the historic relationship of religion and within the division. This area of concentration must human subjects are explored. Offered fall of odd- for the SSDM, but may be included elsewhere in the education in the United States, related legal and include 16 hours at the 300/400 level. The major numbered years. plan of study. A student using Business as the public policy materials, and specific curricular issues must also include at least 8 semester hours of department of concentration must include MBE 301, as they relate to teachers, administrators, students, enrichment courses at the 300/400 level in each of MBE 316, MBE 322, and MBE 400 and take at least and their parents. Offered each summer. two other disciplines within the division. Either the SOCIOLOGY/CRIMINAL area of concentration or at least one enrichment field 9 semester hours of MBE courses at the 300/400 level 331 Rationalism and Mysticism in Religion (4) must be history, political science, psychology or in residence at Virginia Wesleyan. JUSTICE sociology. Finally, the major must include one Rationalism and mysticism are radically different MR. DWIGHT BOLLING (adjunct) research course, which may be a research methods ways of comprehending the world, and yet many of the Major Requirements DR. THOMAS F. B ROWN course or one with an extensive research component. world’s major religions feature both rationalist and MR. T. SCOTT LIVERMAN, Program Coordinator The SSDM Oversight Committee maintains a list of Either the area of concentration or at least one mystical forms. First, this course examines rationalism DR. THOMAS LOPEZ approved research courses. enrichment field must be history, political science, and mysticism as comprehensive and competing DR. ALISON MARGANSKI The student must formally declare the SSDM by psychology, or sociology. religious paradigms; second, surveys manifestations of DR. KATHY S. STOLLEY filing a Declaration of Major form with the Registrar’s The contract is due at least two semesters before religious rationalism and mysticism in the Office at least two semesters before graduation, graduation, summer not counting as a semester. Sociology monotheistic religions, and third, examines in detail summer not counting as a semester. In close The contract is due by March 1 for fall the oscillation of rationalism and mysticism in consultation with an academic advisor, the student acceptance and by October 1 for spring acceptance. The sociology program provides real-life occasions Judaism from Late Antiquity until the 20th century. develops a contract listing the courses to be included The reflective essay is due by November 1 for fall and intellectual resources that can help students Prerequisite: at least three semester hours in one or in the major, along with an essay explaining the goals graduation and by April 1 for spring graduation. understand the social and cultural dimensions of more of the following: English, history, philosophy, and the rationale for choosing the divisional approach human behavior. By focusing on the concepts, religious studies. and demonstrating an intellectual coherence and clear COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. theories and techniques of inquiry employed by HRS. sociologists, the Sociology Department hopes to 332 Jewish Ethics (4) focus for the major. The contract must also indicate which courses in or outside the major the student will Area of Concentration foster the sociological perspective. The department Focuses on how Judaism helps people meet the use to fulfill the college’s requirements for oral Five courses in one department or offers a major in sociology and provides a great challenges of contemporary life. What do classic sources communication competency and computer discipline in the Social Sciences Division, 20 number of courses that serve other major programs and contemporary thinkers say about animal proficiency and how those courses fulfill the including at least 16 hours at the and the general goals of a liberal arts education. experimentation, child custody, duties to others, requirements. The contract must be approved by the 300/400 level. hazardous waste disposal, and medical ethics? These Major Requirements: Sociology student’s faculty advisor and the members of the Enrichment Areas and other pressing concerns are treated in this course SSDM Oversight Committee, all of whom, along Four courses at 300/400 level, including through careful attention to classic biblical and COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. with the student, sign the completed contract. The two from each of two other departments 16 HRS. rabbinic texts. Prerequisite: at least three semester contract is kept on file by the administrative assistant or disciplines in the Social Sciences SOC 100 hours in one or more of the following: English, history, of the Social Sciences Division. It may be Division Introduction to Sociology philosophy, religious studies. Offered intermittently. renegotiated if courses listed are no longer available, OR 4 Three other courses at any level and SOC 270 but such changes must be approved by the student, from any department or discipline in 12 Social Problems* 483, 484 Senior Thesis I, II (4, 4) the faculty advisor and the SSDM Oversight the Social Sciences Division. SOC 345 Independent research under the direction of a Committee. Finally, during the last semester of 4 member of the department leading to the preparation coursework, the student must compose a reflective One research course chosen from Foundations of Sociology and writing of a senior essay or thesis. Open to essay that reviews the goals and unifying intellectual the list maintained by the division. SOC 350 4 religious studies majors. Prerequisite: consent. Offered theme of the major as stated in the declaration Introduction to Social Research on demand. contract and then explores in some detail how the TOTAL 48 See continuation of choices next page goals and theme have been realized. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 160

160 SOCIOLOGY/CRIMINAL JUSTICE SOCIOLOGY/CRIMINAL JUSTICE 161 Chart continued from previous page Chart continued from previous page SOC 353 PSY 327 Three of the following: Minor Requirements: Sociology Applied Sociology* Social Psychology CJ 250, 300, 340, 348, 360, 385, 12 OR 4 SOC 480 388, 389, 390, 400, 418, 420 COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. RELST 116/316 HRS. Senior Research Project World Religions Internship (optional) SOC 489 CJ 483 One of the following: 4 RELST 140 SOC 100 Senior Integrated Assessment Religion in American Culture Internship Preparation (2 sem. hrs.) OR 10 Introduction to Sociology OR 4 Two additional SOC courses at the RELST 250 CJ 484 8 SOC 270 300/400 level Religion & Popular Culture Internship in Sociology & Criminal Justice (8 sem. hrs.) Social Problems Three additional courses at any level, SPAN 210 Two Sociology courses at the including one or two from the allied 12 Hispanic Myths/Rituals Three of the following: 8 OR 200 level or above course list SPAN 265 SOC 270 U.S. Latino Culture Social Problems Two Sociology courses at the 300/400 level 8 SOC electives: SOC 227 SOC 110, 219, 224*, 230, 240, 251, TH 375 Social Psychology TOTAL 20 275, 303*, 305*, 308*, 311, 319, 335, Images of Women in Theatre SOC 335 336, 351, 430, 460 & Film OR Social Deviance *Students seeking an applied emphasis TH 380 SOC 353 should consider taking these courses. Theatre of Diversity Applied Sociology Minor Requirements: Criminal Justice Internship (optional) This list is merely suggestive and is updated regularly. POLS 371 SOC 483 Constitutional Law I: COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Students should consult their advisors and choose HRS. Internship Preparation (2 sem. hrs.) 10 allied courses suited to their academic and career The Federal System SOC 484 CJ 205 interests. POLS 372 4 Internship in Sociology (8 sem. hrs.) Constitutional Law II: Issues in CJ Allied Courses: TOTAL WITHOUT INTERNSHIP 40 Substantive Rights CJ 301 4 ENVS 106 PSY 350 Criminology Psychology & the Law Humans & the Environment TOTAL WITH INTERNSHIP 50 CJ 387 MBE 203 12 4 GEOG 112 Criminal Law Accounting I Cultural Geography OR MBE 204 Criminal Justice electives 8 GEOG 113 Criminal Justice Accounting II Human Geography Criminal justice is a wide-ranging field that is MBE 216 TOTAL 20 HHSSW 261/361 primarily concerned with understanding the origins, Taxation Human Sexuality nature and consequences of criminal behavior and of HHSSW 384 societal reactions to crime. As a profession it focuses HHSSW 318 Drugs of Abuse SOCIOLOGY COURSES (SOC) Aging & the Media on careers directly related to social institutions of law, HHSSW 385 OR HHSSW 380 law enforcement, and the legal system. Students find Substance Abuse & Aging in America that the criminal justice program offers a core of basic Chemical Dependency 100 Introduction to Sociology (4) S and allied courses which provides a practical liberal ART 208 An introduction to sociology as a behavioral HHSSW 402 arts perspective of this growing field with an emphasis Photography I science and way of viewing the world. Students learn Women on the Brink on critical analysis. COMM 222 basic concepts of sociological investigation and HIST 400 Major Requirements: Criminal Justice Public Speaking interpretation and critical thinking. They see how Civil Rights Movement SPAN 307 individual behavior is shaped by group life and how HIST 451 Topics in Advanced Conversation COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. group life is affected by individuals. They learn to History of the Holocaust HRS. & Composition apply a “sociological imagination” to examining social MATH 210 MATH 210 CJ 205 issues. Common sense notions are replaced by a Statistics 4 Statistics critical analysis of social issues. Offered each semester. OR Issues in Criminal Justice MATH 310 CHEM (any course) CJ 301 Statistical Models 4 CS (any course) 219 Women in Culture and Society (4) S Criminology PHIL 272/372 Students examine conflicting definitions of gender CJ 350 TOTAL WITHOUT INTERNSHIP 44 Beyond the Western Tradition 4 in the contemporary U.S., analyzing general patterns OR Introduction to Social Research PHIL 292/392 and the impact of gender definitions on their own CJ 387 TOTAL WITH INTERNSHIP 54 lives. Differences in the definitions of womanhood Alternative Futures 4 Criminal Law and manhood are discussed, along with the variety of POLS 103 CJ 489 women’s experiences and perspectives. Ideas about Global Realities 4 OR Senior Integrative Assessment gender are contrasted with the real-life situations of POLS 353 women and men in our society. Emphasizes the Globalization & its Discontents See continuation of choices next page 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 162

162 SOCIOLOGY/CRIMINAL JUSTICE SOCIOLOGY/CRIMINAL JUSTICE 163

opportunities and difficulties that women of differing 353 Applied Sociology (4) Topics include theories about the causation of crime, The following course(s) are undergoing revision races and classes encounter in today’s society. Identical Focus is on engaging the sociological imagination crime typologies, and patterns of crime and social to WGS 219. Offered each fall. to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, injury. Prerequisite: CJ 205. Offered each spring. and the sociological toolkit to address real-life course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and questions and problems. These tools are used to offering information are subject to change. 227 Social Psychology (4) identify, examine, and seek solutions for various social 340 Forensic Accounting (4) Identical to PSY 227. issues. Attention is given to careers in applied 110 Cultural Anthropology (4) The application of accounting methods to assist in sociology. Includes a service-learning component. solving economic-based crimes. The course includes Study of the nature of culture; comparative 251 Issues in Sociology (4) S Prerequisite: junior/senior status or consent. Offered discussion of criminal statutes relating to financial analysis of social, religious, economic, and political each spring. crimes, fraud investigation and prevention, Examines various topics and issues through the institutions in specific preliterate and modern lens and methodology of the sociological perspective. techniques used in solving financial crimes, and 400 Topics in Criminal Justice cultures; the cultural dimensions of behavior. Offered current issues in financial investigation. Prerequisite: Topics may include animals and society, the sociology each fall. of food, aging, gender and sexuality, and adoption and Sociology (4) MBE 203. Identical to MBE 340. Offered spring of even-numbered years. and foster care. May be repeated for credit as Identical to CJ 400. 224 Social & Cultural Change (4) designated issues change. Offered intermittently. 460 Readings in Sociology (2, 4) Focuses on the processes and consequences of 348 Delinquency and Juvenile Justice (4) S change arising from various types of collective action, 303 Small Groups (4) Students select a topic concerning sociological An examination of the nature and scope of from spontaneous collective behaviors (e.g., rumors or delinquency and of factors contributing to delinquent An experiential course in which sociological theory or research, survey the relevant literature, and disaster reactions) to planned institutional actions theories and methods are used to analyze the structure discuss their findings with their major professor. (Two behavior. The role of social agents and agencies in such as the civil rights movement. Offered fall of odd- prevention and treatment is also examined. Offered and processes of small social groups. Prerequisite: or four semester hours depending on the scope of the numbered years. junior/senior status. Offered each fall. project.) May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: fall of odd-numbered years. prior consent of the project advisor. Offered each CRIMINAL JUSTICE COURSES (CJ) 308 Visual Sociology (4) W semester. 350 Introduction to Social Research (4) A survey of basic concepts in sociology as they are An examination of the logic, the strategies and the 205 Issues in Criminal Justice (4) portrayed in selected motion pictures and music 480 Senior Research Project (4) W methods of sociological inquiry; an analysis of videos. Serves as a systematic application of Students conduct a sociological research project of Engages students in critical analysis of the classical and contemporary models of research. A sociological theory and practice. Prerequisite: ENG their own design, present the results in appropriate criminal justice system in America. Emphasizes the foundation course required for sociology majors. 105 with a grade of C or higher; any sociology course written form, and defend the effort in an oral investigation of social order and the notion of Identical to CJ 350. Prerequisite: junior/senior status. would be helpful but not required. Offered each examination. Research problems may focus on “justice” as defined by the various social institutions. Identical to SOC 350. Offered each semester. semester. theoretical or empirical topics. Relevant methods may Students explore the significance of law, state and range from bibliographic search to field observation. property relations, and the administration of justice 385 Applied Criminal Profiling (4) 311 Family (4) S,W Prerequisites: ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher, through police, the courts, and corrections. Offered Approaches criminal behavior as a complex Examines the contemporary American family and SOC 350, junior/senior status, and prior approval of each semester. phenomenon, moving beyond the abstract the history, forms, and functions of families in other a written proposal. Committee defense optional. interpretation and suggestions of criminological 250 Topics in Criminal Justice (4) times and cultures. Special attention is given to the Offered each spring. theory into the real-life processes of criminal family as a social institution, its relationship with A seminar addressing announced topics that may behavior. Examines and profiles the offender, victim, other institutions, forces of social and cultural 483 Internship Preparation Course (2) include public policy in criminal justice, and situational elements surrounding the major forms change, and the future of the family. Prerequisite: Designed for students intending to participate in controversial/debated laws in the U.S., taboo of crime. Attention is given to the precipitating, ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher. Offered each an internship for sociology or criminal justice credit. practices, understanding violence, murder, property attracting, and predisposing factors of criminal fall. The process of selecting an internship site, crime, corruption, ethics, and more. May be repeated behavior and their levels of importance for respective completing applications and forms, and for credit as designated topics change. Prerequisite: cases. Prerequisite: CJ 301. Offered each spring. 319 Feminist and Gender Theory (4) W understanding the requirements set forth by the sophomore status or consent. Offered in selected 387 Criminal Law (4) Identical to ENG 319 and WGS 319. Department of Sociology and Criminal Justice can be Winter Sessions. overwhelming. Lectures and scenario training provide An overview of the power and limits of 336 Sociology of Religion (4) V students with practical information that should be 300 Law Enforcement (4) government authority to define, prohibit, grade, and Identical to RELST 336. beneficial to students who desire an internship in A critical exploration of law enforcement from an punish socially harmful behavior. Includes the nature sociology or criminal justice. Prerequisite: consent of historical, sociological, and legal perspective. Race, of criminal law, classification of crimes and criminal 350 Introduction to Social Research (4) internship director. Offered each fall. social class, sexual orientation, and gender identities liability, punishment, and more. Prerequisite: are considered in the context of occupational roles senior/junior status. Offered each semester. Identical to CJ 350. 484 Internship in Criminal Justice and community issues. Attention is given to viable and Sociology (9) problem-solving strategies for issues in law 388 Global Terrorism and 351 Medical Sociology (4) S Identical to CJ 484. enforcement. Prerequisite: CJ 205 or 301. Offered Homeland Security (4) Designed to provide students an introduction to fall of odd-numbered years. An overview of the characteristics, causes and sociological perspectives on the study of health, 489 Senior Integrated Assessment (4) controls of global terrorism along with responses to it. illness, and health care. Topics include epidemiology, 301 Criminology (4) Identical to CJ 489. Attention is given to counterterrorist responses, the structures and organization of health care systems A sociological view of crime and criminality. including U.S. Homeland Security. Prerequisites: two and medical encounters, bioethical issues, and current Socioeconomic, cultural, and biosocial processes are criminal justice courses. Offered fall of odd- issues shaping the future of health, illness, and health considered, as well as the criminal products of society. numbered years. care. Offered intermittently. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 164

164 SOCIOLOGY/CRIMINAL JUSTICE THEATRE 165

389 Criminal Investigation (4) completing applications and forms, and 360 Courts in the American TH 210 4 An introduction to the general processes of understanding the requirements set forth by the Criminal Justice System (4) Acting I Department of Sociology and Criminal Justice can be criminal investigation that engages students’ critical Examines the role of the American criminal courts TH 220 overwhelming. Lectures and scenario training provide 4 analysis of how and why crimes are committed. in the broader context of the American legal system. Technical Theatre Students learn basic investigation techniques and students with practical information that should be An overview of the organization of criminal courts in TH 250 responsibilities. Prerequisite: two criminal justice beneficial to students who desire an internship in Federal and state jurisdictions is provided. The courts’ 4 courses. Offered each spring. SOC/CJ. Prerequisite: consent of internship director. relationship to law enforcement and social control is Script Analysis Identical to SOC 483. Offered each fall. TH 301 also examined. Offered spring of even-numbered 4 393 Technical Reporting in Law years. Theatre History I: Origins to 1660 484 Internship in Criminal Justice Enforcement (4) W TH 302 and Sociology (9) 4 Focuses on the special needs of the criminal justice 383 Emergency Management (4) Theatre History II: 1660 to Present system with regard to technical report writing. Using Practiced, supervised experience in direct student Identical to HHSSW 383. learning in applied social settings. Students learn how ENG 346 police-oriented language and scenarios, students learn Shakespeare I how to correctly structure reports for use in criminal acquired knowledge and research writing skills can be 390 Comparative Criminal Justice System (4) OR 4 applied to the workplace. Practical and applied ENG 347 investigations and in court. Prerequisites: successful Partnering with the world in fighting crime, learning through student performance in the applied Shakespeare II completion of ENG 105 with a grade of C or higher students gain a global perspective of crime and setting gives the student a “competitive edge” for Two additional theatre courses, and CJ 389 or consent; CJ 387 helpful. Offered fall criminality through a comparison of culture, history, future community/workplace contribution. one of which must be at the 8 of even-numbered years. political systems, and religion of the U.S. and other Prerequisites: 18 hours of sociology or criminal justice 300/400 level societies. Topics include criminal procedure, courts, and CJ 483 or SOC 483. Students must contact the 400 Topics in Criminal Justice and law enforcement, a review of transnational crime, TH 410 department faculty to review full eligibility for this Sociology (4) and more. Offered spring of even-numbered years. Theatre of Diversity course. Identical to SOC 484. Offered each spring. OR 4 An advanced seminar addressing announced TH 412 Directing topics in criminal justice and sociology. Topics may 489 Senior Integrative Assessment (4) include victimology, administration of justice, THEATRE One of the following: criminalistics, sociology of terrorism, community Students assess and analyze the connectedness of TH 424 systems, war, peace and conflict, sociology of their academic learning in light of their future goals. TRAVIS B. MALONE, Program Coordinator Theatre Practicum environment, consumerism, child welfare, and more. Contemporary topics take a holistic and systematic and Division Chairperson TH 485 4 May be repeated for credit as designated topics perspective focusing on a variety of issues such as DR. SALLY H. SHEDD Theatre Internship change. Prerequisite: consent. Offered as topics justice, ethics, and community needs. Prerequisite: TH 499 Virginia Wesleyan’s theatre program is an artistic become available. junior/senior status. Juniors need consent from the Advanced Theatre Research instructor. Identical to SOC 489. Offered each fall. yet challenging educational effort. On stage and in 420 Criminal Law: The Appellate the classroom, theatre students gain experience in TOTAL 44 Process (4) W The following course(s) are undergoing revision virtually every aspect of the field. They encounter a to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, wide variety of practical, theoretical, and critical Provides students with an understanding of a perspectives on theatre and dramatic literature, from criminal appeal. While reviewing an actual criminal course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and Major Requirements: Theatre and English offering information are subject to change. Ancient Greece to the present. The multi-faceted trial transcript, students develop legal issues for an nature of the program covers a variety of specialties to appeal, then prepare a legal brief for an appellate 210 Corrections (4) assist the artist in adapting to an exciting and fast- COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. court’s review. Emphasizes the creation of a well- paced profession. HRS. reasoned argument within the context of a legal brief. Provides an appreciation of the processes and At various times throughout the program, theatre ENG 289 4 Prerequisites: successful completion of ENG 105 structures of corrections within an American and majors will be required to meet with faculty members Approaches to Literary Study with a grade of C or higher, CJ 387, junior/senior international framework. Specifically, we examine to assess their development as artists and plan for ENG 311 status, and consent. Offered fall of odd-numbered historical, legal, economic and sociological issues in 4 their future involvement in the senior capstone Theory & Criticism years. maintaining control and order over those defined as experience. This experience, which is tailored to the criminal. The course provides a critical examination needs of each student, requires majors to complete ENG 346 460 Readings in Criminal Justice (2, 4) of the concepts of punishment, deterrence, and Shakespeare I advanced creative and scholarly work to prepare them OR 4 Students select a topic concerning criminal justice rehabilitation. Offered fall of odd-numbered years. for future employment in the field or for graduate ENG 347 theory or research, survey the relevant literature, and school. Shakespeare II 270/370 The Constitution and discuss their findings with their major professor. (Two Two courses in English, or literature Criminal Procedure (4) or four semester hours depending on the scope of the Major Requirements: Theatre courses in classics, or literature courses project.) May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Identical to POLS 270/370. in foreign languages and literatures 8 prior consent of the project advisor. Offered each COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. at the 300/400 level and approved by HRS. semester. 346 Law and Society (4) the student’s advisor The study of the evolution, function, and TH 100 See continuation of choices next page 483 Internship Preparation Course (2) justification of social control; forms of legal thought; Introduction to Theatre Designed for students intending to participate in the social dynamics of legal discourse; and the TH 101 OR 4 an internship for sociology or criminal justice credit. dysfunctions that accompany the legal system. Offered Rehearsal & Performance The process of selecting an internship site, spring of odd-numbered years. (2 sem. hrs., must be taken twice) 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 166

166 THEATRE WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES 167 Chart continued from previous page One course in English, or a literature 101 Rehearsal and Performance (2) A 347 Shakespeare II (4) 302 Theatre History II (4) course in classics, or a literature Students perform in, stage manage, or provide Identical to ENG 347. A study of the literature, architecture, performance course in foreign languages and 4 technical support for a mainstage or studio play styles, and cultural impact of theatre beginning with literatures at the 200 level or above directed by a faculty member. Students are selected by 375 Images of Women in Theatre the Neoclassical period and continuing through the and approved by the student’s advisor audition and/or interview. Must be taken twice to and Film (4) I late 19th century. Offered spring of odd-numbered TH210 fulfill the general studies requirement. Students explore depictions of women in theatre years. Acting I and film over the past sixty years to gain an OR 4 TH220 210 Acting I (4) A understanding and awareness of these media as 412 Directing (4) Technical Theatre An introduction to basic principles of acting in a powerful societal forces for the dissemination of An introduction to practical and theoretical TH301 workshop setting. Offered frequently. gender ideology. They learn to apply feminist/gender aspects of directing. Working closely with the 4 Theatre History I theories and criticism to theatrical performance, instructor, students oversee all facets of a one-act 220 Technical Theatre (4) A dramatic literature, and films. Offered intermittently. production. Offered spring of odd-numbered years. TH302 4 Theatre History II A study of the concepts, methods, materials, equipment, and critical evaluation of theatrical design 410 Theatre of Diversity (4) I One course in theatre at any level 4 and technical theatre. Students gain practical Students explore dramatic literature and WOMEN’S AND One of the following: knowledge and experience in working on theatrical performances representative of marginalized GENDER STUDIES ENG 489, TH 424, TH 485 4 performances and theatrical design. Students work on experiences from the past sixty years. Using theories Virginia Wesleyan’s theatre productions. Offered each from the liberal arts and sciences, they seek to DR. SUSAN LARKIN, Program Coordinator TOTAL 44 fall. discover the connection between experiences of marginalized groups of people and how those Women’s and Gender Studies is an 224/324 Theatre Practicum (2) experiences are expressed in theatre and culture. interdisciplinary program that presents students with diverse perspectives for understanding and Minor Requirements: Theatre Students gain experiential knowledge in a chosen Offered fall semester of odd-numbered years. production area. Practicum areas may include stage interpreting the historical and contemporary 424 Advanced Theatre Practicum (4) experiences of women and men. Students will COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. management, box office and house management, HRS. publicity and promotion, dramaturgy, and design. Fulfills the senior capstone requirement for become familiar with numerous feminist and gender theories and use them to understand and TH100 May be taken and repeated for 2 or 4 semester hours. theatre majors. Students gain advanced experiential Prerequisite: consent. Offered each semester. knowledge in a chosen production area that may contextualize past, current, and future cultural Introduction to Theatre interactions. The diverse perspectives encompassed by TH101 OR 4 include acting, directing, stage management, 250 Script Analysis (4) T women’s and gender studies courses illuminate the Rehearsal and Performance - production management, dramaturgy, and design. Students must have some experience in the chosen impact of gender in daily life and prepare students for (2 sem. hrs., must be taken twice) A study of dramatic literature in relation to the multi-faceted, complex viewpoints they will questions of style, theatrical convention, and area. Prerequisites: senior status and consent. Offered TH210 encounter in graduate study and the workplace. interpretive theories. Some attention is given to the each semester. Acting I 4 production of scripts into various cultural mediums, TH220 Major Requirements: including theatre and film. Prerequisite: ENG 105 485 Theatre Internship (4) Technical Theatre Women’s and Gender Studies with a grade of C or higher. Offered each spring. Offers upper-level students the opportunity for TH250 4 instruction and experience in an off-campus, COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. Script Analysis 270, 370 Theatre Seminar, professional theatre setting. Students have a HRS. TH3xx Advanced Seminar (4, 4) minimum of ten contact hours per week with WGS 219 Theatre History I supervisors. Involves weekly journals, evaluations 4 OR 4 Provides opportunities to study particular subject Women in Culture & Society TH3xx from supervisors, portfolio creation, and oral defense. matter or to take advantage of special competence by WGS 319 Theatre History II Prerequisites: junior/senior status and consent. 4 faculty member in a given semester. Previous topics Feminist & Gender Theory One Theatre course at the include musical theatre and improvisation. Topics Offered each semester. 4 WGS 430 300/400 level change as needs and resources develop. May be 4 repeated for credit as topics change. Prerequisite: Women’s Studies/Gender Studies Seminar TH 410 The following course(s) are undergoing revision varies according to the topic of the seminar. Offered One course from each division that Theatre of Diversity OR to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, intermittently. emphasizes women and gender TH 4xx course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and 12 (See program coordinator for a list Directing 4 offering information are subject to change. 310 Acting II (4) of courses) 301 Theatre History I (4) TOTAL 24 An advanced study of acting in a workshop Electives (See program coordinator 12 setting. Features period style. Prerequisite: TH 210. A study of the literature, architecture, performance for a list of courses) Offered intermittently. styles, design, and cultural impact of theatre from the THEATRE COURSES (TH) Ancient Greeks to Shakespeare. Offered fall of even- TOTAL 36 336 Spenser and Milton (4) W numbered years. 100 Introduction to Theatre (4) A Identical to ENG 336. At least five courses, including Gives an overview of the art, performance styles, WGS 319 and WGS 430, must be history, and collaborative roles involved in creating, 346 Shakespeare I (4) W at the 300/400 level. staging, and producing theatre. Offered each fall. Identical to ENG 346. 054-168 VWC Catalog 12 Programs.qxd 9/1/11 9:39 AM Page 168

168 WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES

Minor Requirements: lives. Differences in the definitions of womanhood Women’s and Gender Studies and manhood are discussed, along with the variety of women’s experiences and perspectives. Ideas about COURSE NUMBER AND TITLE SEM. gender are contrasted with the real-life situations of HRS. women and men in our society. Emphasizes the WGS/SOC 219 opportunities and difficulties that women of differing 4 Women in Culture and Society races and classes encounter in today’s society. Offered each fall. WGS/SOC 430 4 Women’s Studies/Gender Studies Seminar 319 Feminist and Gender Theory (4) W Three courses from among offerings Identical to ENG 319 and SOC 319. emphasizing women and/or gender. At least one course must be at the The following course(s) are undergoing revision 300 level and courses must be from 12 to fit the new enhanced, 4 x 4 curriculum. Thus, at least two different divisions. course numbers, titles, prerequisites, and (See Program Coordinator for a offering information are subject to change. list of current courses.) 430 Women’s Studies/ TOTAL 20 Gender Studies Seminar (4) Introduces students to the latest feminist theories and methodologies as well as the most recent research WOMEN’S AND GENDER on gender in relation to a topic chosen by the STUDIES COURSES (WGS) instructor. Topics vary. Recent topics include Campus Life “Violence, Non-Violence, and the Body” and “Gender Troubles.” Students give presentations and complete 219 Women in Culture and Society (4) S research projects relevant to their major disciplines. Students examine conflicting definitions of gender Does not fulfill divisional requirements for Latin in the contemporary U.S., analyzing general patterns Honors. Identical to SOC 430. Prerequisite: senior and the impact of gender definitions on their own status or consent. Offered in selected semesters 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 170

170 CAMPUS LIFE CAMPUS LIFE 171

Jane P. Batten Student Center: For both the • Student Athletic Committee (SAC), which resident and commuter student the Jane P. Batten plans tailgate, pre-game, and other events to CAMPUS LIFE Student Center is full of exciting activities. The $18.6 spread Marlin spirit for the athletic teams in million center is home to a spacious fitness center collaboration with the Athletic Department. featuring dozens of weight machines, bikes, • Traditions, which plans traditional campus necessary complement to education in seating in the newly renovated Boyd Dining Center. Stairmasters and other equipment; an eight-lane events such as Homecoming, Mud Games, and A any college classroom is growth through Nearby are the college’s post office and business swimming pool complemented by a ten-person Airband in collaboration with the Student campus life. On any given day at Virginia office. Jacuzzi and saunas; three racquetball courses; an Government Association. Wesleyan students can be found participating in The college requires all students to live on campus indoor elevated jogging track; a convocation • VWC and Beyond, which offers recreational athletics, singing with the choir, practicing for a play, in the residential housing facilities. Exceptions are center/gymnasium; a practice gymnasium; a rock and off-campus social activities in collaboration planning for an art show, gathering news for the granted to those students who (1) elect to live at climbing wall; the Marlin Grille; and the Scribner with RecX through aquatics, fitness, student newspaper, leading prayer and Bible study, home with one or both of their parents in the Bookstore. recreational sports, and outdoor activities. partaking in an aerobics or rock climbing session, and Hampton Roads area; (2) are married; (3) are engaging in social activities in the Jane P. Batten carrying less than a full course load (fewer than 12 The Community Council: The College’s The VWC Concert Series: Through the Virginia Student Center. semester hours); (4) petition the college and are commitment to building a vital community finds Wesleyan Concert Series, the college offers At Virginia Wesleyan students have always been granted permission to live off campus. Students who expression in Virginia Wesleyan’s structure of campus outstanding live musical performances in which special, and our student life program strives to uphold have been residents of the Hampton Roads area of governance. The Student Government Association, artists connect with audiences in a special way. The that motto. Although the college is primarily Virginia for the year prior to their initial application the Faculty Assembly, and the Administrative Council intimate and informal setting of the Hofheimer residential, campus activities are intended to involve for admission to the college are considered commuter meet regularly to make policy regarding the respective Theatre brings a drawing-room atmosphere to every and meet the needs of commuters and adult students, students. They have the option of commuting from spheres of concern. At least three times annually, concert, and even back-row patrons enjoy a close as well as resident students. their local residence or residing in the college’s faculty, staff, and student representatives come connection with the performers. With 10-12 free Guided by the staff of the Vice President for residence hall facilities. Students who are under the together for meetings of the Community Council, a concerts offered each year, students have ample Student Affairs, the student life program and services age of 18 or 24 years of age or older must request body which provides a forum for sharing information opportunities to enjoy vocal and instrumental music encourage all students to grow outside the classroom. permission to live in the college’s residential facilities. and discussing common concerns. Students are also in the styles of jazz, classical, folk, and bluegrass The Office of Residence Life is responsible for represented on other vital committees of the college, without ever leaving the campus. Residential Living: Residence halls at Virginia selecting and training the residence hall staff, giving them a distinctive voice in the making of Other Cultural Opportunities: Cultural Wesleyan are designed to foster a sense of community. coordinating hall policies and developing cultural, college policies. opportunities abound on the Virginia Wesleyan It is in the residence halls that students encounter a educational, social and recreational activities. The Student Government Association: Virginia campus and beyond. Speakers and performers of variety of interesting people and find many social and recreational activities, including the annual Wesleyan students are organized as the Student regional, national, and international acclaim are opportunities for cultural, educational, social, and “Seafood Party in the Dell,” are complemented by a Government Association (SGA). This association invited to campus throughout the year to share their recreational enrichment. The campus is made up of number of interesting educational and cultural consists of the Executive Council, president and vice- talents and expertise with the college community. In academic villages patterned closely after Thomas events. Jefferson’s adaptation of the Oxford-Cambridge plan. president, and 16 student senators. The SGA makes addition, the college’s own drama department An academic village includes classrooms, faculty Student Activities: The Student Activities Office every effort to respond to student concerns and presents major productions in the fall and spring offices, and student residences with lounge areas. seeks to enhance the overall educational experience by promote the general welfare of students and campus semesters, and several student groups, including the Bray Village and Village II each include two fostering social and leadership development and organizations. Moreover, through work on many Wesleyan Singers, perform on campus. academic buildings and four residence halls. Brock encouraging collaboration. This office supports the college committees, involvement in numerous social Virginia Wesleyan’s location in the midst of a Village has three traditional residence halls and three Wesleyan Activities Council (Student Programming activities, sponsorship of open forums, participation thriving metropolitan area provides rich cultural residence halls that offer students apartment-style Board), Student Government Association, fraternities in Community Council, and special programs that opportunities. The birthplace of Colonial America is living. The rooms in Bray Village, Village II and the and sororities, clubs and organizations, programs for foster informal student faculty dialogue, the SGA less than an hour’s drive from campus; Williamsburg, traditional residence halls in Brock Village are commuters, and leadership initiatives for students. contributes in many ways to the quality of campus Jamestown, Yorktown—and even the Busch Gardens designed for single and double occupancy—and for life. Williamsburg theme park—offer students and their Commuting: Commuter students are a vital part of personalized living. Rooms are furnished with beds, families many exciting off-campus experiences. the college community. The student life program is Wesleyan Activities Council (WAC): WAC is dressers, full-length wardrobes or closets, desks, and The campus is also just minutes from many intended to integrate the resident and commuter the programming board dedicated to providing chairs. Laundry facilities are available on each outstanding local attractions, such as the world- populations to enhance campus activities for quality weekend events and entertainment for the residence hall floor. Each unit of the apartments and famous beaches along the Atlantic Ocean and the everyone. Theme parties, student publications, campus community. It includes six committees: townhouses in Brock Village consists of four Chesapeake Bay; the Virginia Aquarium and Marine intramural sports, sorority and fraternity functions, • Intercultural Cultural and Educational (ICE), bedrooms, two bathrooms, a living area, and kitchen. Science Center, which offers seasonal boat trips for worship services, athletic contests, the Lake Taylor which collaborates with academic departments Each townhouse has a washer and dryer, and the dolphin and whale watching, a six-story IMAX Music Festival, and Spring Fling are just some of the to offer educational programming for students apartments have laundry facilities on each floor. The theater, aquariums, and intriguing new animal activities and opportunities afforded both commuter on and off campus. newly constructed Village IV has 24 townhouses, exhibits; and Nauticus National Maritime Center, an and resident students. • Main Stage, which plans concerts, comedy acts, which accommodate 96 students. Students are educational and exciting interactive science center Through the Commuter Service Office, which is and a variety of other shows featuring student encouraged to personalize their rooms, apartments, or with more than 150 exhibits and the battleship part of Student Activities, commuter students are performers. townhouses according to their tastes and those of Wisconsin. The Sandler Center for the Performing kept informed, provided special assistance, and • After Dark, which promotes late night weekend their roommate(s). By providing their own rugs, Arts, Norfolk’s Scope Arena, Chrysler Hall, the encouraged to take full advantage of campus resources events such as comedians, poets, foam dance lamps, curtains, and other items, they can transform Virginia Beach Amphitheater, and the Chrysler and the co-curricular activities of the college. They are parties, and skate nights. their living space into a comfortable home. The Museum of Art are all just a few miles from campus. also encouraged to take questions and concerns to the campus dining center includes a 500-seat central Hampton Roads is also home to several outstanding Commuter Assistant, who holds office hours dining facility, private dining areas, and additional dedicated to commuters. 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 172

172 CAMPUS LIFE CAMPUS LIFE 173

performing arts organizations, including the Virginia in a religion course, participate in an offering of the CLUB SPORTS CLUBS ORGANIZED RELIGIOUS LIFE Symphony, Virginia Opera, and Virginia Stage Center for Sacred Music, engage in the rich dialogue Dance Team AROUND MAJORS ORGANIZATIONS Company, as well as the Virginia Arts Festival, which of a living and learning community, or volunteer in Dance Company American Criminal Justice Club Catholic Mass presents dozens of world-class performing artists on the community with other students. Students can also Equestrian Club Classics Club Fellowship of Christian Athletes area stages each spring. Virginia Wesleyan’s location connect with a local place of worship or seek their Field Hockey Club Drama Club (FCA) gives new meaning to learning beyond the classroom. own path. There is an ecumenical worship gathering Lacrosse Club French, German, Spanish Club Intervarsity Christian Fellowship called SOAR and a Catholic Mass on Sundays. Roller Hockey Club Math/Computer Science Club (IVCF) Campus Communications: The college offers Monumental Chapel is open and accessible for Step Team Order of Infinity Hebrew Club hands-on experience in communications through the groups and individuals. Special arrangements for use Surf Club Philosophical Society Holy Fire Marlin Chronicle student newspaper and the Outlet of the chapel can be made through the Chaplain’s Swim Club Political Science Association Spiritual Life Activities and literary magazine. The award-winning Marlin Office. Psychology Club Resource Council (SPARC) Chronicle seeks to disseminate significant news and FRATERNITIES AND Recreation Majors Club SOAR Worship Team SORORITIES commentary of interest to the campus community. Intercollegiate Athletics: Athletics are an integral Science Club Young Life The Outlet offers students a place to publish their part of campus life at Virginia Wesleyan. Men Alpha Kappa Alpha Society for the Advancement of literary and artistic work and to gain experience in participate in intercollegiate soccer, basketball, golf, Alpha Sigma Alpha Management (SAM) COMMUNITY SERVICE managing and publishing a literary magazine. tennis, lacrosse, baseball, indoor/outdoor track, and Greek Presidents Council SVEA/NEA ORGANIZATIONS cross-country. The women’s intercollegiate program Interfraternity Council Campus Kaleidoscope Counseling Services: The college provides a includes basketball, softball, tennis, soccer, field Iota Phi Beta Circle K Student Counseling Center staffed by two licensed hockey, lacrosse, indoor/outdoor track, cross-country, Kappa Alpha NATIONAL HONOR Imagine clinical social workers. Students may be referred by and volleyball. Additionally, Virginia Wesleyan offers Panhellenic Council SOCIETIES Neighborhood Tutoring members of the faculty or staff, or they may refer a competitive cheerleading program. Phi Kappa Tau Alpha Kappa Delta Relay for Life themselves for counseling. This free, confidential Virginia Wesleyan is a member of the National Phi Sigma Sigma Alpha Phi Sigma Student Outreach Committee service is available to all students and includes short- Collegiate Athletic Association—Division III, as well Sigma Sigma Sigma Alpha Sigma Lambda • Habitat for Humanity term counseling on campus as well as referral to Beta Beta Beta as the Old Dominion Athletic Conference. LEADERSHIP GROUPS • Health and the Elderly professionals off campus. The college chaplain is also Chi Alpha Sigma • Animals and the Environment Students who participate in intercollegiate Commuter Club available to students seeking individual counseling. Delta Phi Alpha • Hunger and Homeless athletics are required to be enrolled full-time and Club President Roundtable One member of the staff, a specialist in the area of Gamma Sigma Alpha Student Environmental must be making satisfactory progress toward First Year Leadership Council substance abuse, offers education and confidential Gamma Sigma Epsilon Awareness League graduation. Honors and Scholars counseling for students who have concerns about The Marlin is the mascot for Virginia Wesleyan’s Kappa Delta Pi Winter Homeless Shelter their own drug or alcohol use or that of another Residence Hall Association Lambda Phi Eta athletic teams. School colors are navy blue and silver, Student Government Association SPECIAL INTEREST individual. with red as the accent color. Lambda Pi Eta Wesleyan Activities Council Omicron Delta Kappa GROUPS Health Services: All Virginia Wesleyan students are Campus Recreation Program: The Campus • After Dark Order of Omega Anime Club entitled to the benefits of the Health Services Office. Recreation Program (RecX) at Virginia Wesleyan • ICE Phi Alpha Theta Beekeepers Association First aid and health care are provided by a registered College strives to provide quality recreational • Mainstage Phi Eta Sigma Black Student Union nurse and/or licensed practical nurse from 8:30 a.m. opportunities to the campus community regardless of • TGIF Pi Delta Phi College Republicans until 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. If necessary, skill or experience. Its primary mission is to promote • Traditions PORTfolio Equality Alliance students may also be referred to an off-campus personal growth, social fellowship, and healthy • VWC and Beyond Pi Sigma Alpha Games and Strategies Club physician’s office. Transportation is provided by the lifestyle choices through participation in challenging Psi Chi International Student Organization college when needed. and fun activities. All of the programs emphasize Rho Lambda The Marlin Chronicle Students must submit a completed Health student involvement and leadership to determine the Rho Phi Lambda Model United Nations Evaluation Form before enrolling at Virginia direction of yearly goals. Students may get involved Sigma Beta Delta Outlet Wesleyan. This form contains important information through working as an Intramural Official, Sigma Delta Pi Photography Club in case of an emergency. All immunizations must be developing a club sport, or volunteering for the Sigma Tau Delta STAND up to date. Recreational Advisory Board. For more detailed Society for Collegiate Journalists Voices of Soul Health Services sponsors programs on campus information about any of the programs, policies, or Theta Alpha Kappa Wesleyan Ambassadors relating to current health issues. for general rules, go to the website RecX.vwc.edu. WVAW Radio Station Spiritual Life: Engage, impact, transform—these Young Democrats three words shape our vision for spiritual life at Clubs and Organizations: Virginia Wesleyan is Virginia Wesleyan. At its best, spiritual growth is a home to over 100 student clubs and organizations multi-faceted experience of learning, worship, service that strive to meet the needs of the student and community; all drawing us near to God. These population. These organizations include club sports, experiences can happen in a variety of campus venues. fraternities and sororities, leadership groups, clubs From weekly worship and meetings of faith groups to organized around majors, national honor societies, simple conversation and prayer, there are numerous religious life and community service organizations, opportunities for students to meet their spiritual and special interest groups. needs. Students are encouraged to explore other faiths Directory 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 174 AM Page 9:43 9/1/11 Campus_Dir_Index '12 VWC Catalog 169-192 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 176

176 DIRECTORY DIRECTORY 177

Lisa P. Carstens (2008, 1997) Professor of English DIRECTORY FACULTY A.B., Occidental College The first date in parentheses indicates the year when present M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Irvine 2011–2012 Board of Trustees rank was attained; the second date, the year when the Patricia H. Clark (2001, 2001) individual was first appointed to the instructional staff. Instructor of Library Science B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Barbara S. Adams (1989, 1989) M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America Instructor of Operations Management Officers: B.S., Carson-Newman College R. David Clayton (1983, 1972) M.S., University of Arkansas Professor of Music CHAIRMAN B.M., Union University Robert B. Albertson (1997, 1979) O. L. Everett M.M., George Peabody College Professor of Management/Business/Economics D.M., Florida State University and Chair, Division of Social Sciences VICE CHAIRMAN B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Old Dominion University Elaine E. Dessouki (1990, 1990) Gary D. Bonnewell ’79 Assistant Professor of Management/Business/Economics Tina M. Aldrich (2010, 2010) B.S., M.A.S., M.B.A., Northern Illinois University SECRETARY Assistant Professor of Recreation and Leisure Studies B.S., A.S., Keene State College Benjamin D. Dobrin (2007, 1995) Vincent J. Mastracco, Jr. M.S., University of Southern Maine Professor of Health and Human Services B.A., College of William and Mary TREASURER Ed.D., University of Arkansas M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania David L. Kaufman Kathy R. Ames (1984, 2010) Ph.D., University of South Florida Visiting Instructor of Mathematics B.S., James Madison University Clayton J. Drees (2003, 1992) Jane P. Batten Lemuel E. Lewis M.S., College of William and Mary Professor of History George Y. Birdsong Vincent J. Mastracco, Jr. B.S., University of Santa Clara Soraya M. Bartol (2011, 2005) Gary D. Bonnewell ’79 Elizabeth F. Middleton ’91 M.A., California State University Batten Associate Professor of Marine Biology Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School Thomas C. Broyles Emily S. Miles B.A., University of Virginia M.A., Ph.D., College of William and Mary Joyce Blair Easter (2008, 2000) Deborah H. Butler Jerrold L. Miller Professor of Chemistry Joseph D. Carson, ex officio Tassos J. Paphites ’79 Richard E. Bond (2011, 2005) B.S., Cornell University Associate Professor of History Ph.D., Duke University Lynn B. Clements Darryl A. Perkinson ’75 B.A., Fordham University Robert W. Collenberg II ’90 Bradford L. Phillips, ex officio M.A., Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University Steven M. Emmanuel (1998, 1992) B. Minette Cooper Robin D. Ray Professor of Philosophy Karen A. Bosch (2003, 1993) B.A., Boston University Robert H. DeFord, Jr. Richard D. Roberts Professor of Education M.A., Ph.D., Brown University Tammy L. Estep, ex officio Jeanne Polizos Ross B.A., Michigan State University M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania Paul L. Ewell (2008, 2008) O. L. Everett Louis F. Ryan Ph.D., Old Dominion University Assistant Professor of Management/Business/Economics Dale R. Foley William B. Shelhorse ’70 B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College John R. Braley III (1985, 1978) M.B.A., Salisbury State University Susan S. Goode Anne B. Shumadine Associate Professor of Recreation/Leisure Studies D.B.A., Nova Southeastern University William W. Granger III William H. Thumel, Jr. B.A., University of South Florida M.Ed., Springfield College Linda A. Ferguson (1996, 1987) William T. Greer, Jr., ex officio Mark S. Towe M.S., University of Maine Professor of Management/Business/Economics Charles E. Harris John A. Trinder B.S., M.Ed., Shippensburg University Murrell L. Brooks (2008, 2008) Ed.D., College of William and Mary Roy E. Hendrix George K. (Chip) Tsantes III ’83 Assistant Professor of Political Science Charlene P. Kammerer, ex officio John N. Vest, ex officio B.A., Sonoma State University Ginger L. Ferris (1993, 1986) David L. Kaufman D. Henry Watts M.A., Howard University Assistant Professor of Education Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., Old Dominion University Ronald M. Kramer M.S., University of Virginia James W. Brown (1999, 1999) Instructor of Health and Human Services Hilve A. Firek (2010, 2010) B.A., Transylvania University Assistant Professor of Education Trustees Emeriti M.S.W., University of North Carolina B.A., B.S., M.S., Old Dominion University Ed.D., University of Montana Thomas F. Brown (2011, 2011) S. Frank Blocker, Jr. Henry C. Hofeimer II* Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice and Sociology Alain Gabon (2008, 1999) Robert F. Boyd Kenneth R. Perry* B.A., University of California Associate Professor of French Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University Licence d’anglais, Université de Dijon-Bourgogne Jerry G. Bray, Jr.* Ralph G. Roop* M.A., Miami University, Oxford, Ohio David E. Buckingham (1982, 1982) Ph.D., University of Iowa William J. Fanney Mary Wright Thrasher* Instructor of History James W. Griffiths* Benjamin J. Willis, Jr. B.S., Campbell College David G. Garraty (1992, 1979) M.A., Old Dominion University Professor of Management/Business/Economics Helen C. Hoffman* B.S., St. Joseph’s College Rachel M. Calogero (2010, 2010) M.A., Temple University Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College William A. Gibson (1993, 1987) M.A., College of William and Mary Professor of Political Science Ph.D., University of Kent B.A., Arizona State University *Deceased M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 178

178 DIRECTORY DIRECTORY 179

Deirdre Gonsalves-Jackson (2010, 2006) Lee Jordan-Anders (2001, 1986) Daniel S. Margolies (2010, 2000) Paul B. Rasor (2005, 2005) Associate Professor of Biology Professor of Music and Artist-in-Residence Professor of History Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies and A.B., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College B.M., M.M., Northwestern University B.A., Hampshire College Instructor of Religious Studies M.S., Florida Atlantic University M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison B.Mus., J.D., University of Michigan Cheul W. Kang (1985, 1985) Ph.D., Florida Institute of Technology M.Div., Harvard Divinity School Professor of Management/Business/Economics Gabriela A. Martorell (2010, 2010) Ph.D., Harvard University Patrick A. Goold (2002, 1994) B.A., King College Assistant Professor of Psychology Associate Professor of Philosophy M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison B.S., University of California, Davis Margaret Reese (2007, 2004) B.A., Saint John’s College M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara Thomas R. Fanney Distinguished Douglas A. Kennedy (1998, 1988) M.Litt., Saint Andrews University Associate Professor of Mathematics Professor of Recreation/Leisure Studies Eric M. Mazur (2011, 2007) Ph.D., Brown University B.A., Converse College B.S., University of Delaware Gloria and David Furman M.A., Ph.D., University of South Carolina Philip Guilfoyle (2008, 1999) M.S.Ed., Southern Illinois University Professor of Judaic Studies Batten Professor of Art Ed.D., Temple University B.A., M.A., University of Virginia Paul M. Resslar (1996, 1983) B.S., Berry College Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara Professor of Biology Lydia Kennedy (2006, 2006) M.A., Kean College of New Jersey B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College Assistant Professor of Mathematics Stuart C. Minnis (2005, 2001) M.F.A., University of Delaware M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University B.S., Hope College Batten Associate Professor of Communications J. Christopher Haley (2008, 1997) M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara B.S., M.S., Texas Christian University Diana E. Risk (2006, 2001) Professor of Earth Science and Chair, Ph.D., University of Kansas Associate Professor of Spanish Susan E. Larkin (2008, 2008) Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics B.A., M.A., University of Northern Iowa Assistant Professor of English Taryn A. Myers (2010, 2010) B.Sc., Washington and Lee University Ph.D., University of Iowa B.A., Wheaton College Assistant Professor of Psychology Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University M.A., Ph.D., Illinois State University B.A., Kenyon College Philip Rock (2004, 2000) J. Michael Hall (1993, 1980) M.A., Kent State University Associate Professor of Biology Terrence Lindvall (2006, 2006) Lambuth M. Clarke Professor of English Ph.D., Kent State University B.S., Nasson College C. S. Lewis Endowed Professor of B.A., Louisiana Tech University Ph.D., Rutgers University Communications and Christian Thought Garry E. Noe (1994, 1988) M.A., University of Arkansas B.A., Vanguard University Associate Professor of Physics John Rudel (2010, 2005) Ph.D., University of Illinois M. Div., Fuller Seminary B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Riverside Associate Professor of Art Benjamin S. Haller (2008, 2008) Ph.D., University of Southern California B.F.A., University of North Carolina, Asheville Deborah E. Otis (2000, 1988) Assistant Professor of Classics M.F.A., University of Georgia B. Malcolm Lively (2007, 2000) Professor of Chemistry B.A., The College of William and Mary Batten Associate Professor of Education B.A., Gettysburg College Ehsan S. Salek (1997, 1993) M.A., M.L.I.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh B.S., University of Miami Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Professor of Management/Business/Economics Stephen G. B. Hock (2007, 2007) M.A., Jacksonville University Institute and State University B.S., National University of Iran Assistant Professor of English Ph.D., University of Georgia M.S., University of Missouri B.A., Haverford College Dr. Timothy G. O’Rourke (2007, 2007) M.B.A., Oklahoma City University T. Scott Liverman (2010, 2003) Professor of Political Science M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania D.B.A., Nova University Associate Professor of Criminal Justice B.A., University of Pittsburgh Rebecca E. Hooker (2008, 2008) B.A., Saint Leo University M.A., and Ph.D., Duke University Maynard H. Schaus (2008, 1998) Assistant Professor of English J.D., Regent University Professor of Biology Jan S. Pace (1992, 1992) B.A., Carleton College B.S., California Lutheran University Thomas S. Lopez (2001, 1989) Instructor of Library Science M.S.Ed., Indiana University Ph.D., Miami University (Ohio) Professor of Sociology B.A., Northern Arizona University M.A., George Mason University B.S., Geneva College M.S.L.S., University of Pittsburgh Sara A. Sewell (2008, 2002) Ph.D., University of New Mexico M.Ps.Sc., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Associate Professor of History Gavin M. Pate (2010, 2010) Maury E. Howard (2008, 2008) B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison Audrey Malagon (2011, 2011) Assistant Professor of English Assistant Professor of Chemistry M.A., Marquette University Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Guilford College B.A., Dominican University M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison B.A., Agnes Scott College M.F.A., Naropa University Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin Ph.D., Emory University Sally H. Shedd (2008, 1999) Lisa L. Payne (2011-2011) Joyce B. Howell (1999, 1984) Professor of Theatre Elizabeth G. Malcolm (2010, 2004) Assistant Professor of Communications Professor of Art History B.A., Arkansas Tech University Batten Associate Professor of B.A., College of William and Mary B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia M.A., University of Arkansas Ocean and Atmospheric Sciences M.S., University of Tennessee Ph.D., University of Kansas Lawrence D. Hultgren (1981, 1969) B.A., Earlham College Ph.D., University of Georgia Professor of Philosophy M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan Kathy S. Stolley (2009, 2005) Sharon L. Payne (2004, 1999) B.A., Grinnell College Batten Associate Professor of Sociology Travis B. Malone (2011, 2005) Batten Associate Professor of Health and Human Services M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University B.A., M.A., Old Dominion University Associate Professor of Theatre and Chair, B.S., Ursinus College Ph.D., The George Washington University Craig C. Jackson (2009, 2005) Division of Humanities M.S.W., Smith College School for Social Work Batten Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., Sterling College L.C.S.W., C.S.A.C. Jayne E. Sullivan (2005, 2001) B.S., University of Florida M.A., Kansas State University Associate Professor of Education Fayne C. Pearson (1995, 1985) M.A., Ph.D., Florida Atlantic University Ph.D., Bowling Green State University B.S., University of Maryland Instructor of Education M.Ed., Loyola College in Baltimore Kathy Merlock Jackson (1995, 1984) Dante V. Manna (2008, 2008) B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro M.Ed., Bowie State University Professor of Communications Assistant Professor of Mathematics M.A., University of Richmond Ph.D., University of Maryland B.A., West Virginia University B.A., Wesleyan University M.Ed., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill M.A., Ohio State University Ph.D., Tulane University Sharon Swift (2005, 2001) Wayne M. Pollock (2009, 2000) Ph.D., Bowling Green State University Associate Professor of Art Alison Marganski (2010, 2010) Assistant Professor of Recreation/Leisure Studies B.F.A., University of Oklahoma Carol V. Johnson (1995, 1985) Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice B.S., West Chester University M.F.A., Old Dominion University Associate Professor of English B.S., The College of New Jersey M.S., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and Norfolk State University B.A., M.A., Eastern Illinois University M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers- Ph.D., Old Dominion University D.A., Illinois State University The State University of New Jersey 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 180

180 DIRECTORY DIRECTORY 181

Vivian E. Teter (2005, 1987) Benjamin D. Berry (1994, 2005) Nancy D. Montgomery (1988, 2010) Professor of English Professor of History Emeritus Instructor of Recreation/Leisure Studies Emerita B.A., Hollins College B.A., Morehouse College B.S., Longwood College ADJUNCT FACULTY M.F.A., University of Arizona S.T.B., Harvard Divinity School M.A., Brigham Young University The date in parentheses indicates the year of appointment to Jeffrey W. Timmons (2008, 2001) Ph.D., Case-Western Reserve University L. Anderson Orr (1968, 1999) the instructional staff. Associate Professor of English Evelyn K. Blachman (1976, 2007) Lambuth M. Clarke Professor of English Emeritus B.S., B.A., M.A., Portland State University Assistant Professor of English Emerita B.Mus., B.A., Southwestern at Memphis Kevin M. Adams (2002) Ph.D., Arizona State University B.A., Northern Illinois University B.D., Seabury-Western Theological Seminary Adjunct Assistant Professor of Management/Business/ M.A., University of Arkansas M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia Economics and Information Systems Victor R. Townsend, Jr. (2010, 2000) B.S., Rutgers University Professor of Biology Victor I. Culver (1977, 1999) Stanford C. Pearson (1981, 2007) M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology B.S., Old Dominion University Professor of Education Emeritus Instructor of Mathematics Emeritus Ph.D., Old Dominion University M.S., Ph.D., University of Louisiana A.B., Statue University of New York at Buffalo B.A., Amherst College Ph.D., University of Missouri at Kansas City M.S., Florida State University Jerome S. Blackman (1991) Mavel Z. Velasco (2000, 1987) Adjunct Professor of Psychology Professor of Spanish Dora H. Dobrin (1975, 1999) William J. Ruehlmann (1998, 2011) M.D., Tulane Medical School B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University Professor of Sociology Emerita Professor of Communication Emeritus B.A. American University Dwight Bolling (1988) Z. John Wang (2010, 2000) B.S., Florida State University M.A., University of Arizona Adjunct Associate Professor of Sociology Batten Professor of Computer Science M.S., School of Social Welfare, Florida State University Ph.D., University of Cincinnati B.S., M.S., Florida State University B.S., Taiyuan University of Technology Rita E. Frank (1990, 2010) M.S., National Harbin Institute of Technology Professor of Psychology Emerita Isabelle L. Shannon (1979, 1998) Edward E. Brickell (2003) Ph.D., University of Southern Mississippi B.A., George Washington University Professor of Education Emerita Adjunct Professor of Education and English B.A., Wheaton College B.A., College of William and Mary Craig Wansink (2003, 1993) M.A., Temple University and University of Maryland M.A., Boston University M.A., University of Chicago Professor of Religious Studies Ph.D., University of Maryland Ph.D., Michigan State University C.A.G.S., Ed.D., College of William and Mary B.S., Morningside College Daniel W. Graf (1970, 2002) M.Div, McCormick Seminary Professor of History Emeritus William R. Shealy (1968, 1997) Sam B. Dorsey (1991) M.A., Ph.D., Yale University B.S., Wisconsin State University-La Crosse Professor of Religious Studies Emeritus Adjunct Instructor of Music Ph.B., University of Chicago M.M., Virginia Commonwealth University Susan M. Wansink (2001, 1991) M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska B.D., Garrett Theological Seminary Ph.D., The Catholic University of America Batten Professor of German Joseph H. Harkey (1966, 1996) S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Purdue University Professor of English Emeritus Michael Panitz (1999) Ph.D., Drew University Adjunct Assistant Professor of History and Religious Studies Josh A. Weinstein (2007, 2007) B.S., University of South Carolina Patricia R. Sullivan (1972, 1999) B.A., University of Pennsylvania Assistant Professor of English M.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee Professor of French Emerita M.A., Ph.D., Jewish Theological Seminary B.A., Wesleyan University James F. Harris (1986, 2000) B.S., Georgetown University M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo Professor of Chemistry Emeritus Rene Perez-Lopez (1986) M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia Adjunct Professor of Political Science Frederick B. Weiss (1997, 1984) B.S., Western Carolina University Donald Garrett Wolfgang (1972, 2007) B.A., M.L.S., State University of New York at Albany Assistant Professor of Management/Business/Economics M.T.S., College of William and Mary Professor of Psychology Emeritus M.A., Case Western Reserve University B.S., Temple University Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute B.A., The Colorado College M.A., American Graduate and State University Ray Shackelford (1987) M.A., Ph.D., University of Missouri School of International Management H. Rick Hite (1969, 1999) Adjunct Instructor of Physical Education Margaret C. Zimmerman (1982, 2005) B.S., Old Dominion University Aubrey L. Westfall (2011, 2011) Professor of Theatre/Communications Emeritus Professor of Psychology Emerita Assistant Professor of Political Science A.B., Dartmouth College Edward L. Shelton, II (2007) B.A., University of Western Ontario B.A., Westmont College M.A., The Johns Hopkins University Adjunct Instructor of Management/Business/Economics M.S., Ph.D., Old Dominion University M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado Ph.D., Michigan State University B.S., M.S., Old Dominion University M.S., Marymount University Denise Pocta Wilkinson (2011, 1987) Verne M. Keefer (1969, 1998) Batten Professor of Mathematics Professor of Biology Emeritus George M. Stone (1988) B.S., M.S., Middle Tennessee State University B.A., Virginia Military Institute BATTEN PROFESSORSHIPS Adjunct Instructor of Music Ph.D., University of Colorado B.M., M.M., East Carolina University Education Specialist, Appalachian State University 2011-2014 R. Cathal Woods (2010, 2005) Charles L. Kessler (1971, 1993) Dr. Soraya Bartol Patricia J. Terry (1999) Batten Associate Professor of Philosophy Professor of Religious Studies Emeritus Dr. Malcolm Lively Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education B.A., University of Dublin, Trinity College B.A., Northwestern University Dr. Craig Jackson B.S., Wittenberg University M.A., Tulane University M.Div., Garrett Theological Seminary Dr. Susan Wansink M.S., Old Dominion University Ph.D., Ohio State University Ph.D., Northwestern University Ed.D., NOVA Southeastern University J. Patrick Lang (1980, 2007) 2010-2013 Billye Brown Youmans (1994) Professor of Mathematics Emeritus Mr. Philip Guilfoyle Adjunct Instructor of Music FACULTY EMERITI B.S., University of Washington Dr. Elizabeth Malcolm B.A., Belmont University M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University Ms. Sharon Payne M.M., Peabody College of Vanderbilt University The first date in parentheses indicates the year of appointment Ms. Denise Wilkinson to the instructional staff; the second date indicates the year of D. Barry Lipscomb (1968, 2007) Dr. Cathal Woods retirement. Professor of Psychology Emeritus B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 2009-2012 Connie Bellamy (1992, 2009) Ph.D., Duke University Dr. Stuart Minnis Professor of English Emerita Gordon A. Magnuson (1971, 1997) Dr. Kathy Stolley B.A., Antioch College Professor of English Emeritus Dr. John Wang M.A., Pennsylvania State University, Mansfield B.S., Bemidji State College Ph.D., McGill University M.A., Ph.D., University of Arkansas 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 182

182 DIRECTORY DIRECTORY 183

Fayne C. Pearson (1987) Education Department Fayne C. Pearson (1987) Director of Learning Center and Disabilities Services Director of the Learning Center and Disabilities Services ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Stacey Wollerton (2006) B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro Director of Education Field Experiences and B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro The date in parentheses indicates the year when the M.A., University of Richmond Coordinator of the ACT Program M.A., University of Richmond individual was hired. M.Ed., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania M.Ed., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Judith H. Tinsley (1990) M.S., Old Dominion University Linda Sykes (1995) President’s Office Executive Administrative Assistant to the Vice President for Karen Mercer (2009) Learning Center Assistant William Thomas Greer, Jr. (1992) Academic Affairs and Kenneth R. Perry Dean of the College Administrative Assistant B.A. Campbell College President Dr. Craig Wansink (1993) B.S., Regent University B.S., Valdosta State College Associate Dean of the College Programs M.Div., Drew University B.S., Morningside College Hofheimer Library Richard E. Bond (2005) Th.D., Emory University M.Div., McCormick Seminary Jan S. Pace (1991) Director of General Studies Ph.D., Georgia State University M.A., Ph.D., Yale University Director of Library B.A., Fordham University Judi A. Sands (1999) B.A., Northern Arizona University M.A., Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University Executive Assistant to the President Adult Studies Program M.S.L.S., University of Pittsburgh Joyce Blair Easter (2000) Director of Honors and Scholars Linda A. Ferguson (1987) Thomas R. Farley (1987) Arianne K. Avery (2006) B.S., Cornell University Director of Strategic Planning and Marketing Director, Adult Studies Program Inter-Library Loan Coordinator Ph.D., Duke University B.S., M.Ed., Shippensburg University B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Ed.D., College of William and Mary M.S.Ed., Old Dominion University Sandra S. Brooks (1973) Lawrence D. Hultgren (1969) Director of PORTfolio The Rev. H. Hasbrouck Hughes, Jr. (1997) Kala Bohigian (2011) Director of Library and Technical Services B.A., Grinnell College Bishop-in-Residence Evening Services Specialist B.A., Alma College M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University B.A., Randolph-Macon College B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College M.A., University of Virginia B.D., Duke Divinity School Maynard H. Schaus (1998) Patricia Colthurst (2000) Patricia H. Clark (2001) Director of Undergraduate Research Katherine M. Loring (1996) Student Services Specialist Reference Librarian B.S., California Lutheran University Special Assistant to the President B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., Hiram College M.L.S., Catholic University of America Ph.D., Miami University (Ohio) Pamela C. Paramore (1993) M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan Susan M. Wansink (1991) Assistant Director, Adult Studies Program Karen Devereaux (1992) Director of Winter Session Gregory West (2010) B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Circulation Supervisor Chaplain B.S., Old Dominion University B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Purdue University B.A., Old Dominion University Kathleen Reese (2005) M.Div., Asbury Theological Seminary Outreach Coordinator, Academic Adviser Karen Hill (1988) B.A., Bowling Green State University Assistant, Audio Visual Department Registrar Institutional Research and Effectiveness Nichelle Mack (2006) Barbara S. Adams (1989) Career Services Library Assistant for Cataloging Registrar Ronald B. Price (2007) B.S., Carson-Newman College Lisa Fentress (2002) A.S., Tidewater Community College Associate Vice President of Institutional M.S., University of Arkansas Research and Effectiveness Director of Career Services B.A., Old Dominion University B.A., Christopher Newport University B.A., Elmira College Christine M. Creameans (2007) M.Ed., The College of William and Mary M.A., West Virginia University Institutional Technology Administrative Assistant Donald Stauffer (1997) Leslie J. Hines (1985) Robin A. Takacs (1996) Julie A. Houghton (2002) Programmer, Analyst and Reporting Coordinator Administrative Assistant for Career Services, Instructional Technology Director Administrative Assistant B.S., M.B.A., Ohio State University Humanities Division B.A., Russell Sage College M.A., Fairfield University Sharon L. Wilson (1980) Lashay Wyatt (2011) Associate Registrar Academic Affairs Assistant Director of Career Services B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College International and Intercultural Programs Dr. Timothy G. O’Rourke (2007) B.S., M.S., Old Dominion University Vice President for Academic Affairs and Lena Johnson (2003) Women’s Resource Center Director of the Office of International Kenneth R. Perry Dean of the College Center for Sacred Music Sharon L. Payne (1993) B.A., University of Pittsburgh and Intercultural Programs Sandra Billy (1995) B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Director of Women’s Resource Center M.A., and Ph.D., Duke University Director of the Center for Sacred Music B.S., Ursinus College M.S.W., Smith College School for Social Work Lisa P. Carstens (1997) and Artistic Director of the VWC Concert Series Learning Center Associate Dean for Inquiry-Guided Learning B.S., Old Dominion University L.C.S.W., C.S.A.C. A.B., Occidental College B.S., M.S., LaSalle University Carol V. Johnson (1985) M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Irvine D.S.M., Graduate Theological Union Director of Writing Center B.A., M.A., Eastern Illinois University Business Affairs Catherine C. Hartman (1981) D.A., Illinois State University Cary A. Sawyer (1994) Administrative Assistant for Natural Sciences Center for the Vice President of Finance and Mathematics Division Study of Religious Freedom Anne Fansher (2003) Assistant Director,Writing Center B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Deborah L. Hicks (1989) Paul B. Rasor (2005) and Advising Support C.P.A. Associate Dean for Special Academic Projects Director of Center for the Study of Religious Freedom B.A., M.A., Columbia International University Elaine Aird (1988) B.S., Longwood College B.M., J.D., University of Michigan Genai L. Hill (2006) Accounts Payable Coordinator M.Ed., University of Virginia M.Div., Harvard Divinity School B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Ph.D., Harvard University Director of Tutoring and Placement Reporting Jane B. Kiefer (1996) B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College M.A., Norfolk State University Administrative Assistant for Social Sciences Division Ann P. Shappell (1980) Oreleah Barham (1991) Assistant to the Director of the Collections and Loan Compliance Coordinator Center for the Study of Religious Freedom B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 184

184 DIRECTORY DIRECTORY 185

Maria DeSantis (2010) Bruce Eldridge (2000) College Advancement Leona E. Baker (2010) Student Accounts Coordinator Manager of Administrative Computing Systems Assistant Director of College Marguerite K. Vail (2010) B.S., Old Dominion University B.S., B.S.C.S., Old Dominion University Communications/Lead Writer Vice President for College Advancement M.A., The George Washington University B.A., James Madison University Audrey Gluck (1984) B.A., Hollins College B.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth University Payroll Manager Nelson Herman (2010) Mary Kate Andris Technology Technician W. Michael Skipper (2010) Delicia Johnson (2010) Director of Leadership and Planned Giving Webmaster Staff Accountant Nicholas Mushik (2009) B.A., Movarian College AS Business Administration, B.S., University of Panama Computer Technician M. Ed., Ph.D. Widener University Tidewater Community College Ronda L. Rothwell (2003) Marcia J. Williams (1997) Theresa L. Barker (1986) CIW Professional Business Office Cashier Network Manager Benefactor Coordinator B.A., Saint Leo College Lindsay A. Sands (2001) B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania M.P.A., Troy State University Enrollment Management Student Accounts Coordinator B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College David E. Buckingham (1982) Bruce F. Vaughan (1999) Carmen Dawkins (2010) Food Services Assistant Director of Annual Giving Vice President for Student Affairs Vice President of Business Operations and Dean of Enrollment Services B.S., University of Maryland Timothy Lockett B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Director of Dining Services B.S., Campbell College M.A., Central Michigan University Teri Eddleman (2006) M.A., Old Dominion University Vicki Kassick Midge L. Zimmerman (1999) Manager, College Advancement Director of Catering Patricia Patten (2010) Director of Purchasing Associate in Culinary Arts, Phyllis Fedele (2004) Dean of Admissions International Culinary Academy Business Manager for College Advancement B.A., M.A., Ohio University A.A.S., Commonwealth College Human Resources Nelson Davis (2010) Karla R. Rasmussen (2010) Physical Plant Sheri Higgason (2005) Senior Associate Dean of Admissions Development Assistant for Gifts Director of Human Resources David Hopper (1994) B.A., Roanoke College B.S., Longwood College Director of the Physical Plant Kari Anne Kelly (2011) Elizabeth Clarke (1998) Executive Assistant to the Amy Dudley (1999) Michael A. Rigby Associate Dean of Admissions Vice President for College Advancement Secretary and H.R. Assistant Director of Housekeeping and Grounds B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College B.S., Pennsylvania State University Lori McCarel (2007) M.A., College of William & Mary Auxiliary and Customer Services M.S., Edinborough State University Director of Special Gifts Charline Bess (2000) B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Cecile A. Brown (2010) Virginia Videll (1998) Support Staff Supervisor Copy Center Specialist Assistant Director for Conferences and Special Events Suzanne M. Savage (2004) Judy Coyne (1997) B.S., Columban College B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Associate Vice President for College Advancement Senior Records Manager B.A., Emory University Kimberly Brown (2000) Gale Carter (1989) Sara E. Gastler (1997) Manager, Scribner Bookstore Secretary/Work Center Coordinator Megan Spencer (2009) Director of Admissions Director of Annual Giving Tia Caffee (2002) B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College B.A., Christopher Newport University Materials Manager Grounds M.Ed., College of William and Mary M.Ed., Old Dominion University Argina Fernandez (2006) Larry Barnard (2008) Kent Brown (2006) Kelly King (2006) Tiffany Williams (2010) Mail Clerk/Shipping and Receiving Kathleen G. Bartkus (2004) Robert Krauss (2006) Admissions Counselor Marylee Bowen (2006) Grounds Supervisor Development Researcher/Database A.A., Northern Virginia Community College Diana Myers (1989) Lead Groundskeeper James Losey (2005) B.A., Norfolk State University B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Switchboard Operator/Receptionist Teresa C. Rhyne (1992) Jessica West (2007) Housekeeping Alumni Office Maria Amacio (2011) Margie Murray (2000) Director of Financial Aid Switchboard Operator/Receptionist Kathleen Judge (2011) Lolita Anderson (2002) Shirley Pitchford (1991) B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Director of Alumni Relations Jonathan Bell (2010) Sheila Rouson (1987) Elizabeth B. Payne (2010) B.A., University of Virginia Saskia White (2009) Sandra Blankenship (2004) Rosetta Snead (2001) Loan Coordinator/Financial Aid Counselor Assistant Manager, Scribner Bookstore Bernice Bledsoe (1992) Betty Spence (2005) B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College Maria Clemons (2002) Harold Stallings (2005) Church Relations Computer Services Department Anthony Daniels (1996) Alvina Wallace (2008) Melanie Sanchez (2010) Edward Gordon (2009) Deborah Ware (1991) Financial Aid Administrative Assistant Jack Dmoch (1999) Tina Martin (1991), Supervisor Malasia Williams (1999) College Communications B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Chief Technology Officer Mary McKennelly (1988) Rashad Williams (2010) B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Laynee Timlin (2009) Malleri Santiago (2008) Brenda Moore (1992) Caprena Wright (2007) Director of College Communications Data Records Manager John D. Aird (1997) Gloria Morris (2009) Joyce Young (1990) B.S., M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvania Senior Technology Specialist Megan Ulanich (2004) Assistant Director of Admissions B.S., Virginia Wesleyan College Maintenance Christine Hall (2005) Kent Algire (1991) Oliver Fix (2008) Associate Director of College B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Gregory Baptiste (2001) Jonathan Bell (2010) David Freeman (2009) Communications/Design Manager M.Ed., Old Dominion University Computer Programmer II William Bennett (2008) Joseph Hopkins (2009) Jillian Weston (2009) B.S., Old Dominion University Janice Marshall-Pittman (2006) Alan Brown (1997) Christopher Houghton (2009) Associate Director of College Admissions Counselor Terry Critser (2003) Support Leader Steven Sparks (1998) Communications/Production Manager B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Technical Technician Robert Carl (2006) Andrew Weaver (2002) B.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth University Heidi Williams (2011) ECPI Joseph Dykin (2005) Frank White (1998) Admissions Receptionist B.A., University of Colorado at Colorado Springs Kyle Williams (2009) Admissions Counselor B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 186

186 DIRECTORY DIRECTORY 187

Student Affairs Michael McFarland (2005) Community Service Head Men’s Soccer Coach David E. Buckingham (1982) Diane E. Hickey Hotaling (1985) B.S., Virginia Wesleyan College STAFF EMERITI Vice President for Student Affairs Director of Community Service and Dean of Enrollment Services Chris Mills (2007) B.S., Utica College of Syracuse University The first date in parentheses indicates the year of appointment B.S., Campbell College Assistant Men’s Soccer Coach to the instructional staff; the second date indicates the year of retirement. M.A., Old Dominion University Luke Reilly (2007) Counseling Services Keith Moore (1999) Assistant Men’s Lacrosse Coach James W. Brown (1999) James R. Bergdoll (1966-1998) Dean of Students B.A., University of Maryland, Baltimore Director of Student Counseling Services Vice President for College Relations and Development B.A., Transylvania University B.A., Curry College Joshua P. Stewart (2002) B.A., Randolph-Macon College M.S.W., University of North Carolina M.Ed., University of Massachusetts Men’s Lacrosse Coach M.A., American University Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University B.A. Hampden-Sydney College Marea Hyman (2005) William T. Joseph (1966-2006) Assistant Director of Student Counseling Services Michele A. Obenour (1988) D’Juan Tucker (2010) Vice President for Business Affairs B.A., Averett College Executive Assistant to the Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach A.B., East Carolina University Vice President for Student Affairs M.S.W., Virginia Commonwealth University B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College M.B.A., Old Dominion University A.S., Edinboro University B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Joseph Wasiluk (2001) Stephen S. Mansfield (1968-2008) Sports Information Director Health Services Vice President for Academic Affairs and Valerie Covington, R.N. (2010) Kenneth R. Perry Dean of the College Athletic Department Joseph Witt (2009) Director of Health Services A.B., The College of William and Mary Head Athletic Trainer Joanne M. Renn (1994) B.S. Norfolk State University M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia Director of Athletics B.S., Roanoke College B.S., Old Dominion University M.S., Virginia Polytechnic and State University M.S., Troy State University Residence Life McCarren Caputa (2008) Francesca Pochily (2005) Campus Center Assistant Dean of Students and Women’s Lacrosse, Coach Jason Seward (2001) Director of Residence Life B.A., Syracuse University Director of Batten Center and B.A., Fort Lewis College M.S.Ed., St. Bonaventure University Recreational Sports/Outdoor Activities M.Ed., Western Washington University B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College C. Nick Boothe (1986) Phillip Boyd (2009) Baseball Coach Brandon Elliott (2007) Assistant Director of Residence Life Associate Director of Batten Center B.S., Old Dominion University B.A., The University of Georgia and Head Women’s Softball Coach Jeffrey Bowers (2000) M.Ed., Valdosta State University B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Associate Athletic Director and Women’s Soccer Coach Desiree Ladyman (2007) William Harrell (2001) B.S., York College Office Manager, Coordinator of Student Housing Associate Director of Batten Center and A.D., Southwestern Oregon Community College Stephanie S. Dunmyer (2003) Director of Aquatics and Fitness Assistant Athletic Director and Women’s Basketball Coach B.A.,Virginia Wesleyan College B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College B.A., Kenyon College M.Ed., Ashland University Douglas A. Kennedy (1988) Associate Dean for Campus Recreation Jennifer Gordon (2010) B.S., University of Delaware Assistant Trainer M.S.Ed., Southern Illinois University B.S., Ohio University Ed.D., Temple University M.S., Illinois State University Jennifer Mitchell (2005) Rachel Hils (2009) Director of Student Activities, Assistant Women’s Soccer Coach Greek Life and Commuter Services B.S., East Carolina University B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College M.S., Western Carolina University Andrea Hoover (2006) Campus Security Head Women’s Volleyball Coach Jerry Mance (2007) B.S., Slippery Rock University Director of Security M.A., Marietta College C. J. Sholler (2005) Shelly T. Hunter (2004) Administrative Assistant Athletic Department Intercollegiate Coordinator B.S., St. Cloud University B.A., Virginia Wesleyan College Joyce Koubaroulis (2007) Security Patrol Officers Field Hockey Coach Moses Alston (Cpl.) (1984) William Johnson (2007) B.S., Ursinus College Barbara Artis (2010) Monica Johnson-Lewis (2009) Mathew Littleton (2004) James Britt (2010) Randy Lott (2009) Cross Country Coach Erik Brown (2010) Rodney McFarlin (Cpl.) B.A., North Central College Booker Bruington (2010) (2003) Phillip Dinnall (2008) Dionne Robinson (2011) David M. Macedo (1998) Victor F. Dorsey (Sgt.) (2005) Taliaferro (Cpl.) (2005) Men’s Basketball Coach Spencer George (2009) Emmanuel White (Capt.) B.A., M.S., Wilkes University Kristen Johnson (Cpl.) (2010) (1999) 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 188

188 INDEX INDEX 189

INDEX E H Earth and Environmental Sciences ...... 81 Health Education ...... 149 Early Alert System ...... 35 Health and Human Services/Social Work . 108 A C Education/Special Education ...... 85 Health Services ...... 172 Academic Clemency ...... 39 Calendar ...... Inside Back Cover Educational Program ...... 24 History ...... 30, 112 Academic Probation ...... 38 Campus Life ...... 170 English ...... 26, 91 History and Social Science ...... 112 Academic Regulations ...... 33 Campus Communications ...... 172 Environmental Studies ...... 99 Home School ...... 12 Academic Resources ...... 42 Careers ...... 52 Examinations and Grade Reports ...... 36 Honor Code ...... 6 Academic Skills Development ...... 56 Catalog of Entry ...... 38 Experiential Learning ...... 40, 52 Honors ...... 37 Academic Standing ...... 38 Center for Sacred Music ...... 48 Experimental Courses ...... 43 Honors and Scholars Program ...... 39 Academic Suspension ...... 38 Center for the Study Externships ...... 40 Hour Policies Accommodations for of Religious Freedom ...... 50, 70 Classification of Students ...... 33 Students with Special Needs ...... 42 Chapel ...... 172 Course Limitations ...... 37 F Course Loads (64/88 rule) ...... 37 Adding A Course ...... 34 Chemistry ...... 70 Faculty ...... 177 Residence Requirement Additional Baccalaureate Degree ...... 25 Classical Studies ...... 73 Faculty Emeriti ...... 180 (32-hour rule) ...... 31 Administrative Staff ...... 182 Classics ...... 73 Family Educational Rights and Humanities ...... 24, 118 Admission ...... 12, 44 Classification of Students ...... 33 Privacy Act (FERPA) ...... 7 Adult Studies Program ...... 43 Clubs ...... 172 Fees ...... 18 I Advanced Placement ...... 14 College Level Advisory System ...... 6, 45 Examination Program (CLEP) ...... 14, 45 Financial Information ...... 18 Incomplete (Grade) ...... 35 Aid Programs ...... 20 College Profile ...... 6 Financial Aid ...... 19, 44 Independent Research ...... 43 Alternate Certification Commencement Exercises ...... 31 First-Year Experience ...... 31, 100 Individualized Studies Major ...... 33 Program for Teachers ...... 44, 85, 87 Communication ...... 76 Foreign Language ...... 26, 101 Information Systems ...... 70 American Studies ...... 56 Community Council ...... 171 Foreign Language Proficiency ...... 31 Internships ...... 40 Application for Admission ...... 12 Commuting ...... 170 Foreign Languages and Literatures ...... 101 International Baccalaureate ...... 14 Application for Graduation ...... 31 Computer Literacy ...... 31 Foreign Study ...... 41 Interdisciplinary Major ...... 32 Applied Music ...... 132 Comprehensive Liberal Studies ...... 32, 81 Frames of Reference ...... 27, 29 Interdisciplinary Studies ...... 118 Art ...... 57 Computer Science ...... 127 French Studies ...... 103 International Students ...... 13 Art History ...... 57 Contents ...... 3 International Studies ...... 120 Athletics ...... 172 Counseling Services ...... 172 G Attendance ...... 34 Course Descriptions ...... 56 General Studies Program ...... 26 J Auditing ...... 34, 45 Course Hours ...... 31 General Studies Checklist ...... 29 Jane P. Batten Student Center ...... 171 Course Load ...... 34 Geography ...... 107 Journalism ...... 79 B Course Limitations ...... 37 German Studies ...... 104 Bachelor of Arts Degree ...... 24 Course Repeat ...... 36 Grade Changes ...... 36 K Bachelor of Science Degree ...... 24 Course Drop ...... 34 Grade of H ...... 35 Biology ...... 60 Criminal Justice ...... 163 Grade Point Average ...... 31, 36 Board of Trustees ...... 176 Cross Registration ...... 43 Grade Reports ...... 36 Business ...... 44, 65 Cultural Opportunities ...... 171 Grading System ...... 35 L Graduation Requirements ...... 26, 31 Laboratory Science Courses ...... 26, 29 D Greek (See Classics) ...... 76 Latin ...... 76 Guided Study ...... 42 Dean’s List ...... 37 Latin Honors ...... 37 Directory ...... 176 Learning Center ...... 42 Dismissal ...... 38 Library ...... 8 Divisional Structure ...... 24 Dropping A Course ...... 34 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 190

190 INDEX INDEX 191

Staff Emeriti ...... 187 M Minors P Student Government Association ...... 171 Major ...... 25, 31 American Studies ...... 57 Pass/Fail Grades ...... 35 Student Center ...... 171 Major, Departmental ...... 32 Art (see Studio Art) ...... 58 Payment ...... 18 Studio Art ...... 58 Major, Comprehensive Liberal Studies . . . . 32 Art History ...... 58 Philosophy ...... 132 Study Abroad ...... 41 Major, Individualized Studies ...... 33 Biology ...... 62 Physical Education ...... 150 Summer Session ...... 45 Major, Interdisciplinary ...... 32 Business ...... 66 Physical Facilities ...... 8 Support Services ...... 42 Major Programs ...... 32, 44 Chemistry ...... 71 Physical Science ...... 135 Suspension ...... 38 Major, Social Sciences Divisional ...... 32 Classical Studies ...... 74 Physics ...... 136 Majors Communication ...... 77 Plan of Study ...... 24 T American Studies ...... 57 Computer Science ...... 125 Political Science ...... 136 Teaching Certification ...... 44, 87, 90 Art ...... 57 Criminal Justice ...... 161 Pre-Professional Information ...... 52 Theatre ...... 165 Biology ...... 61 Earth and Environmental Sciences . . 83 PORTfolio Program ...... 40, 142 Transcripts ...... 6 Business ...... 65 English ...... 94 Professional Development Series ...... 143 Transfer Credit ...... 13 Chemistry ...... 71 Environmental Studies ...... 100 Professional Education Programs ...... 85 Transfer Students ...... 13, 44 Classical Studies ...... 73 French Studies ...... 102 Program Enhancement ...... 39 Transient Registration ...... 43 Communication ...... 77 German Studies ...... 102 Psychology ...... 144 Trustees, Board of ...... 176 Comprehensive Liberal Studies . . . . . 80, 81 Hispanic Studies ...... 103 Two-Course Rule ...... 31 Computer Science ...... 124 History ...... 113 Q Tuition ...... 18 Criminal Justice ...... 160 Latin ...... 75 Tutorial ...... 43 Earth and Environmental Sciences . . 82 Marine Science ...... 83 English ...... 92 Mathematics ...... 124 R Music ...... 130 U Environmental Studies ...... 99 Readmission ...... 38 Philosophy ...... 133 French Studies ...... 101 Recreation and Leisure Studies ...... 148 Political Science ...... 137 German Studies ...... 101 Refund Policy ...... 19 Psychology ...... 145 V Health and Human Services/ Registration ...... 34 Religious Studies ...... 155 Veterans ...... 13 Social Work ...... 108 Registration, Cross ...... 43 Sociology ...... 161 Virginia Tidewater Consortium ...... 43 Hispanic Studies ...... 102 Religious Studies ...... 155 Studio Art ...... 58 Visits ...... 12 History ...... 112 Repeating a Course ...... 36 Theatre ...... 166 History and Social Science ...... 112 Residence Requirement ...... 31 Women’s and Gender Studies ...... 168 International Studies ...... 121 Residential Living ...... 170 W Mission Statement ...... 6 Latin ...... 74 Rights and Responsibilities ...... 7 Wesleyan Scholars ...... 39 Music ...... 129 Mathematics ...... 122 ROTC ...... 42 Winter Session ...... 41 Music ...... 129 Withdrawal from College ...... 19, 38 Philosophy ...... 133 N S Women’s and Gender Studies ...... 167 Political Science ...... 136 Name Changes ...... 38 Writing Center ...... 42 Satisfactory Academic Progress ...... 20 Psychology ...... 144 Natural Sciences and Mathematics ...... 24 Writing Intensive Courses ...... 26, 29 Science Recreation and Leisure Studies . . . . . 149 Non-Discrimination Policy . . . Inside Front Cover (Earth and Environmental Sciences) . 81 Religious Studies ...... 155 Non-Resident Credit ...... 38 Selective Retention Policy ...... 38 Social Sciences ...... 159 X Senior Integrative Experience ...... 27, 28, 30 Sociology ...... 159 O Social Sciences ...... 24, 32, 158 Theatre ...... 165 Sociology ...... 159 Theatre and English ...... 165 Oral Communication Proficiency ...... 31 Spanish (Hispanic Studies) ...... 105 Y Women’s and Gender Studies ...... 167 Organizations ...... 172 Special Education ...... 90 Marlins ...... 172 Special Students ...... 13 Mathematics ...... 122 Spiritual Life ...... 172 Military Credit ...... 45 Z Minor ...... 34 169-192 VWC Catalog '12 Campus_Dir_Index 9/1/11 9:43 AM Page 192

192 NOTES CALENDAR 2011–2012 2011 2012 JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL S MTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS S MTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 1 12345 12345 12 1234567 1234 123 1234567 2345678 6789101112 6789101112 3456789 891011121314 567891011 45678910 891011121314 9101112131415 13141516171819 13141516171819 10111213141516 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 30 31 MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST S MTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS S MTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 1234567 1234 12 123456 12345 12 1234567 1234 891011121314 567891011 3456789 78910111213 6789101112 3456789 891011121314 567891011 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 31 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 31

SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER S MTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS S MTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 123 1 12345 123 1 123456 123 1 45678910 2345678 6789101112 45678910 2345678 78910111213 45678910 2345678 11121314151617 9101112131415 13141516171819 11121314151617 9101112131415 14151617181920 11121314151617 9101112131415 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 30 30 31 Fall Semester 2011 Spring Semester 2012 Orientation for Freshmen ______June 24, July 11 Residence Halls open for Winter Session _Jan. 3 Faculty Workshop______Aug. 24 Winter Session ______Jan. 4-26 New students arrive ______Aug. 24 Faculty Workshop______Jan. 26 August Orientation for Freshmen ______Aug. 24 New students arrive ______Jan. 27 Freshman Honor Convocation ______Aug. 26 New Student Orientation ______Jan. 27 Residence Halls open for Residence Halls open for returning students, 10 a.m. ______Aug. 27 returning students, 10 a.m. ______Jan. 28 Day and ASP classes begin ______Aug. 29 Day and ASP classes begin ______Jan. 30 Labor Day holiday (no classes/labs) ____Sept. 5 ASP weekend classes begin ______Feb. 3-4 Fall Convocation ______Sept. 6 VWC Day ______Feb. 11 ASP weekend classes begin ______Sept. 9, 10 Wesleyan Scholarship Days______TBA Homecoming/Family Weekend ______Oct. 7-9 VWC Day ______Mar. 3 Columbus Visit Event______Oct. 10 Spring Break ______Mar. 17-25 *Fall break ______Oct. 13-14 Residence Halls open for Progress Reports available (WebAdvisor)_Oct. 19 returning students, 10 a.m. ______Mar. 25 Last day to drop courses without Classes resume ______Mar. 26 an automatic “WF”______Oct. 28 Progress Reports available (WebAdvisor)__Mar. 28 Advising weeks for spring registration___Oct. 31-Nov. 11 Last day to drop courses Advance registration for without automatic “WF” ______Apr. 5 spring semester begins______Nov. 7 Easter Sunday/Monday holiday ______Apr. 8-9 VWC Day ______Nov. 12 Advising weeks for fall registration ______Apr. 10-20 Wesleyan Scholarship Day ______TBA VWC Day ______Apr. 14 **Thanksgiving holiday ______Nov. 23-25 Advance registration for Classes resume ______Nov. 28 fall semester begins ______Apr. 16 VWC Day ______Dec. 3 Faculty Assembly (faculty approve Evening and weekend graduates______TBA final examinations ______Dec. 9-15 Spring Honors Convocation ______May 4 Classes end ______Dec. 9 Classes end ______May 9 Reading Day______Dec. 10 Evening and weekend December Graduate Reception ______Dec. 11 final examinations ______May 9-15 Final examinations ______Dec. 12-15 Reading Day______May 10 Semester ends after last exam ______Dec. 15 Final examinations ______May 11-12, 14-15 * Evening classes meet Thursday. Commencement ______May 19 ** Monday laboratories meet at the discretion of the instructor. Only Monday evening classes meet Summer Session begins______May 29 this week. Summer Session ends ______Aug. 17